Table of Contents
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
(Mark One)
☒
☐
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE
ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2020
Or
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from to
Commission file number 001-37483
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
11445 Compaq Center West Drive, Houston, Texas
(Address of principal executive offices)
47-3298624
(I.R.S. employer
identification no.)
77070
(Zip code)
Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (650) 687-5817
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class
Common stock, par value $0.01 per share
Trading Symbol(s)
HPE
Name of each exchange on which registered
New York Stock Exchange
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes x No ¨
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ¨ No x
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during
the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for
the past 90 days. Yes x No ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of
Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).
Yes x No ¨
Table of Contents
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an
emerging growth company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer", "smaller reporting company" and "emerging growth company" in
Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act:
Large accelerated filer
☒
Accelerated filer
☐
Non-accelerated filer
☐
Smaller reporting company
Emerging growth company
☐
☐
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or
revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management's assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control
over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its
audit report. ☒
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes ☐ No x
The aggregate market value of the registrant's common stock held by non-affiliates was $12,872,878,346 based on the last sale price of common stock on April
30, 2020.
The number of shares of Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company common stock outstanding as of December 7, 2020 was 1,293,499,810 shares.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
DOCUMENT DESCRIPTION
Portions of the Registrant's proxy statement related to its 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed pursuant to
Regulation 14A within 120 days after Registrant's fiscal year end of October 31, 2020 are incorporated by reference into
Part III of this Report.
10-K PART
III
Table of Contents
Item 1.
Item 1A.
Item 1B.
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4.
Item 5.
Item 6.
Item 7.
Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company
Form 10-K
For the Fiscal Year ended October 31, 2020
Table of Contents
PART I
Business
Risk Factors
Unresolved Staff Comments
Properties
Legal Proceedings
Mine Safety Disclosures
PART II
Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of
Equity Securities
Selected Financial Data
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Item 7A.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
Item 8.
Item 9.
Item 9A.
Item 9B.
Item 10.
Item 11.
Item 12.
Item 13.
Item 14.
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Controls and Procedures
Other Information
Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Executive Compensation
PART III
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder
Matters
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Principal Accounting Fees and Services
PART IV
Item 15.
Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
Page
2
14
27
27
27
28
28
30
31
62
64
141
141
141
142
142
142
142
142
143
Table of Contents
Forward-Looking Statements
This Annual Report on Form 10-K, including "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations" in Item 7, contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the safe harbor provisions of the
Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such statements involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. If the risks or
uncertainties ever materialize or the assumptions prove incorrect, the results of Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company and its
consolidated subsidiaries ("Hewlett Packard Enterprise") may differ materially from those expressed or implied by such
forward-looking statements and assumptions. The words "believe", "expect", "anticipate", "optimistic", "intend", "aim", "will",
"should" and similar expressions are intended to identify such forward-looking statements. All statements other than statements
of historical fact are statements that could be deemed forward-looking statements, including but not limited to the scope and
duration of the novel coronavirus pandemic ("COVID-19") and its impact on our business, operations, liquidity and capital
resources, employees, customers, partners, supply chain, financial results and the world economy; any projections of revenue,
margins, expenses, investments, effective tax rates, interest rates, the impact of the U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 and
related guidance or regulations, net earnings, net earnings per share, cash flows, liquidity and capital resources, inventory,
goodwill, impairment charges, hedges and derivatives and related offsets, order backlog, benefit plan funding, deferred tax
assets, share repurchases, currency exchange rates, repayments of debts including our asset-backed debt securities, or other
financial items; the projections, execution, timing and results of any transformation or restructuring plans, including estimates
and assumptions related to the anticipated benefits, cost savings or charges of implementing the transformation and
restructuring plans; any statements of the plans, strategies and objectives of management for future operations, as well as the
execution of corporate transactions or contemplated acquisitions, research and development expenditures, and any resulting
benefit, cost savings, charges, or revenue or profitability improvements; any statements concerning the expected development,
performance, market share or competitive performance relating to products or services; any statements regarding current or
future macroeconomic trends or events and the impact of those trends and events on Hewlett Packard Enterprise and its
financial performance; any statements regarding pending investigations, claims or disputes; any statements of expectation or
belief; and any statements of assumptions underlying any of the foregoing. Risks, uncertainties and assumptions include the
need to address the many challenges facing Hewlett Packard Enterprise's businesses; the competitive pressures faced by
Hewlett Packard Enterprise's businesses; risks associated with executing Hewlett Packard Enterprise's strategy; the impact of
macroeconomic and geopolitical trends and events; the need to manage third-party suppliers and the distribution of Hewlett
Packard Enterprise's products and the delivery of Hewlett Packard Enterprise's services effectively; the protection of Hewlett
Packard Enterprise's intellectual property assets, including intellectual property licensed from third parties and intellectual
property shared with its former parent; risks associated with Hewlett Packard Enterprise's international operations (including
pandemics and public health problems, such as the outbreak of COVID-19); the development and transition of new products
and services and the enhancement of existing products and services to meet customer needs and respond to emerging
technological trends; the execution and performance of contracts by Hewlett Packard Enterprise and its suppliers, customers,
clients and partners, including any impact thereon resulting from events such as the COVID-19 pandemic; the hiring and
retention of key employees; the execution, integration and risks associated with business combination and investment
transactions; the impact of changes to environmental, global trade, and other governmental regulations; changes in our
product, lease, intellectual property or real estate portfolio; the payment or non-payment of a dividend for any period; the
efficacy of using non-GAAP, rather than GAAP, financial measures in business projections and planning; the judgments
required in connection with determining revenue recognition; impact of company policies and related compliance; utility of
segment realignments; allowances for recovery of receivables and warranty obligations; provisions for, and resolution of,
pending investigations, claims and disputes; and other risks that are described herein, including but not limited to the items
discussed in "Risk Factors" in Item 1A of Part I of this report and that are otherwise described or updated from time to time in
Hewlett Packard Enterprise's reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Hewlett Packard Enterprise assumes
no obligation and does not intend to update these forward-looking statements, except as required by applicable law.
1
Table of Contents
ITEM 1. Business
PART I
We are a global technology leader focused on developing intelligent solutions that allow customers to capture, analyze
and act upon data seamlessly from edge to cloud. We enable customers to accelerate business outcomes by driving new
business models, creating new customer and employee experiences, and increasing operational efficiency today and into the
future. Our customers range from small-and-medium-sized businesses ("SMBs") to large global enterprises and governmental
entities. Our legacy dates back to a partnership founded in 1939 by William R. Hewlett and David Packard, and we strive every
day to uphold and enhance that legacy through our dedication to providing innovative technological solutions to our customers.
On November 1, 2015, HP Inc. ("former Parent"), formerly known as Hewlett-Packard Company ("HP Co.") spun-off
Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company ("we", "us", "our", "Hewlett Packard Enterprise", "HPE", or "the Company") pursuant to
a separation agreement (the "Separation and Distribution Agreement") (collectively the "Separation"). Since the Separation, we
have operated as an independent, publicly-traded company.
On April 1, 2017, we completed the separation and merger of our Enterprise Services business with DXC Technology
Company ("DXC", "the Everett Transaction" or "Everett").
On September 1, 2017, we completed the separation and merger of our Software business segment with Micro Focus
International plc ("Micro Focus", "the Seattle Transaction" or "Seattle").
Transformation Programs
Cost Optimization and Prioritization Plan
During the third quarter of fiscal 2020, we launched a cost optimization and prioritization plan which focuses on realigning
our workforce to areas of growth, including a new hybrid workforce model called Edge-to-Office, real estate strategies and
simplifying and evolving our product portfolio strategy. The implementation period for the cost optimization and prioritization
plan is through fiscal 2023. During this implementation period, we expect to incur transformation costs predominantly related
to labor restructuring, non-labor restructuring, IT investments and design and execution charges.
HPE Next
During the third quarter of fiscal 2017, we launched an initiative called HPE Next to put in place a purpose-built company
designed to compete and win in the markets where we participate. Through this program, we are simplifying our operating
model, streamlining our offerings, business processes and business systems to improve our execution. The implementation
period for HPE Next has been extended to fiscal 2023. During the remaining implementation period we expect to incur
transformation costs predominantly related to IT infrastructure costs for streamlining, upgrading and simplifying back-end
operations, and real estate initiatives. These costs are expected to be partially offset by gains from real estate sales.
Impacts of the COVID-19 Pandemic on HPE's Business
The outbreak of COVID-19 in 2020 resulted in a global slowdown of economic activity including worldwide travel
restrictions, prohibitions of non-essential work activities, disruption and shutdown of businesses and greater uncertainty in
global financial markets, all of which resulted in COVID-19 having an impact on our financial performance in fiscal 2020. As
this pandemic endures and continues to have an impact on global economic activity, the extent to which COVID-19 adversely
impacts our future business operations, financial performance and results of operations is uncertain and will depend on many
factors outside the Company's control. For a further discussion of the risks, uncertainties and actions taken in response to
COVID-19, refer to Item 1A "Risk Factors" and Item 7 "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations".
Our Strategy
The pace of technology disruption continues to accelerate. The global pandemic has served as a catalyst making digital
transformation a strategic imperative for enterprises. Enterprises now require more resilient IT to ensure continuity in their
operations. They also need to deliver secure connectivity, remote work solutions, data analytics capabilities and mobile-first,
cloud-like experiences to their employees and customers, while preserving liquidity to navigate the macro economic uncertainty
and to adapt to the new world.
We are answering the call for transformation with our edge-to-cloud strategy and solutions that are aligned to the
evolving needs of our customers. We help enterprises transform and digitize their businesses so that they may accelerate their
business outcomes by delivering new digital experiences and unlocking insights from their data. We saw that the foundation of
2
Table of Contents
every business would be edge-to-cloud and in response HPE brings industry-leading IT infrastructure, software, services,
financing resources and as-a-service capabilities to meet this demand.
Human Capital Resources
At HPE we are united by our purpose, which is to advance the way people live and work. We believe technology’s
greatest promise lies in its potential for positive change. This is the guidepost for each decision we make at HPE. We believe it
not only helps guide our contribution to society, but also makes good business sense. Our company has always been an engine
of innovation, and our approximately 59,400 employees as of October 31, 2020, are proud of the ways our technology enables
our customers to achieve meaningful outcomes like curing disease, modernizing farming to cure world-hunger and
democratizing transportation through autonomous vehicles.
Our Culture: We recognize the critical importance of talent and culture to the success of HPE and our ability to fulfill our
purpose. We are passionate about the values that have underpinned the success of the company over years. This is why we
believe in investing in our employees and communities where we live and work. HPE has intensified its focus on creating a
superior team member experience and a highly engaged workforce, driving improvements across our communications, our
culture, our reward programs, and our work environment and fostering a collaborative, inclusive and inspiring experience for all
our team members. Our most recent global engagement survey shows how these intentional efforts are making a difference,
with our overall Employee Engagement Index measuring 83%. More than 80% of team members would recommend HPE as a
great place to work, and 87% say they are proud to work for HPE.
Building a Vibrant Culture: We have identified four key cultural beliefs that guide how we lead on a daily basis: belief in
accelerating what’s next, in bold moves, in the “power of yes”, and in being a force for good. We embed these beliefs in an
unshakable DNA that puts customers first, ensuring we partner, innovate and act with uncompromising integrity. Our
empowered and engaging culture is making HPE a destination for the best talent while driving innovation and excellence for
our customers.
Diversity, Equity and Inclusion: We are committed to being unconditionally inclusive to capture the ideas and
perspectives that fuel innovation and enable our workforce, customers, and communities to succeed in the digital age. This is
because, by harnessing the potential of our technologies and our team members, we can be a force for good. Annual goals are
set to increase the representation of both women and ethnically diverse talent by at least 1 percentage point year-over-year. In
2020, HPE increased our female workforce at every level worldwide, including technical and executive roles. We also
increased our representation of all underrepresented minorities in the U.S. The leadership standards sponsored, clearly articulate
that all people leaders are expected to continuously develop their inclusive leadership capabilities. Our Board, CEO and
Executive Committee role model high standards for diversity, equity and inclusion and are leading sustainable change, with
strong governance and oversight via our Inclusion and Diversity Council.
Talent: We invest in attracting, developing and retaining the best talent. We do this by communicating a clear purpose and
strategy, transparent goal setting, driving accountability, continuously assessing, developing, advancing talent, and a leadership-
driven talent strategy. The dynamism of our industry and our company enables team members to grow in their current roles and
build new skills. Over the past year, our approximately 59,400 team members completed over 330,000 online and instructor-led
courses across a broad range of categories – leadership, inclusion and diversity, professional skills, technical and compliance.
HPE is deeply committed to identifying and developing the next generation of top tier leadership with a special focus on diverse
and technical talent. We conduct an in-depth annual talent and succession review with our CEO and Executive Committee
members. The process focuses on accelerating talent development, strengthening succession pipelines, and advancing diversity
representation for our most critical roles.
Work That Fits Your Life: This global initiative, which was launched in 2019, is an important example of how HPE is
investing in our culture and creating a team member experience that makes HPE a destination of choice for the best talent in the
industry. It includes an industry-leading paid parental leave program (minimum 6 months), part-time work opportunities for
new parents or team members transitioning to retirement, and "Wellness Fridays" encouraging team members to leave work
early one Friday per month to focus on their well-being. HPE's broader wellness program offers flexibility built around team
member needs while continuing to deliver on critical business results. Key features include mental health support including
employee assistance programs and free headspace accounts, physical fitness activities, and financial wellness programs.
Total Rewards: HPE requires a uniquely talented workforce and is committed to providing total rewards that are market-
competitive and performance based, driving innovation and operational excellence. Our compensation programs, practices, and
policies reflect our commitment to reward short- and long-term performance that aligns with, and drives, stockholder value.
Total direct compensation is generally positioned within a competitive range of the market median, with differentiation based
on tenure, skills, proficiency, and performance to attract and retain key talent.
3
Table of Contents
HPE’s strong and healthy culture is critical to accelerating what’s next for our customers and partners – and the success of
our company. Our team is energized and more engaged than ever and will enable our ability to pivot and grow, which will, in
turn, power the next chapter at Hewlett Packard Enterprise.
Our Business Segments, Products and Services
Our operations are organized into seven business segments: Compute, High Performance Compute and Mission Critical
Systems ("HPC & MCS"), Storage, Advisory and Professional Services ("A & PS"), Intelligent Edge, Financial Services
("FS"), and Corporate Investments. The class of similar product categories within each segment which accounted for more than
10% of our consolidated net revenue in each of the past three years were as follows:
•
•
•
Fiscal 2020 - Compute products, Storage products, Compute Services
Fiscal 2019 - Compute products, Storage products
Fiscal 2018 - Compute products, Storage products
A summary of our net revenue, earnings from operations and assets for our segments can be found in Note 3, "Segment
Information", to our Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of Part II. A discussion of certain factors potentially affecting
our operations is set forth in Item 1A, "Risk Factors."
Compute
Our Compute portfolio offers both general purpose servers for multi-workload computing and workload-optimized
servers which offer the best performance and value for demanding applications. This portfolio of products includes our secure
and versatile HPE ProLiant rack and tower servers; HPE BladeSystem, a modular infrastructure that converges server, storage
and networking; and HPE Synergy, a composable infrastructure for traditional and cloud-native applications. HPE ProLiant
servers are the compute foundation for the fastest growing workloads in the industry including hyperconverged infrastructure
("HCI"), virtual workspaces, and artificial intelligence ("AI"). Compute offerings also include operational and support services.
The Compute support team is also a provider of on-premises flexible consumption models, such as HPE GreenLake.
HPC & MCS
Our HPC & MCS portfolio offers specialized compute servers designed to support specific use cases. The HPC portfolio
includes the HPE Apollo and Cray products that are sold as supercomputing systems, including exascale supercomputers
(systems which have exaflops performance or a billion billion calculations per second), to support data-intensive workloads for
high performance computing, data analytics and artificial intelligence applications. The MCS portfolio includes the HPE
Superdome Flex, HPE Nonstop and HPE Integrity product lines for critical applications such as payments and transaction
processing that require high availability, fault-tolerant computing infrastructure. The HPC & MCS segment also includes the
Edge Compute business which consists of the HPE Moonshot and HPE Edgeline products for computing at the network edge.
HPC & MCS offerings also include operational and support services. HPC & MCS products can also be purchased through on-
premises flexible consumption models, such as HPE GreenLake. With offerings that are artificial intelligence-driven and built
for hybrid cloud environments with as-a-service consumption and flexible investment options, we provide the right workload
optimized destinations for data.
A portion of HPC and MCS revenue is generated by sales to government entities, which are subject to the terms and
rights for the convenience of the government entity. These terms and rights include in some instances a dependence on the
appropriation of future funding and also termination rights contingent upon not achieving certain milestones. For a discussion
of certain risks related to contracts with government entities, see "Risk Factors—Failure to comply with government
contracting regulations could adversely affect our business and results of operations."
Storage
We provide workload-optimized products and service offerings that are AI-driven and built for cloud environments with
flexible consumption models from HPE GreenLake and flexible investment options. Powered by HPE InfoSight-advanced
artificial intelligence operations, HPE solutions deliver an intelligent data platform that enables customers to unleash the power
of their data. Key offerings include an intelligent HCI portfolio with HPE Nimble Storage dHCI, a disaggregated HCI solution
for the enterprise data center and HPE SimpliVity, a hyperconverged platform for general purpose and edge workloads. The
portfolio also includes HPE Primera, HPE Nimble Storage and HPE 3PAR primary storage solutions, comprehensive data
protection solutions with HPE Cloud Volumes Backup and HPE StoreOnce, and big data solutions running on HPE Apollo
servers. Storage also provides solutions for secondary workloads and traditional tape, storage networking and disk products,
such as HPE Modular Storage Arrays ("MSA") and HPE XP. Storage offerings also include operational and support services.
4
Table of Contents
A & PS
Our A & PS business provides consultative-led services, HPE and partner technology expertise and advice,
implementation services and complex solution engagement capabilities. Our advisors and experts engage early with customers
to lead them through their digital transformations and to improve their business outcomes. A & PS is also a provider of on-
premises flexible consumption models that enable IT agility, simplify operations, and align cost to value. A & PS is of strategic
importance to HPE as it drives large value sales of HPE infrastructure products and services such as HPE GreenLake, HPE
Ezmeral, HPC & MCS and other Compute & Storage infrastructure products.
Intelligent Edge
The Intelligent Edge business is comprised of a portfolio of secure edge-to-cloud solutions operating under the Aruba
brand that include wireless local area network ("LAN"), campus and data center switching, software-defined wide-area-
networking, which now includes Silver Peak, security, and associated services to enable secure connectivity for businesses of
any size. The primary business drivers for Intelligent Edge solutions are mobility and IoT.
The HPE Aruba Product portfolio includes wired and wireless LAN hardware products such as Wi-Fi access points,
switches, routers and sensors. The HPE Aruba software and services portfolio of products includes cloud-based management,
network management, which now includes Silver Peak, network access control, analytics and assurance, location services
software and professional and support services, as well as as-a-Service and consumption models for the Intelligent Edge
portfolio of products.
Financial Services
Financial Services provides flexible investment solutions, such as leasing, financing, IT consumption, and utility
programs and asset management services, for customers that facilitate unique technology deployment models and the
acquisition of complete IT solutions, including hardware, software and services from Hewlett Packard Enterprise and others.
FS also supports financial solutions for on-premise flexible consumption models, such as HPE Greenlake. In order to provide
flexible services and capabilities that support the entire IT life cycle, FS partners with customers globally to help build
investment strategies that enhance their business agility and support their business transformation. FS offers a wide selection of
investment solution capabilities for large enterprise customers and channel partners, along with an array of financial options to
SMBs and educational and governmental entities.
Corporate Investments
Corporate Investments includes Hewlett Packard Labs which is responsible for research and development, the
Communications and Media Solutions ("CMS") business and certain business incubation projects.
Forthcoming Segment Realignments
In order to align our segment financial reporting structure more closely with our current business structure, effective
November 1, 2020, we will report the following changes to our reportable segments: the lifecycle event services business which
was previously reported within the A & PS segment will be reported within each of the related hardware segments; certain
software related business offerings previously reported within Compute, Storage and A & PS will be combined and reported
within the Corporate Investments segment; and the remainder of A & PS, which was previously reported as a reportable
segment, will be reported within the Corporate Investments segment. Additionally, the stock-based compensation expense
which was previously reported within segment operating results will be now be reported as a corporate cost.
Our Strengths
We believe that we possess a number of competitive advantages that distinguish us from our competitors, including:
•
•
Digital transformation is at the forefront of our business priorities. We have a distinctive and industry leading
portfolio of edge-to-cloud solutions and unique capabilities to help accelerate our customers' digital transformation.
We combine our software-defined infrastructure and services capabilities to provide what we believe is the strongest
portfolio of enterprise solutions in the IT industry. Our ability to deliver a comprehensive IT strategy and connect our
customers' data from edge to cloud, through our high-quality products and high-value consulting and support services
in a single package, is one of our principal differentiators.
Differentiated consumption-based IT solutions for a growing opportunity. Enterprises of all sizes are looking to
digitally transform in order to develop next-generation cloud-native applications, create actionable insights from their
data, and drive business growth, but they face many challenges including lack of in-house IT skills, limited budgets
and options for financing, and lack of flexibility to choose the technology foundation that best meets their needs.
5
Table of Contents
Consumption-based IT offers solutions to these challenges by providing greater agility, empowering people to shift
from managing infrastructure to driving innovation by leveraging insights from their data, while eliminating capital
and operating expenses tied to infrastructure over-provisioning. HPE is distinctly differentiated in delivering a true
consumption-based IT experience. We saw the opportunity early, and that has allowed us to build capabilities and
partnerships that are unique in the industry including the ability to deliver our as-a-Service portfolio with over 700
channel partners that can sell the as-a-Service portfolio.
• Multi-year innovation roadmap and strong balance sheet. We have been in the technology and innovation business for
over 75 years. Our vast intellectual property portfolio and global research and development capabilities are part of a
broader innovation roadmap designed to help organizations take advantage of the expanding amount of data available
and leverage the latest technology developments like cloud, artificial intelligence, and cybersecurity to drive business
outcomes now and in the future. We also have a strong balance sheet and liquidity profile that provides the financial
flexibility and speed to take advantage of acquisition opportunities.
•
•
•
•
Global distribution and partner ecosystem. We are experts in delivering innovative technological solutions to our
customers in complex multi-country, multi-vendor and/or multi-language environments. We have one of the largest
go-to-market capabilities in our industry, including a large ecosystem of channel partners, which enables us to market
and deliver our product offerings to customers located virtually anywhere in the world.
Custom financial solutions. Through Financial Services we can help customers create investment capacity to accelerate
their transformations by helping them free up capital, capture value from older assets, achieve sustainability goals,
invest in new technologies as a service, and weather financial volatility. Financial Services is also an enabler of our
consumption-based IT models by helping spread our upfront solution costs over the duration of the customer contract.
Through Financial Services' Global Asset Recovery Centers, we are helping customers achieve their own sustainability
goals by processing more than 4 million assets every year.
Experienced leadership team and business group leaders aligned to market trends and financial segmentation. Our
management team has an extensive track record of performance and execution. We are led by our President and Chief
Executive Officer, Antonio Neri, who has proven experience in developing transformative business models, building
global brands and driving sustained growth and expansion in the technology industry. Mr. Neri's experience includes
over 20 years combined at HPE and HP Co. in various leadership positions. This year we simplified our operating
model and have aligned it to the financial segmentation providing more visibility and accountability in our business
segments. Our senior management team has many years of experience in our industry and possesses extensive
knowledge of and experience in the enterprise IT business and the markets in which we compete. Moreover, we have a
deep bench of management and technology talent that we believe provides us with an unparalleled pipeline of future
leaders and innovators.
Open platforms. The world is shifting from centralized and closed approaches in large data centers to a future of
centers of data everywhere which are highly decentralized and distributed. This shift demands a common cloud
platform that can put the agility and intelligence close to the customers data sources to create real-time insights,
everywhere. Many of our competitors want to lock customers into one flavor of cloud and cloud stack. Conversely, we
believe that the cloud experience should be open and seamless across all our customers' clouds — and the best cloud
transformation partner is one who is unbiased, offers choice, and is neutral without an agenda. We are unique in our
ability to enable any hybrid cloud strategy and a consistent experience that is open to any cloud and differentiated with
our partner integrations.
Sales, Marketing and Distribution
We manage our business and report our financial results based on the segments described above. Our customers are
organized by commercial and large enterprise groups, including business and public sector enterprises, and purchases of our
products, solutions and services may be fulfilled directly by us or indirectly through a variety of partners, including:
•
•
•
•
resellers that sell our products and services, frequently with their own value-added products or services, to targeted
customer groups;
distribution partners that supply our solutions to resellers;
original equipment manufacturers ("OEMs") that integrate our products and services with their own products and
services, and sell the integrated solution;
independent software vendors that provide their clients with specialized software products and often assist us in selling
our products and services to clients purchasing their products;
6
Table of Contents
•
•
systems integrators that provide expertise in designing and implementing custom IT solutions and often partner with us
to extend their expertise or influence the sale of our products and services; and
advisory firms that provide various levels of management and IT consulting, including some systems integration work,
and typically partner with us on client solutions that require our unique products and services.
The mix of our business conducted by direct sales or channel differs substantially by business and region. We believe that
customer buying patterns and different regional market conditions require us to tailor our sales, marketing and distribution
efforts accordingly. We are focused on driving the depth and breadth of our coverage, in addition to identifying efficiencies and
productivity gains, in both our direct and indirect businesses. For example, through our HPE Next Initiative, we reduced the
number of countries in which we have a direct sales presence, while simultaneously migrating to a channel-only model in the
remaining countries. In those countries where we have a direct sales presence, we typically assign an account manager to
manage relationships across our business with large enterprise customers as well as with large public sector accounts. The
account manager is supported by a team of specialists with product and services expertise. For other customers, our businesses
collaborate to manage relationships with commercial resellers targeting smaller accounts, both in the commercial and public
sector space.
Manufacturing and Materials
We utilize a significant number of outsourced and contract manufacturers around the world to manufacture products that
we design. The use of outsourced and contract manufacturers is intended to generate cost efficiencies and reduce time to market
for our products as well as create manufacturing flexibility in our supply chain and processes. In some circumstances, third-
party OEMs produce products that we purchase and resell under our brand. In addition to our use of outsourced and contract
manufacturers, we currently manufacture a limited number of finished products from components and subassemblies that we
acquire from a wide range of vendors.
Historically, we have utilized two primary methods of fulfilling demand for products: building products to order and
configuring products to order. We build products to order to maximize manufacturing and logistics efficiencies by producing
high volumes of basic product configurations. Alternatively, configuring products to order enables units to match a customer's
particular hardware and software customization requirements. Our inventory management and distribution practices in both
building products to order and configuring products to order seek to minimize inventory holding periods by taking delivery of
the inventory and manufacturing shortly before the sale or distribution of products to our customers.
We purchase materials, supplies and product subassemblies from a substantial number of vendors. For most of our
products, we have existing alternate sources of supply or such alternate sources of supply are readily available. However, we do
rely on single-source suppliers for certain customized parts (although some of these sources have operations in multiple
locations in the event of a disruption) and a disruption or loss of a single-source supplier could delay production of some
products. In some instances, our single-source suppliers (e.g. Intel and AMD as suppliers of certain x86 processors) are also the
single-source suppliers for the entire market; disruptions with these suppliers would result in industry-wide dislocations and
therefore would not disproportionately disadvantage us relative to our competitors.
Like other participants in the IT industry, we ordinarily acquire materials and components through a combination of
blanket and scheduled purchase orders to support our demand requirements for periods averaging 90 to 120 days. From time to
time, we may experience significant price volatility or supply constraints for certain components that are not available from
multiple sources due to certain events taking place where our suppliers are geographically concentrated. When necessary, we
are often able to obtain scarce components for somewhat higher prices on the open market, which may have an impact on our
gross margin, but does not generally disrupt production. We may also acquire component inventory in anticipation of supply
constraints, or enter into longer-term pricing commitments with vendors to improve the priority, price and availability of
supply. See "Risk Factors—We depend on third-party suppliers, and our financial results could suffer if we fail to manage our
suppliers relationships properly" in Item 1A.
International
Our products and services are available worldwide. We believe geographic diversity allows us to meet demand on a
worldwide basis for our customers, draws on business and technical expertise from a worldwide workforce, provides stability to
our operations, provides revenue streams that may offset geographic economic trends, and offers us an opportunity to access
new markets for maturing products.
A summary of our domestic and international results is set forth in Note 3, "Segment Information", to our Consolidated
Financial Statements in Item 8 of Part II. Approximately 66% of our overall net revenue in fiscal 2020 came from outside the
United States.
7
Table of Contents
For a discussion of certain risks attendant to our international operations, see "Risk Factors—Due to the international
nature of our business, political or economic changes or other factors could harm our future revenue, costs and expenses, and
financial condition," and "—We are exposed to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates" in Item 1A, "Quantitative and
Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk" in Item 7A of Part II and Note 14, "Financial Instruments", to our Consolidated
Financial Statements in Item 8 of Part II, which are incorporated herein by reference.
Research and Development
Innovation is a key element of our culture and critical to our success. Our research and development efforts ("R&D") are
focused on designing and developing products, services and solutions that anticipate customers' changing needs and desires and
emerging technological trends. Our efforts also are focused on identifying the areas where we believe we can make a unique
contribution and where partnering with other leading technology companies will leverage our cost structure and maximize our
customers' experiences.
Expenditures for R&D were $1.9 billion in fiscal 2020, $1.8 billion in fiscal 2019 and $1.7 billion in fiscal 2018. We
anticipate that we will continue to have significant R&D expenditures in the future to support the design and development of
innovative, high-quality products, services and solutions to maintain and enhance our competitive position.
Included in the R&D work currently taking place at the Company are the following initiatives:
In Compute, we are developing high quality next-generation compute solutions (servers, server attached options, and
software) that integrate the latest industry technology, which coupled with innovations from HPE are aligned to the
requirements of our customers.
In HPC & MCS, we are investing in high-performance compute, storage and networking systems for the most demanding
workloads from the edge-to-core. Investment in technologies in high-performance networking, memory-driven compute, and
high-performance storage and data management underpin our differentiated offerings. We also invest significantly in software,
including cloud native developer and highly scalable cluster operating environments, application and performance capabilities,
and high-availability solutions. HPC & MCS also hosts an applied research group where we invest in long term, disruptive
R&D such as silicon photonics creating a pipeline of technologies for future offerings.
In the Storage data management sphere, we are investing in new technologies to address the demand in mature and
emerging markets. Our comprehensive on-premises scalable infrastructure that includes an industry-first 100% guarantee
offering, is being creatively augmented by an all-inclusive as-a-service HPE Greenlake offering. The Company continues to
empower the edge-to-core data pipeline with embedded AI built-to-scale and to provide deep learning analytics across its
entirety.
In Intelligent Edge, we are shifting significant investment towards a "cloud first" innovation model for the comprehensive
management of wireless, switching and software defined branch ("SD-Branch") with the cloud native Edge Services Platform
("ESP"). Another key investment priority is artificial intelligence based network operations for the end-to-end optimization of
network performance and user experience, combined with securing the network edge infrastructure by segmenting the internet-
of-things ("IoT") user traffic with dynamic context based policies.
In Hewlett Packard Labs, we are focused on disruptive innovation and applied research in collaboration with other HPE
business groups to deliver differentiated intellectual property ("IP"). Our innovation agenda is focused on developing
technologies in the areas of system architecture, networking, AI, accelerators and silicon photonics. We also continue to invest
in our silicon design capability to accelerate the development and delivery of our technology with custom integrated circuits.
For a discussion of risks attendant to our R&D activities, see "Risk Factors—If we cannot successfully execute our go-to-
market strategy and continue to develop, manufacture and market innovative products, services and solutions, our business and
financial performance may suffer" in Item 1A.
Patents
Our general policy is to seek patent protection for those inventions likely to be incorporated into our products and
services or where obtaining such proprietary rights will improve our competitive position. As of October 31, 2020, our
worldwide patent portfolio included approximately 15,000 issued and pending patents.
Patents generally have a term of up to 20 years from the date they are filed. As our patent portfolio has been built over
time, the remaining terms of the individual patents across our patent portfolio vary. We believe that our patents and patent
applications are important for maintaining the competitive differentiation of our products and services, enhancing our freedom
of action to sell our products and services in markets in which we choose to participate, and maximizing our return on research
8
Table of Contents
and development investments. No single patent is in itself essential to our company as a whole or to any of our business
segments.
In addition to developing our patent portfolio, we license intellectual property from third parties as we deem appropriate.
We have also granted and continue to grant to others licenses and other rights under our patents when we consider these
arrangements to be in our interest. These license arrangements include a number of cross-licenses with third parties.
For a discussion of risks attendant to intellectual property rights, see "Risk Factors—Our financial performance may
suffer if we cannot continue to develop, license or enforce the intellectual property rights on which our businesses depend" and
"—Our products and services depend in part on intellectual property and technology licensed from third parties" in Item 1A.
Backlog
In fiscal 2020 the outbreak of COVID-19 resulted in a disruption to our supply chain process. The outbreak resulted in a
global slowdown of economic activity including worldwide travel restrictions, prohibitions of non-essential work activities,
disruption and shutdown of businesses and greater uncertainty in global financial markets. These events introduced a disruption
to our supply chain at the beginning of the calendar year resulting in significantly higher levels of backlog, particularly in
Compute, HPC & MCS, and Storage as lockdown restrictions imposed across the globe disrupted our order fulfillment process
and limited our ability to perform on-site installations and meet customer acceptance requirements. Subsequently, by the latter
part of the fiscal period we made significant progress in clearing our backlog such that we exited the fiscal year with normalized
backlog levels.
During the COVID-19 pandemic, we have also viewed backlog as an indication of demand health as governments around
the world continue to impose restrictions on non-essential work activities and travel. As and when the COVID-19 pandemic
subsides our focus on backlog may again become less relevant as a reliable indicator of future demand.
For a further discussion of the risks, uncertainties and actions taken in response to COVID-19, see risks identified in the section
entitled "Risk Factors" in Item 1A, and the "COVID-19 Update" in Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations in Part II, Item 7.
Seasonality
General economic conditions have an impact on our business and financial results. From time to time, the markets in
which we sell our products, services and solutions experience weak economic conditions that may negatively affect sales. We
experience some seasonal trends in the sale of our products and services. For example, European sales are often weaker in the
summer months. However, the impact of the COVID-19 outbreak may result in temporary changes to the seasonal fluctuation
of our business. See "Risk Factors—Our uneven sales cycle makes planning and inventory management difficult and future
financial results less predictable" in Item 1A.
Competition
We have a broad technology portfolio of enterprise IT infrastructure products, solutions and services. We encounter
strong competition in all areas of our business. We compete primarily on the basis of technology, innovation, performance,
price, quality, reliability, brand, reputation, distribution, range of products and services, ease of use of our products, account
relationships, customer training, service and support, security, and the availability of our IT infrastructure offerings.
The markets in which we compete are characterized by strong competition among major corporations with long-
established positions and a large number of new and rapidly growing firms. Most product life cycles are relatively short, and to
remain competitive we must develop new products and services, continuously enhance our existing products and services and
compete effectively on the basis of the factors listed above, among others. In addition, we compete with many of our current
and potential partners, including OEMs that design, manufacture and market their products under their own brand names. Our
successful management of these competitive partner relationships is critical to our future success. Moreover, we anticipate that
we will have to continue to adjust prices on many of our products and services to stay competitive.
9
Table of Contents
The competitive environments in which each segment operates are described below:
The Compute and Storage businesses operate in the highly competitive enterprise data center infrastructure market,
which is characterized by rapid and ongoing technological innovation and price competition. Our primary competitors are
technology vendors such as Dell Technologies Inc., Cisco Systems, Inc., Lenovo Group Ltd., International Business Machines
Corporation, and NetApp Inc. In certain regions, we also experience competition from local companies and from generically
branded or "white-box" manufacturers. Our strategy is to deliver superior products, high-value technology support services and
differentiated integrated solutions that combine our infrastructure, software and services capabilities. Our competitive
advantages include our broad end-to-end solutions portfolio, supported by our strong intellectual property portfolio and research
and development capabilities, coupled with our global reach and partner ecosystem.
The HPC & MCS business predominantly services customers with data-intensive super-computing, analytics, and
artificial intelligence needs. Our primary competitors are compute technology vendors than can design and build solutions that
deliver performance scalability and connectivity necessary to handle super-compute and artificial intelligence ("AI") workloads,
including Dell Technologies Inc., Lenovo Group Ltd., and International Business Machines Corporation. Similar to the
compute space, our strategy is to deliver superior products, high-value technology support services and differentiated integrated
solutions that combine our infrastructure, software and services capabilities. Our competitive advantages include our deep
expertise and capabilities designing and delivering these solutions, broad end-to-end solutions portfolio, supported by our
strong intellectual property portfolio and research and development capabilities.
The A & PS business predominantly delivers digital transformation expertise to customers. The strategy of the business is
to partner with customers to prioritize, define and implement the technology transformations that will achieve customers' digital
transformation goals. The business has practice areas in digital transformation advisory, hybrid cloud transformation, AI and
data, networking & edge, security, IoT, digital workplaces, education and management of change. Our primary competitors for
this business are the consulting services arms of major technology vendors such as International Business Machines
Corporation, Dell Technologies Inc., Cisco Systems, Inc., and Accenture.
Intelligent Edge operates in the highly competitive networking and connectivity infrastructure market, which is
characterized by rapid and ongoing technological innovation and price competition. Our primary competitors are technology
vendors such as Cisco Systems, Inc., Extreme Networks, Inc., Juniper Networks, Inc., and Arista Networks Inc. Our strategy is
to deliver superior enterprise wired and wireless local-area networking components and software, high-value technology
support services and differentiated integrated solutions that combine our infrastructure, software and services capabilities. Our
competitive advantage includes our broad end-to-end solutions portfolio, supported by our strong intellectual property portfolio
and research and development capabilities, coupled with our global reach and partner ecosystem.
Financial Services. In our financing business, our primary competitors are captive financing companies, such as IBM
Global Financing, Dell Financial Services, and Cisco Capital, as well as banks and other financial institutions. Our primary IT
Asset Disposition (ITAD) competitors are ERI, Ingram Micro, Sage Sustainable Electronics, and Sims Recycling Solutions. We
believe our competitive advantage over banks, other financial institutions, and ITAD providers is our ability to bring together
our investment solutions with our expertise in managing technology assets. Not only are we able to deliver investment solutions
that help customers create unique technology deployments based on specific business needs, but we also help them extract
value from existing IT investments while more efficiently managing the retirement of those assets. All of these solutions can
help customers accelerate digital transformation, create new budget streams, and meet Circular Economy objectives.
For a discussion of certain risks attendant to these competitive environments, see "Risk Factors—We operate in an
intensely competitive industry and competitive pressures could harm our business and financial performance" in Item 1A.
Material Government Regulations
Our business activities are worldwide and are subject to various federal, state, local, and foreign laws and our products
and services are governed by a number of rules and regulations. Costs and accruals incurred to comply with these governmental
regulations are presently not material to our capital expenditures, results of operations and competitive position. Although there
is no assurance that existing or future government laws applicable to our operations, services or products will not have a
material adverse effect on our capital expenditures, results of operations and competitive position, we do not currently
anticipate material expenditures for government regulations. Nonetheless, as discussed below, we believe that environmental
and global trade regulations could potentially materially impact our business.
Environment
Our products and operations are, or may in the future be, subject to various federal, state, local, and foreign laws and
regulations concerning the environment, including, among others, laws addressing the discharge of pollutants into the air and
water; the management, movement, and disposal of hazardous substances and wastes and the clean-up of contaminated sites;
10
Table of Contents
product safety, such as chemical composition, packaging and labeling; energy consumption of our products and services; and
the manufacture and distribution of chemical substances. We are also subject to legislation in an increasing number of
jurisdictions that makes producers of electrical goods, including servers and networking equipment, financially responsible for
specified collection, recycling, treatment, and disposal of past and future covered products (sometimes referred to as "product
take-back legislation"). Finally, as climate change laws, regulations, treaties, and similar initiatives and programs are adopted
and implemented throughout the world, we will be required to comply or potentially face market access limitations or other
sanctions, including fines. However, we believe that technology will be fundamental to finding solutions to achieve compliance
with and manage those requirements, and we are collaborating with industry, business groups and governments to find and
promote ways that our technology can be used to address climate change and to facilitate compliance with related laws,
regulations and treaties. We are committed to maintaining compliance with all environmental laws applicable to our operations,
products and services, and to reducing our environmental impact across all aspects of our business. We meet this commitment
with a comprehensive environmental, health and safety policy, strict environmental management of our operations and
worldwide environmental programs and services.
Global Trade
As a global company, the import and export of our products and services are subject to laws and regulations including
international treaties, U.S. export controls and sanctions laws, customs regulations, and local trade rules around the world. Such
laws, rules and regulations may delay the introduction of some of our products or impact our competitiveness through
restricting our ability to do business in certain places or with certain entities and individuals, or the need to comply with
domestic preference programs, laws concerning transfer and disclosure of sensitive or controlled technology or source code,
unique technical standards, localization mandates, and duplicative in-country testing and inspection requirements. The
consequences of any failure to comply with domestic and foreign trade regulations could limit our ability to conduct business
globally. We continue to support open trade policies that recognize the importance of integrated cross-border supply chains
that will continue to contribute to the growth of the global economy and measures that standardize compliance for
manufacturers to ensure that products comply with safety and security requirements.
For a discussion of the risks associated with government regulations that may materially impact us, please see the section
entitled "Risk Factors" in Item 1A.
Additional Information
Itanium is a trademark of Intel Corporation or its subsidiaries.
Information about our Executive Officers
The following are our current executive officers:
Name
Antonio Neri
Tom Black
Kirt P. Karros
Neil MacDonald
Alan May
Keerti Melkote
Jeff T. Ricci
Tarek Robbiati
Irv Rothman
John F. Schultz
Peter Ungaro
Age
53
51
51
52
62
50
59
55
74
56
52
Position
President and Chief Executive Officer
Senior Vice President, General Manager of Storage
Senior Vice President, Finance and Treasurer
Senior Vice President, General Manager of Compute
Executive Vice President and Chief People Officer
President, Intelligent Edge
Senior Vice President, Controller and Principal Accounting Officer
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
President and Chief Executive Officer, HPE Financial Services
Executive Vice President, Chief Operating and Legal Officer
Senior Vice President, General Manager of High Performance Compute and Mission-
Critical Systems and Hewlett Packard Labs
Antonio Neri; President and Chief Executive Officer
Mr. Neri has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer since June 2017 and February 2018, respectively.
Mr. Neri previously served as Executive Vice President and General Manager of our Enterprise Group from November 2015 to
June 2017. Prior to that, Mr. Neri served in a similar role for HP Co.'s Enterprise Group from October 2014 to November 2015.
Mr. Neri served as Senior Vice President and General Manager of the HP Servers business unit from September 2013 to
October 2014 and concurrently as Senior Vice President and General Manager of the HP Networking business unit from May
11
Table of Contents
2014 to October 2014. Prior to that, Mr. Neri served as Senior Vice President and General Manager of the HP Technology
Services business unit from August 2011 to September 2013 and as Vice President, Customer Services for the HP Personal
Systems Group from 2007 to August 2011, having first joined HP Co. in 1996. From March 2012 to February 2013, Mr. Neri
served as a director of MphasiS Limited, an India-based technology company.
Tom Black; Senior Vice President, General Manager of Storage
Mr. Black has served as Senior Vice President and General Manager of our Storage business segment since December
2019. Prior to that, Mr. Black served as Senior Vice President and General Manager of Switching within our Intelligent Edge
business segment from October 2018 to December 2019. From January 2016 to October 2018, Mr. Black served as the Vice
President and General Manager of Switching within our Intelligent Edge business. From June 2013 to January 2016, Mr. Black
was the Vice President of Engineering for the Networking group at HP Co., and later, at HPE. Prior to that, Mr. Black served in
various roles, including Vice President of Engineering and other engineering positions at Cisco Systems from November 1999
to May 2013.
Kirt P. Karros; Senior Vice President, Finance and Treasurer
Mr. Karros has served as our Senior Vice President, Finance and Treasurer since November 2015. Prior to that,
Mr. Karros served in a similar role at HP Co. and led its Investor Relations from May 2015 to October 2015. Mr. Karros
previously served as Principal and Managing Director of Research for Relational Investors LLC, an investment fund, from 2001
to May 2015 and concurrently as a director of PMC-Sierra, a semiconductor company, from August 2013 to May 2015 and as a
director of InnerWorkings, Inc. from August 2019 to October 2020.
Neil MacDonald; Senior Vice President, General Manager of Compute
Mr. MacDonald has served as Senior Vice President and General Manager of our Compute business segment since
February 2020. Prior to that, Mr. MacDonald served as Senior Vice President and General Manager of the Compute Solutions
group of the then Hybrid IT business segment, from October 2018 to February 2020. Mr. MacDonald previously served as Vice
President and General Manager of BladeSystem from August 2015 to October 2020, having first joined HP Co. in 1996.
Alan May; Executive Vice President and Chief People Officer
Mr. May has served as our Executive Vice President, Chief People Officer since June 2015. Before joining Hewlett
Packard Enterprise, Mr. May served as Vice President, Human Resources at Boeing Commercial Aircraft, a division of The
Boeing Company, from April 2013 to June 2015. Prior to that, Mr. May served as Vice President, Human Resources for Boeing
Defense, Space and Security at Boeing from April 2011 to June 2015 and as Vice President, Compensation, Benefits and
Strategy at Boeing from August 2007 to April 2011. Mr. May has also served in senior human resources roles at Cerberus
Capital Management and PepsiCo. He serves as a Trustee for the American Foundation for the Blind and is on the Board of
Governors for the San Francisco Symphony.
Keerti Melkote; President, Intelligent Edge
Mr. Melkote has served as President of our Intelligent Edge business segment since January 2017. Mr. Melkote
previously served as Chief Technology Officer of Intelligent Edge from May 2015 to December 2016. Prior to that, Mr.
Melkote performed a similar role as Chief Technology Officer and Co-Founder of Aruba Networks from February 2009 until
our acquisition of Aruba Networks in May 2015. Previously, Mr. Melkote served as Co-Founder and Vice President, Products
at Aruba Networks from February 2002 to January 2009.
Jeff T. Ricci; Senior Vice President, Controller and Principal Accounting Officer
Mr. Ricci has served as our Senior Vice President, Controller and Principal Accounting Officer since November 2015.
Prior to that, Mr. Ricci performed a similar role at HP Co. from April 2014 to November 2015. Mr. Ricci served as Controller
and Principal Accounting Officer at HP Co. on an interim basis from November 2013 to April 2014. Previously, Mr. Ricci
served as Vice President, Finance for several of HP Co.'s organizations, including Technology and Operations from May 2012
to November 2013, Global Accounts and HP Financial Services from March 2011 to May 2012, and HP Software from March
2009 to March 2011.
Tarek Robbiati; Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Mr. Robbiati has served as our Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer since September 2018. Before
joining Hewlett Packard Enterprise, Mr. Robbiati served as Chief Financial Officer of Sprint Corporation from August 2015 to
February 2018. Mr. Robbiati previously served as Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director of FlexiGroup Limited in
Australia from January 2013 to August 2015. Prior to that, from December 2009 to December 2012, Mr. Robbiati was Group
12
Table of Contents
Managing Director and President of Telstra International Group in Hong Kong and Executive Chairman of Hong Kong CSL
Limited ("CSL"), a subsidiary of Telstra Corporation Limited. From July 2007 to May 2010, Mr. Robbiati served as the Chief
Executive Officer of CSL in Hong Kong.
Irv Rothman; President and Chief Executive Officer, HPE Financial Services
Mr. Rothman has served as President and Chief Executive Officer of our Financial Services business segment, our IT
investment and financing subsidiary, since November 2015. Prior to that, Mr. Rothman served in a similar role at HP Co. from
May 2002 to November 2015. Prior to joining HP Co., Mr. Rothman was President and Chief Executive Officer of Compaq
Financial Services Corporation from January 1997 to April 2002.
John F. Schultz; Executive Vice President, Chief Operating and Legal Officer
Mr. Schultz has served as our Executive Vice President, Chief Operating and Legal Officer since July 2020. Prior to
that, he served as Executive Vice President, Chief Legal and Administrative Officer and Secretary from December 2017 to July
2020. Mr. Schultz previously served as Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary from November 2015 to
December 2017, performing a similar role at HP Co. from April 2012 to November 2015. Prior to that, Mr. Schultz served as
Deputy General Counsel for Litigation, Investigations and Global Functions at HP Co. from September 2008 to April 2012.
Prior to joining HP Co., Mr. Schultz was a partner in the litigation practice at Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP, a law firm, from
March 2005 to September 2008, where, among other clients, he supported HP Co. as external counsel on a variety of litigation
and regulatory matters.
Peter Ungaro; Senior Vice President, General Manager of High Performance Compute and Mission-Critical Systems
and Hewlett Packard Labs
Mr. Ungaro has served as Senior Vice President and General Manager of our High Performance Compute and Mission
Critical Systems business segment and Hewlett Packard Labs since September 2019. Prior to that, Mr. Ungaro was President
and Chief Executive Officer of Cray from 2005 until our acquisition of Cray in September 2019. From September 2004 until
March 2005, Mr. Ungaro served as Senior Vice President of Sales, Marketing, and Services at Cray and, from August 2003
until September 2004, he served as Vice President of Sales and Marketing at Cray. Before joining Cray in 2003, Ungaro served
as Vice President of Sales for Worldwide Deep Computing at IBM. Mr. Ungaro held a variety of other sales leadership
positions since joining IBM in 1991.
Available Information
Our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to
reports filed or furnished pursuant to Sections 13(a) and 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, are
available on our website at http://investors.hpe.com, as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such reports
with, or furnish those reports to, the Securities and Exchange Commission. Hewlett Packard Enterprise's Corporate Governance
Guidelines, Board of Directors' committee charters (including the charters of the Audit Committee, Finance and Investment
Committee, HR and Compensation Committee, Technology Committee, and Nominating, Governance and Social
Responsibility Committee) and code of ethics entitled "Standards of Business Conduct" are also available at that same location
on our website. Stockholders may request free printed copies of these documents from:
Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company
Attention: Investor Relations
11445 Compaq Center West Drive
Houston, Texas 77070
http://investors.hpe.com/financial/requested-printed-reports
13
Table of Contents
ITEM 1A. Risk Factors.
You should carefully consider the following risks and other information in this Form 10-K in evaluating Hewlett Packard
Enterprise and its common stock. Any of the following risks could materially and adversely affect our results of operations or
financial condition. The following risk factors should be read in conjunction with Part II, Item 7, "Management's Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation" and the Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes in
Part II, Item 8, "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" of this Form 10-K.
Business and Operational Risks
We are unable to predict the extent to which the global COVID-19 pandemic may adversely impact our business operations,
financial performance and results of operations.
The COVID-19 pandemic and efforts to control its spread have significantly curtailed the movement of people, goods and
services worldwide, including in most or all of the regions in which we sell our products and services and conduct our business
operations. The pandemic has resulted in a global slowdown of economic activity, including travel restrictions, prohibitions of
non-essential activities in some cases, disruption and shutdown of businesses and greater uncertainty in global financial
markets. Our operations have been affected by a range of external factors related to the COVID-19 pandemic that are not within
our control, including the various restrictions imposed by cities, counties, states and countries on our employees, customers,
partners and suppliers designed to limit the spread of COVID-19. Although the immediate impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic
have been assessed, the long-term magnitude and duration of the disruption and resulting decline in business activity is still
highly uncertain and cannot currently be predicted.
In response to the COVID-19 pandemic and to ensure the safety of our employees, we have implemented a global work-
from-home policy until further notice that applies to a significant majority of our employees, with the exception of those
performing essential activities. Our employees may elect to return to the office in jurisdictions where both local requirements
and our own health and safety standards have been met. If such instances occur, employees would return to the office in a
phased process. Moreover, certain industry and customer events that we sponsor or at which we present have been canceled,
postponed or moved to virtual-only experiences and we may deem it advisable to similarly alter, postpone or cancel entirely
additional events in the future. We are also seeing an increase in customer requirements for HPE employees to be tested for
COVID-19 before being able to enter customer sites, which could potentially present an operational challenge. However, work-
from-home and other modified business practices introduce additional operational risks, including cybersecurity risks, which
may result in inefficiencies or delays, and have affected the way we conduct our product development, sales, customer support
and other activities. Unanticipated disruptions in services provided through our localized physical infrastructure caused by the
COVID-19 pandemic can curtail the functioning of critical components of our IT systems, and adversely affect our ability to
fulfill orders, provide services, respond to customer requests and maintain our worldwide business operations.
The pandemic has adversely affected, and could continue to adversely affect, our business, by negatively impacting the
demand for our products and services; restricting our operations and sales, marketing and distribution efforts; disrupting the
supply chains of hardware products; and disrupting our research and development capabilities, engineering, design and
manufacturing processes and other important business activities. For example, we expect the conditions caused by the
COVID-19 pandemic could affect the rate of IT spending, impact our customers' ability or willingness to purchase our products
and services, delay prospective customers' purchasing decisions, delay the provisioning of our products and services, lengthen
payment terms, reduce the value or duration of subscription contracts or affect attrition rates, all of which could adversely affect
our sales, operating results and financial performance. There have been, and likely will continue to be, delays of components
shipments from our vendors in China and other jurisdictions in which normal business operations are disrupted.
We expect the COVID-19 pandemic could continue to have a negative impact on our sales and our results of operations,
the size and duration of which we are currently unable to predict. While such changes were factored into the forecast used to
assess assets for reserves and impairment, including goodwill, and to calculate the annualized effective tax rate during the
interim quarters of fiscal 2020, any changes to the profitability for the next fiscal year could impact the realizability of assets
and the annualized effective tax rate applied to earnings. Additionally, concerns over the economic impact of the COVID-19
pandemic have caused extreme volatility in financial and other capital markets which has and may continue to adversely impact
our stock price, our ability to access capital markets and our ability to fund liquidity needs. In response, we announced our
long-term cost optimization and prioritization plan to focus our investments and realign our workforce to areas of growth
combined with short-term cost saving measures, including temporary base salary adjustments or unpaid leave for certain
employees and hiring and salary freezes. Execution of the plan may not achieve the results and savings we anticipate and our
temporary cost saving measures may negatively affect employee morale and our future recruiting efforts.
To the extent the COVID-19 pandemic adversely affects our business and financial results, it may also have the effect of
heightening many of the other risks described in this "Risk Factors" section and those incorporated by reference herein, such as
14
Table of Contents
those related to our products and services, demand and distribution, financial performance, credit rating and debt obligations.
Given that developments concerning the COVID-19 pandemic have been constantly evolving, additional impacts and risks may
arise that we are not aware of or able to appropriately respond to at this time.
Business disruptions could seriously harm our future revenue and financial condition and increase our costs and expenses.
Our worldwide operations and supply chain could be disrupted by natural or human induced disasters including, but not
limited to, earthquakes; tsunamis; floods; hurricanes, cyclones or typhoons; fires; other extreme weather conditions; power or
water shortages; telecommunications failures; materials scarcity and price volatility; terrorist acts, conflicts or wars; and
medical epidemics or pandemics. We are predominantly self-insured to mitigate the impact of most catastrophic events.
Although it is impossible to completely predict the occurrences or consequences of any such events, forecasting disruptive
events and building additional resiliency into our operations accordingly will become an increasing business imperative. The
occurrence of business disruptions could result in significant losses, seriously harm our revenue, profitability and financial
condition, adversely affect our competitive position, increase our costs and expenses, decrease in demand for our products,
make it difficult or impossible to provide services or deliver products to our customers or to receive components from our
suppliers, create delays and inefficiencies in our supply chain, result in the need to impose employee travel restrictions and
require substantial expenditures and recovery time in order to fully resume operations.
Climate change serves as a risk multiplier increasing both the frequency and severity of natural disasters that may affect
our worldwide business operations. Our corporate headquarters and a portion of our research and development activities are
located in California, which suffers from drought conditions and catastrophic wildfires affecting the health and safety of our
employees. To mitigate wildfire risk, electric utilities are deploying public safety power shutoffs (PSPS), which affects
electricity reliability to our facilities and our communities. Other critical business operations and some of our suppliers are
located in California and Asia, near major earthquake faults known for seismic activity. In 2017, our principal worldwide IT
data centers in Houston were flooded due Hurricane Harvey. Since then, HPE has increased its resiliency through site selection
infrastructure technological investments to mitigate and adapt to physical risks from climate change.
The manufacture of product components, the final assembly of our products and other critical operations are concentrated
in certain geographic locations, including the United States, Czech Republic, Mexico, China and Singapore. We also rely on
major logistics hubs, which are strategically located near manufacturing facilities in the major regions and in proximity to
HPE's distribution channels and customers. Our operations could be adversely affected if manufacturing, logistics or other
operations in these locations are disrupted for any reason, including natural disasters, IT system failures, military actions or
economic, business, labor, environmental, public health, regulatory or political issues. The ultimate impact on us, our
significant suppliers and our general infrastructure of being located near vulnerable locations is continuing to be assessed.
U.S. trade policy, including the imposition of tariffs and the resulting consequences, may have a material adverse impact on
our business and results of operations.
Given the change in the U.S. presidential administration, we face uncertainty with regard to U.S. government trade
policy. Current U.S. government trade policy includes the imposition of tariffs on certain foreign goods, including information
and communication technology products. These measures may materially increase costs for goods imported into the United
States. This in turn could require us to materially increase prices to our customers which may reduce demand, or, if we are
unable to increase prices, result in lowering our margin on products sold. U.S. government trade policy has resulted in, and
could result in more, U.S. trading partners adopting responsive trade policy making it more difficult or costly for us to export
our products to those countries.
Our transition to a subscription-based business model may adversely affect our business, operating results and free cash
flow.
We are currently transitioning to an as-a-Service company, providing our entire portfolio through a range of subscription-
based, pay-per-use and as-a-Service offerings. We will also continue to provide our hardware and software in a capital
expenditure and license-based model, ultimately giving our customers choice in consuming HPE products and services in a
traditional or as-a-Service offering. Such business model changes entail significant risks and uncertainties, and we may be
unable to complete the transition to a subscription-based business model, or manage the transition successfully and in a timely
manner; and our ability to accurately forecast our future operating results may be adversely affected. Additionally, we may not
realize all of the anticipated benefits of the subscription transition, even if we successfully complete the transition. The
transition to a subscription-based business model also means that our historical results, especially those achieved before we
began the transition, may not be indicative of our future results. Further, as customer demand for our consumption model
offerings increases, we will experience differences in the timing of revenue recognition between our traditional offerings (for
which revenue is generally recognized at the time of delivery) and our as-a-Service offerings (for which revenue is generally
recognized ratably over the term of the arrangement).
15
Table of Contents
In addition, the transition to an as-a-Service company is expected to require incremental capital requirements, resulting in
a negative impact to cash flows in the near term, and may require us to dedicate additional resources, including sales and
marketing costs. Furthermore, we anticipate needing to redesign our go-to-market structure, to better align with the
subscription-based business model. There is no assurance that we will be able to successfully implement these adjustments in a
timely or cost-effective manner, or that we will be able to realize all or any of the expected benefits from such adjustments.
We depend on third-party suppliers, and our financial results could suffer if we fail to manage our supplier relationships
properly.
Our operations depend on our ability to anticipate our needs for components, products and services, as well as our
suppliers' ability to deliver sufficient quantities of quality components, products and services at reasonable prices and in time
for us to meet critical schedules for the delivery of our own products and services. Given the wide variety of solutions that we
offer, the large and diverse distribution of our suppliers and contract manufacturers, and the long lead times required to
manufacture, assemble and deliver certain solutions, problems could arise in production, planning and inventory management
that could seriously harm our business. In addition, our ongoing efforts to optimize the efficiency of our supply chain could
cause supply disruptions and be more expensive, time-consuming and resource-intensive than expected. Furthermore, certain of
our suppliers may decide to discontinue conducting business with us. Other supplier problems that we could face include
component shortages, excess supply, and contractual, relational and labor risks, each of which is described below.
• Component shortages. We may experience a shortage of, or a delay in receiving, certain components as a result of
strong demand, capacity constraints, supplier financial weaknesses, the inability of suppliers to borrow funds in the
credit markets, disputes with suppliers (some of whom are also our customers), disruptions in the operations of
component suppliers, other problems experienced by suppliers or problems faced during the transition to new
suppliers. If shortages or delays persist, the price of certain components may increase, we may be exposed to quality
issues, or the components may not be available at all. We may not be able to secure enough components at reasonable
prices or of acceptable quality to build products or provide services in a timely manner in the quantities needed or
according to our specifications. Accordingly, our business and financial performance could suffer if we lose time-
sensitive sales, incur additional freight costs or are unable to pass on price increases to our customers. If we cannot
adequately address supply issues, we might have to reengineer some product or service offerings, which could result in
further costs and delays.
• Excess supply. In order to secure components for our products or services, at times we may make advance payments
to suppliers or enter into non-cancelable commitments with vendors. In addition, we may purchase components
strategically in advance of demand to take advantage of favorable pricing or to address concerns about the availability
of future components. If we fail to anticipate customer demand properly, a temporary oversupply could result in excess
or obsolete components, which could adversely affect our business and financial performance.
• Contractual terms. As a result of binding long-term price or purchase commitments with vendors, we may be
obligated to purchase components or services at prices that are higher than those available in the current market and be
limited in our ability to respond to changing market conditions. If we commit to purchasing components or services for
prices in excess of the then-current market price, we may be at a disadvantage to competitors who have access to
components or services at lower prices, our gross margin could suffer, and we could incur additional charges relating
to inventory obsolescence. Any of these developments could adversely affect our future results of operations and
financial condition.
•
• Contingent workers. We also rely on third-party suppliers for the provision of contingent workers, and our failure to
manage our use of such workers effectively could adversely affect our results of operations. We have been exposed to
various legal claims relating to the status of contingent workers in the past and could face similar claims in the future.
We may be subject to shortages, oversupply or fixed contractual terms relating to contingent workers. Our ability to
manage the size of, and costs associated with, the contingent workforce may be subject to additional constraints
imposed by local laws.
Single-source suppliers. We obtain certain components from single-source suppliers due to technology, availability,
price, quality, scale or customization needs. Replacing a single-source supplier could delay production of some
products as replacement suppliers may initially be unable to meet demand or be subject to other output limitations. For
some components, such as customized components, alternative sources either may not exist or may be unable to
produce the quantities of those components necessary to satisfy our production requirements. In addition, we
sometimes purchase components from single-source suppliers under short-term agreements that contain favorable
pricing and other terms but that may be unilaterally modified or terminated by the supplier with limited notice and with
little or no penalty. The performance of such single-source suppliers under those agreements (and the renewal or
extension of those agreements upon similar terms) may affect the quality, quantity and price of our components. The
loss of a single-source supplier, the deterioration of our relationship with a single-source supplier or any unilateral
modification to the contractual terms under which we are supplied components by a single-source supplier could
adversely affect our business and financial performance.
16
Table of Contents
We may not achieve some or all of the expected benefits of our restructuring plans and our periodic restructuring programs
can be disruptive to our business.
We have announced restructuring plans, including the HPE Next initiative and the cost optimization and prioritization
plan in order to realign our cost structure due to the changing nature of our business and to achieve operating efficiencies that
we expect to reduce costs, as well as simplify our organizational structure, upgrade our IT infrastructure and redesign business
processes. We may not be able to obtain the cost savings and benefits that were initially anticipated in connection with our
restructuring. Additionally, as a result of restructuring initiatives, we may experience a loss of continuity, loss of accumulated
knowledge and/or inefficiency during transitional periods. Reorganization and restructuring can require a significant amount of
management and other employees' time and focus, which may divert attention from operating and growing our business. If we
fail to achieve some or all of the expected benefits of restructuring, it could have a material adverse effect on our competitive
position, business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. For more information about our restructuring plans,
the HPE Next initiative and the cost optimization and prioritization plan, see Note 4, "Transformation Programs", to the
Consolidated Financial Statements.
Any failure by us to identify, manage and complete acquisitions and subsequent integrations, divestitures and other
significant transactions successfully could harm our financial results, business and prospects.
As part of our strategy, we may acquire businesses, divest businesses or assets, enter into strategic alliances and joint
ventures, and make investments to further our business, (collectively, "business combination and investment transactions") and
handle any post-closing issues such as integration. For example, in September 2020, we acquired Silver Peak Systems, Inc., an
SD-WAN industry leader and in September 2019, we acquired Cray Inc., a global supercomputer leader. In April 2017 and
September 2017, we spun off our Enterprise Services and Software businesses, respectively. See also the risk factors below
under the heading "Risks Related to the Separations of our Former Enterprise Services Business and our Former Software
Segment".
Risks associated with business combination and investment transactions include the following, any of which could
adversely affect our financial results, including our effective tax rate:
• We may not successfully combine product or service offerings or fully realize all of the anticipated benefits of any
particular business combination and investment transaction, which may result in (1) failure to retain employees,
customers, distributors, and suppliers; (2) increase in unanticipated delays or failure to meet contractual obligations
which may cause financial results to differ from expectations; and (3) significant increase in costs and expenses,
including those related to severance pay, early retirement costs, employee benefit costs, charges from the elimination
of duplicative facilities and contracts, inventory adjustments, assumed litigation and other liabilities, legal, accounting
and financial advisory fees, and required payments to executive officers and key employees under retention plans.
• Our ability to conduct due diligence with respect to business combination and investment transactions, and our ability
to evaluate the results of such due diligence, is dependent upon the veracity and completeness of statements and
disclosures made or actions taken by third parties or their representatives. We may fail to identify significant issues
with the acquired company's product quality, financial disclosures, accounting practices or internal control deficiencies
or all of the factors necessary to estimate accurately our costs, timing and other matters.
In order to complete a business combination and investment transaction, we may issue common stock, potentially
creating dilution for our existing stockholders or we may enter into financing arrangements, which could affect our
liquidity and financial condition.
•
• Business combination and investment transactions may lead to litigation, which could impact our financial condition
and results of operations.
• We have incurred and will incur additional depreciation and amortization expense over the useful lives of certain
assets acquired in connection with business combination and investment transactions and, to the extent that the value
of goodwill or intangible assets acquired in connection with a business combination and investment transaction
becomes impaired, we may be required to incur additional material charges relating to the impairment of those assets.
• For a divestiture, we may encounter difficulty in finding buyers or alternative exit strategies on acceptable terms in a
timely manner, or we may dispose of a business at a price or on terms that are less desirable than we had anticipated.
• The impact of divestiture on our revenue growth may be larger than projected, as we may experience greater dis-
synergies than expected. If we do not satisfy pre-closing conditions and necessary regulatory and governmental
approvals on acceptable terms, it may prevent us from completing the transaction. Dispositions may also involve
continued financial involvement in the divested business, such as through continuing equity ownership, guarantees,
indemnities or other financial obligations. Under these arrangements, performance by the divested businesses or other
conditions outside of our control could affect our future financial results.
• Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws could make it difficult or discourage an acquisition of Hewlett Packard
Enterprise if our Board of Directors deems it to be undesirable. Provisions such as indemnification, meeting
17
Table of Contents
requirements, and blank check stock authorizations could deter or delay hostile takeovers, proxy contests, or changes
in control or management of Hewlett Packard Enterprise.
Management's attention, or other resources, may be diverted if we fail to successfully complete or integrate business
combination and investment transactions that further our strategic objectives.
System security risks, data protection breaches, cyberattacks and systems integration issues could disrupt our internal
operations or IT services provided to customers, and any such disruption could reduce our revenue, increase our expenses,
damage our reputation and adversely affect our stock price.
As a leading technology firm we are exposed to attacks from criminals, nation state actors and activist hackers
(collectively, "malicious parties") who may be able to circumvent or bypass our cyber security measures and misappropriate,
maliciously alter or destroy our confidential information or that of third parties, create system disruptions or cause shutdowns.
Malicious parties also may be able to develop and deploy viruses, worms, ransomware and other malicious software programs
that attack our products or otherwise exploit any security vulnerabilities of our products. Malicious parties may compromise our
manufacturing supply chain to embed malicious software or hardware in our products for use in compromising our customers.
In addition, sophisticated hardware and operating system software and applications that we produce or procure from third
parties may contain defects in design or manufacture, including flaws that could unexpectedly interfere with the operation of the
system. The costs to us to eliminate or alleviate cyber or other security problems, including bugs, viruses, worms, malicious
software programs and other security vulnerabilities, could be significant, and our efforts to address these problems may not be
successful and could result in interruptions, delays, cessation of service and loss of existing or potential customers that may
impede our sales, manufacturing, distribution or other critical functions.
We manage and store various proprietary information and sensitive or confidential data relating to our business. In
addition, our business may process, store and transmit our clients' data, including commercially sensitive and personal data,
subject to the European General Data Protection Regulation and other privacy laws. Breaches of our cyber or physical security
measures or the accidental loss, inadvertent disclosure or unapproved dissemination of proprietary information, sensitive or
confidential data or personal data about us, our clients or our customers, including the potential loss or disclosure of such
information or data as a result of fraud, trickery or other forms of deception, could expose us, our customers or the individuals
affected to a risk of loss (including regulatory fines) or misuse of this information, result in litigation and potential liability for
us, damage our brand and reputation or otherwise harm our business. We also could lose existing or potential customers of
services or other IT solutions or incur significant expenses in connection with our customers' system failures or any actual or
perceived security vulnerabilities in our products and services. In addition, the cost and operational consequences of
implementing further data protection measures could be significant.
Portions of our IT infrastructure also may experience interruptions, delays or cessations of service or produce errors in
connection with systems integration or migration work that takes place from time to time. We may not be successful in
implementing new systems and transitioning data, which could cause business disruptions and be more expensive, time-
consuming, disruptive and resource intensive. Such disruptions could adversely impact our ability to fulfill orders and respond
to customer requests and interrupt other processes. Delayed sales, lower margins or lost customers resulting from these
disruptions could reduce our revenue, increase our expenses, damage our reputation and adversely affect our stock price.
If we cannot successfully execute our go-to-market strategy and continue to develop, manufacture and market innovative
products, services and solutions, our business and financial performance may suffer.
Our long-term strategy is focused on leveraging our portfolio of hardware, software and services as we deliver global
edge to cloud platform-as-a-service to help customers accelerate outcomes by unlocking value from all of their data,
everywhere. HPE delivers unique, open and intelligent technology solutions, with a consistent experience across all clouds and
edge computing platforms. To successfully execute this strategy, we must address business model shifts and optimize go-to-
market execution by improving cost structure, aligning sales coverage with strategic goals, improving channel execution and
strengthening our capabilities in our areas of strategic focus, while continuing to pursue new product innovation that builds on
our strategic capabilities in areas such as cloud and data center computing, software-defined networking, converged storage,
high-performance compute, and wireless networking. Any failure to successfully execute this strategy, including any failure to
invest sufficiently in strategic growth areas, could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
The process of developing new high-technology products, software, services and solutions and enhancing existing
hardware and software products, services and solutions is complex, costly and uncertain, and any failure by us to anticipate
customers' changing needs and emerging technological trends accurately could significantly harm our market share, results of
operations and financial condition. For example, as the transition to an environment characterized by cloud-based computing
and software being delivered as a service progresses, we must continue to successfully develop and deploy cloud-based
solutions for our customers. We must make long-term investments, develop or obtain and protect appropriate intellectual
18
Table of Contents
property, and commit significant research and development and other resources before knowing whether our predictions will
accurately reflect customer demand for our products, services and solutions. Any failure to accurately predict technological and
business trends, control research and development costs or execute our innovation strategy could harm our business and
financial performance. Our research and development initiatives may not be successful in whole or in part, including research
and development projects which we have prioritized with respect to funding and/or personnel.
After we develop a product, we must be able to manufacture appropriate volumes quickly while also managing costs and
preserving margins. To accomplish this, we must accurately forecast volumes, mixes of products and configurations that meet
customer requirements, and we may not succeed at doing so within a given product's life cycle or at all. Any delay in the
development, production or marketing of a new product, service or solution could result in us not being among the first to
market, which could further harm our competitive position.
If we cannot continue to produce quality products and services, our reputation, business and financial performance may
suffer.
In the course of conducting our business, we must adequately address quality issues associated with our products,
services and solutions, including defects in our engineering, design and manufacturing processes and unsatisfactory
performance under service contracts, as well as defects in third-party components included in our products and unsatisfactory
performance or even malicious acts by third-party contractors or subcontractors or their employees. In order to address quality
issues, we work extensively with our customers and suppliers and engage in product testing to determine the causes of problems
and to develop and implement appropriate solutions. However, the products, services and solutions that we offer are complex,
and our regular testing and quality control efforts may not be effective in controlling or detecting all quality issues or errors,
particularly with respect to faulty components manufactured by third parties. If we are unable to determine the cause, find an
appropriate solution or offer a temporary fix (or "patch") to address quality issues with our products, we may delay shipment to
customers, which could delay revenue recognition and receipt of customer payments and could adversely affect our revenue,
cash flows and profitability. In addition, after products are delivered, quality issues may require us to repair or replace such
products. Addressing quality issues can be expensive and may result in additional warranty, repair, replacement and other costs,
adversely affecting our financial performance. If new or existing customers have difficulty operating our products or are
dissatisfied with our services or solutions, our results of operations could be adversely affected, and we could face possible
claims if we fail to meet our customers' expectations. In addition, quality issues can impair our relationships with new or
existing customers and adversely affect our brand and reputation, which could, in turn, adversely affect our results of
operations.
If we fail to manage the distribution of our products and services properly, our business and financial performance could
suffer.
We use a variety of distribution methods to sell our products and services around the world, including third-party resellers
and distributors and both direct and indirect sales to enterprise accounts and consumers. Successfully managing the interaction
of our direct and indirect channel efforts to reach various potential customer segments for our products and services is a
complex process. Moreover, since each distribution method has distinct risks and gross margins, our failure to implement the
most advantageous balance in the delivery model for our products and services could adversely affect our revenue and gross
margins and therefore our profitability.
Our financial results could be materially adversely affected due to distribution channel conflicts or if the financial
conditions of our channel partners were to weaken. Our results of operations may be adversely affected by any conflicts that
might arise between our various distribution channels or the loss or deterioration of any alliance or distribution arrangement.
Moreover, some of our wholesale distributors may have insufficient financial resources and may not be able to withstand
changes in business conditions, including economic weakness, industry consolidation and market trends. Many of our
significant distributors operate on narrow margins and have been negatively affected by business pressures in the past.
Considerable trade receivables that are not covered by collateral or credit insurance are outstanding with our distribution
channel partners. Revenue from indirect sales could suffer, and we could experience disruptions in distribution, if our
distributors' financial conditions, abilities to borrow funds in the credit markets or operations weaken.
Our inventory management is complex, as we continue to sell a significant mix of products through distributors. We must
manage both owned and channel inventory effectively, particularly with respect to sales to distributors, which involves
forecasting demand and pricing challenges. Distributors may increase orders during periods of product shortages, cancel orders
if their inventory is too high or delay orders in anticipation of new products. Distributors also may adjust their orders in
response to the supply of our products and the products of our competitors and seasonal fluctuations in end-user demand. Our
reliance upon indirect distribution methods may reduce our visibility into demand and pricing trends and issues, and therefore
make forecasting more difficult. If we have excess or obsolete inventory, we may have to reduce our prices and write down
inventory. Moreover, our use of indirect distribution channels may limit our willingness or ability to adjust prices quickly and
19
Table of Contents
otherwise to respond to pricing changes by competitors. We also may have limited ability to estimate future product rebate
redemptions in order to price our products effectively.
In order to be successful, we must attract, retain, train, motivate, develop and transition key employees, and failure to do so
could seriously harm us.
In order to be successful, we must attract, retain, train, motivate, develop and transition qualified executives and other key
employees, including those in managerial, technical, development, sales, marketing and IT support positions. In order to attract
and retain executives and other key employees in a competitive marketplace, we must provide a competitive compensation
package, including cash- and equity-based compensation. Our equity-based incentive awards may contain conditions relating to
our stock price performance and our long-term financial performance that make the future value of those awards uncertain. If
the anticipated value of such equity-based incentive awards does not materialize, if our equity-based compensation otherwise
ceases to be viewed as a valuable benefit, if our total compensation package is not viewed as being competitive, or if we do not
obtain the stockholder approval needed to continue granting equity-based incentive awards in the amounts we believe are
necessary, our ability to attract, retain, and motivate executives and key employees could be weakened.
Our failure to successfully hire executives and key employees or the loss of any executives and key employees could
have a significant impact on our operations. Further, changes in our management team may be disruptive to our business, and
any failure to successfully transition and assimilate key new hires or promoted employees could adversely affect our business
and results of operations.
Industry Risks
We operate in an intensely competitive industry and competitive pressures could harm our business and financial
performance.
We encounter aggressive competition from numerous and varied competitors in all areas of our business, and our
competitors have targeted and are expected to continue targeting our key market segments. We compete primarily on the basis
of our technology, innovation, performance, price, quality, reliability, brand, reputation, distribution, product range and ease of
use, account relationships, customer training, service and support, and security of our offerings. If our products, services,
support and cost structure do not enable us to compete successfully based on any of those criteria, our results of operations and
business prospects could be harmed.
We have a large portfolio of products and services and must allocate our financial, personnel and other resources across
all of our products and services while competing with companies that have smaller portfolios or specialize in one or more of our
product or service lines. As a result, we may invest less in certain areas of our business than our competitors do, and our
competitors may have greater financial, technical and marketing resources available to them compared to the resources
allocated to our products and services that compete against their products and services. Industry consolidation may also affect
competition by creating larger, more homogeneous and potentially stronger competitors in the markets in which we operate.
Additionally, our competitors may affect our business by entering into exclusive arrangements with our existing or potential
customers or suppliers.
Companies with whom we have vertical relationships in certain areas may be or become our competitors in other areas.
In addition, companies with whom we have vertical relationships also may acquire or form relationships with our competitors,
which could reduce their business with us. If we are unable to effectively manage these complicated relationships with vertical
partners, our business and results of operations could be adversely affected.
We face aggressive price competition and may have to continue lowering the prices of many of our products and services
to stay competitive, while simultaneously seeking to maintain or improve our revenue and gross margin. In addition,
competitors who have a greater presence in some of the lower-cost markets in which we compete, or who can obtain better
pricing, more favorable contractual terms and conditions or more favorable allocations of products and components during
periods of limited supply may be able to offer lower prices than we are able to offer. Our cash flows, results of operations and
financial condition may be adversely affected by these and other industry-wide pricing pressures.
Because our business model is based on providing innovative and high-quality products and services, we may spend a
proportionately greater amount of our revenues on research and development than some of our competitors. If we cannot
proportionately decrease our cost structure (apart from research and development expenses) on a timely basis in response to
competitive price pressures, our gross margin and, therefore, our profitability could be adversely affected. In addition, if our
pricing and other facets of our offerings are not sufficiently competitive, or if there is an adverse reaction to our product
decisions, we may lose market share in certain areas, which could adversely affect our financial performance and business
prospects.
20
Table of Contents
Even if we are able to maintain or increase market share for a particular product, its financial performance could decline
because the product is in a maturing industry or market segment or contains technology that is becoming obsolete. For example,
our Storage business unit is experiencing the effects of a market transition towards software defined and public cloud, which
has led to a decline in demand for our traditional storage products. Financial performance could decline due to increased
competition from other types of products.
International Risks
Due to the international nature of our business, political or economic changes or other factors could harm our future
revenue, costs and expenses, and financial condition.
Our business and financial performance depend significantly on worldwide economic conditions and the demand for
technology hardware, software and services in the markets in which we compete. Economic weakness and uncertainty may
adversely affect demand for our products, services and solutions, may result in increased expenses due to higher allowances for
doubtful accounts and potential goodwill and asset impairment charges, and may make it more difficult for us to manage
inventory and make accurate forecasts of revenue, gross margin, cash flows and expenses.
Economic weakness and uncertainty could cause our expenses to vary materially from our expectations. Any financial
turmoil affecting the banking system and financial markets or any significant financial services institution failures could
negatively impact our treasury operations, as the financial condition of such parties may deteriorate rapidly and without notice
in times of market volatility and disruption. Poor financial performance of asset markets combined with lower interest rates and
the adverse effects of fluctuating currency exchange rates could lead to higher pension and post-retirement benefit expenses.
Interest and other expenses could vary materially from expectations depending on changes in interest rates, borrowing costs,
currency exchange rates, and costs of hedging activities and the fair value of derivative instruments. Economic downturns also
may lead to restructuring actions and associated expenses. Further, ongoing U.S. federal government spending priorities may
limit demand for our products, services and solutions from organizations that receive funding from the U.S. government, and
could negatively affect macroeconomic conditions in the United States, which could further reduce demand for our products,
services and solutions.
Sales outside the United States constituted approximately 66% of our net revenue in fiscal 2020. Our future business and
financial performance could suffer due to a variety of international factors, including:
•
•
•
•
ongoing instability or changes in a country's or region's economic or political conditions, including inflation, recession,
interest rate fluctuations and actual or anticipated military or political conflicts, including uncertainties and instability
in economic and market conditions caused by the COVID-19 pandemic;
longer collection cycles and financial instability among customers;
trade regulations and procedures and actions affecting production, pricing and marketing of products, including
policies adopted by countries that may champion or otherwise favor domestic companies and technologies over foreign
competitors, U.S. export controls and sanctions, and federal and state tax reforms;
local labor conditions and regulations, including local labor issues faced by specific suppliers and original equipment
manufacturers ("OEMs"), or changes to immigration and labor law policies which may adversely impact our access to
technical and professional talent;
• managing our geographically dispersed workforce;
•
•
•
changes in the international, national or local regulatory and legal environments;
differing technology standards or customer requirements;
import, export or other business licensing requirements or requirements relating to making foreign direct investments,
which could increase our cost of doing business in certain jurisdictions, prevent us from shipping products to particular
countries or markets, affect our ability to obtain favorable terms for components, increase our operating costs or lead
to penalties or restrictions;
difficulties associated with repatriating earnings in restricted countries, and changes in tax laws; and
fluctuations in freight costs, limitations on shipping and receiving capacity, and other disruptions in the transportation
and shipping infrastructure at important geographic points of exit and entry for our products and shipments.
•
•
The factors described above also could disrupt our product and component manufacturing and key suppliers located
outside of the United States. For example, we rely on suppliers in Asia for product assembly and manufacture.
In many foreign countries, particularly in those with developing economies, people may engage in business practices
prohibited by anti-corruption laws such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the U.K. Bribery Act. Although we
implement policies, procedures and training designed to facilitate compliance with these laws, our employees and third parties
we work with may take actions in violation of our policies, and those actions could have an adverse effect on our business and
reputation.
21
Table of Contents
We are exposed to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.
Currencies other than the U.S. dollar, including the euro, the British pound, Chinese yuan (renminbi) and the Japanese
yen, can have an impact on our results as expressed in U.S. dollars. Currency volatility contributes to variations in our sales of
products and services in impacted jurisdictions. Fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, most notably the strengthening
of the U.S. dollar against the euro, could adversely affect our revenue growth in future periods. In addition, currency variations
can adversely affect margins on sales of our products in countries outside of the United States and margins on sales of products
that include components obtained from suppliers located outside of the United States.
From time to time, we may use forward contracts and options designated as cash flow hedges to protect against foreign
currency exchange rate risks. The effectiveness of our hedges depends on our ability to accurately forecast future cash flows,
which is particularly difficult during periods of uncertain demand for our products and services and highly volatile exchange
rates. We may incur significant losses from our hedging activities due to factors such as demand volatility and currency
variations. In addition, certain or all of our hedging activities may be ineffective, may expire and not be renewed or may not
offset any or more than a portion of the adverse financial impact resulting from currency variations. Losses associated with
hedging activities also may impact our revenue and to a lesser extent our cost of sales and financial condition.
Intellectual Property Risks
Our financial performance may suffer if we cannot continue to develop, license or enforce the intellectual property rights on
which our businesses depend.
We rely upon patent, copyright, trademark, trade secret and other intellectual property laws in the United States, similar
laws in other countries, and agreements with our employees, customers, suppliers and other parties, to establish and maintain
intellectual property rights in the products and services we sell, provide or otherwise use in our operations. However, any of our
intellectual property rights could be challenged, invalidated, infringed or circumvented, or such intellectual property rights may
not be sufficient to permit us to take advantage of current market trends or to otherwise provide competitive advantages.
Further, the laws of certain countries do not protect proprietary rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States.
Therefore, in certain jurisdictions we may be unable to protect our proprietary technology adequately against unauthorized
third-party copying or use; this, too, could adversely affect our ability to sell products or services and our competitive position.
Our products and services depend in part on intellectual property and technology licensed from third parties.
Much of our business and many of our products rely on key technologies developed or licensed by third parties. For
example, many of our software offerings are developed using software components or other intellectual property licensed from
third parties, including through both proprietary and open source licenses. These third-party software components may become
obsolete, defective or incompatible with future versions of our products, or our relationship with the third party may deteriorate,
or our agreements with the third party may expire or be terminated. We may face legal or business disputes with licensors that
may threaten or lead to the disruption of inbound licensing relationships. In order to remain in compliance with the terms of our
licenses, we must carefully monitor and manage our use of third-party software components, including both proprietary and
open source license terms that may require the licensing or public disclosure of our intellectual property without compensation
or on undesirable terms. Additionally, some of these licenses may not be available to us in the future on terms that are
acceptable or that allow our product offerings to remain competitive. Our inability to obtain licenses or rights on favorable
terms could have a material effect on our business, including our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, it is
possible that as a consequence of a merger or acquisition, third parties may obtain licenses to some of our intellectual property
rights or our business may be subject to certain restrictions that were not in place prior to such transaction. Because the
availability and cost of licenses from third parties depends upon the willingness of third parties to deal with us on the terms we
request, there is a risk that third parties who license to our competitors will either refuse to license us at all, or refuse to license
us on terms equally favorable to those granted to our competitors. Consequently, we may lose a competitive advantage with
respect to these intellectual property rights or we may be required to enter into costly arrangements in order to terminate or limit
these rights.
Third-party claims of intellectual property infringement, including patent infringement, are commonplace in the IT industry
and successful third-party claims may limit or disrupt our ability to sell our products and services.
Third parties may claim that we or customers indemnified by us are infringing upon their intellectual property rights.
Patent assertion entities frequently purchase intellectual property assets for the purpose of extracting infringement settlements.
If we cannot license, or replace, allegedly infringed intellectual property on reasonable terms, our operations could be adversely
affected. Even if we believe that intellectual property claims are without merit, they can be time-consuming and costly to
defend against and may divert management's attention and resources away from our business. Claims of intellectual property
infringement also might require us to redesign affected products, discontinue certain product offerings, enter into costly
settlement or license agreements, pay costly damage awards or face a temporary or permanent injunction prohibiting us from
22
Table of Contents
importing, marketing or selling certain of our products. Even if we have an agreement to indemnify us against such costs, the
indemnifying party may be unable or unwilling to uphold its contractual obligations to us.
Financial Risks
Failure to maintain a satisfactory credit rating could adversely affect our liquidity, capital position, borrowing costs and
access to capital markets.
We currently maintain investment grade credit ratings with Moody's Investors Service, Standard & Poor's Ratings
Services and Fitch Ratings Services. Despite these investment grade credit ratings, any future downgrades could increase the
cost of borrowing under any indebtedness we may incur, reduce market capacity for our commercial paper or require the
posting of additional collateral under our derivative contracts. Additionally, increased borrowing costs, including those arising
from a credit rating downgrade, can potentially reduce the competitiveness of our financing business. There can be no assurance
that we will be able to maintain our credit ratings, and any additional actual or anticipated changes or downgrades in our credit
ratings, including any announcement that our ratings are under review for a downgrade, may have a negative impact on our
liquidity, capital position and access to capital markets.
Our debt obligations may adversely affect our business and our ability to meet our obligations and pay dividends.
In addition to our current total carrying debt, we may also incur additional indebtedness in the future. This collective
amount of debt could have important adverse consequences to us and our investors, including:
requiring a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to make principal and interest payments;
•
• making it more difficult to satisfy other obligations;
•
increasing the risk of a future credit ratings downgrade of our debt, which could increase future debt costs and limit the
future availability of debt financing;
increasing our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;
reducing the cash flows available to fund capital expenditures and other corporate purposes and to grow our business;
limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and industry; and
limiting our ability to borrow additional funds as needed or take advantage of business opportunities as they arise, pay
cash dividends or repurchase our common stock.
•
•
•
•
To the extent that we incur additional indebtedness, the risks described above could increase. In addition, our actual cash
requirements in the future may be greater than expected. Our cash flow from operations may not be sufficient to service our
outstanding debt or to repay our outstanding debt as it becomes due, and we may not be able to borrow money, sell assets or
otherwise raise funds on acceptable terms, or at all, to service or refinance our debt.
The revenue and profitability of our operations have historically varied, which makes our future financial results less
predictable.
Our revenue, gross margin and profit vary among our diverse products and services, customer groups and geographic
markets and therefore will likely be different in future periods than our historical results. Our revenue depends on the overall
demand for our products and services. Delays or reductions in IT spending by our customers or potential customers could have
a material adverse effect on demand for our products and services, which could result in a significant decline in revenue. In
addition, revenue declines in some of our businesses may affect revenue in our other businesses as we may lose cross-selling
opportunities. Overall gross margins and profitability in any given period are dependent partially on the product, service,
customer and geographic mix reflected in that period's net revenue. Competition, lawsuits, investigations, increases in
component and manufacturing costs that we are unable to pass on to our customers, component supply disruptions and other
risks affecting our businesses may have a significant impact on our overall gross margin and profitability. Variations in fixed
cost structure and gross margins across business units and product portfolios may lead to significant operating profit volatility
on a quarterly or annual basis. In addition, newer geographic market opportunities may be relatively less profitable due to our
investments associated with entering those markets and local pricing pressures, and we may have difficulty establishing and
maintaining the operating infrastructure necessary to support the high growth rate associated with some of those markets.
Market trends, industry shifts, competitive pressures, commoditization of products, increased component or shipping costs,
regulatory impacts and other factors may result in reductions in revenue or pressure on gross margins of certain segments in a
given period, which may lead to adjustments to our operations. Moreover, our efforts to address the challenges facing our
business could increase the level of variability in our financial results because the rate at which we are able to realize the
benefits from those efforts may vary from period to period.
Our uneven sales cycle makes planning and inventory management difficult and future financial results less predictable.
In some of our businesses, our quarterly sales have periodically reflected a pattern in which a disproportionate percentage
of each quarter's total sales occurs towards the end of the quarter. This uneven sales pattern makes predicting revenue, earnings,
23
Table of Contents
cash flow from operations and working capital for each financial period difficult, increases the risk of unanticipated variations
in our quarterly results and financial condition and places pressure on our inventory management and logistics systems. If
predicted demand is substantially greater than orders, there may be excess inventory. Alternatively, if orders substantially
exceed predicted demand, we may not be able to fulfill all of the orders received in each quarter and such orders may be
canceled. Depending on when they occur in a quarter, developments such as a systems failure, component pricing movements,
component shortages or global logistics disruptions, could adversely impact our inventory levels and results of operations in a
manner that is disproportionate to the number of days in the quarter affected. We experience some seasonal trends in the sale of
our products that also may produce variations in our quarterly results and financial condition. Many of the factors that create
and affect seasonal trends are beyond our control.
We make estimates and assumptions in connection with the preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements and any
changes to those estimates and assumptions could adversely affect our results of operations.
In connection with the preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements, we use certain estimates and assumptions
based on historical experience and other factors. Our most critical accounting estimates are described in the section entitled
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations." In addition, as discussed in Note 1,
"Overview and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies—Use of Estimates" and Note 17, "Litigation and Contingencies",
to our Consolidated Financial Statements, we make certain estimates, including decisions related to provisions for legal
proceedings and other contingencies. While we believe that these estimates and assumptions are reasonable under the
circumstances, they are subject to significant uncertainties, some of which are beyond our control. Should any of these
estimates and assumptions change or prove to have been incorrect, it could adversely affect our results of operations.
Regulatory Risks
Our business is subject to various federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations that could result in costs or other
sanctions that adversely affect our business and results of operations.
We are subject to various federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations such as those concerning environmental
protection. For example, we face increasing complexity related to product design, the use of regulated, hazardous and scarce
materials, the associated energy consumption and efficiency related to the use of products, the transportation and shipping of
products, climate change regulations, and the reuse, recycling and/or disposal of products and their components at end-of-use or
useful life as we adjust to new and future requirements relating to our transition to a more circular economy. If we were to
violate or become liable under environmental laws or if our products become non-compliant with environmental laws or market
access requirements, our customers may refuse to purchase our products and we could incur substantial costs or face other
sanctions, such as restrictions on our products entering certain jurisdictions, fines, and/or civil or criminal sanctions.
Environmental regulations may also impact the availability and cost of energy or emissions related to energy consumption
which may increase our cost of manufacturing and/or the cost of powering and cooling owned IT infrastructures.
In addition, our business is subject to an ever growing number of laws addressing privacy and information security. In
particular, we face an increasingly complex regulatory environment as we adjust to new and future requirements relating to the
security of our offerings. If we were to violate or become liable under laws or regulations associated with privacy or security,
we could incur substantial costs or face other sanctions. Our potential exposure includes regulatory fines and civil or criminal
sanctions third-party claims and reputational damage.
Failure to comply with government contracting regulations could adversely affect our business and results of operations.
Our contracts with federal, state, provincial and local governmental customers are subject to various procurement
regulations, contract provisions and other requirements relating to their formation, administration and performance. Any
violation of government contracting regulations could result in the imposition of various civil and criminal penalties, which
may include termination of contracts, forfeiture of profits, suspension of payments and, in the case of our government contracts,
fines and suspension from future government contracting. Such failures could also cause reputational damage to our business.
In addition, we may in the future be, subject to qui tam litigation brought by private individuals on behalf of the government
relating to our government contracts, which could include claims for treble damages. If we are suspended or disbarred from
government work or if our ability to compete for new government contracts is adversely affected, our financial performance
could suffer.
Unanticipated changes in our tax provisions, the adoption of new tax legislation or exposure to additional tax liabilities
could affect our financial performance.
We are subject to income and other taxes in the United States and numerous foreign jurisdictions. Our tax liabilities are
affected by the amounts we charge in intercompany transactions for inventory, services, licenses, funding and other items. We
are subject to ongoing tax audits in various jurisdictions. Tax authorities may disagree with our intercompany charges, cross-
24
Table of Contents
jurisdictional transfer pricing or other matters, and may assess additional taxes as a result. There can be no assurance that we
will accurately predict the outcomes of these audits, and the amounts ultimately paid upon resolution of audits could be
materially different from the amounts previously included in our income tax expense and therefore could have a material impact
on our tax provision, net income and cash flows. In addition, our effective tax rate in the future could be adversely affected by
changes to our operating structure, changes in the mix of earnings in countries with differing statutory tax rates, changes in the
valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities, changes in tax laws and the discovery of new information in the course of our tax
return preparation process. The carrying value of our deferred tax assets is dependent on our ability to generate future taxable
income.
The Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD), an international association of 34 countries
including the United States, has proposed changes to numerous long-standing tax principles. These proposals, if finalized and
adopted by the associated countries, will likely increase tax uncertainty and may adversely affect our provision for income
taxes.
President-elect Biden has provided some informal guidance on what tax law changes he would support. Among other
things, his proposals would raise the rate on both domestic and foreign income and impose a new alternative minimum tax on
book income. If these proposals are ultimately enacted into legislation, they could materially impact our tax provision, cash tax
liability and effective tax rate.
During fiscal 2019, we executed a Termination and Mutual Release Agreement which terminated our Tax Matters
Agreement with HP Inc. Because we now have limited indemnity rights from HP Inc., we potentially bear more economic risk
for certain potential unfavorable tax assessments.
Risks Related to Prior Separations
The stock distribution in either or both of the completed separations of our former Enterprise Services business and our
former Software segment could result in significant tax liability, and DXC or Micro Focus (as applicable) may in certain
cases be obligated to indemnify us for any such tax liability imposed on us.
The completed separations of our former Enterprise Services business and our Software Segment were conditioned upon
the receipt of an opinion from outside counsel regarding the qualification of (i) the relevant distribution and related transactions
as a "reorganization" within the meaning of Sections 368(a), 361 and 355 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the "Code");
and (ii) the relevant merger as a "reorganization" within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code. While the Software
Separation generally qualified for tax-free treatment for us, Seattle SpinCo and Micro Focus, the acquisition of Seattle SpinCo
by Micro Focus resulted in the recognition of gain (but not loss) for U.S. persons who received Micro Focus American
Depositary Shares in the Software Separation.
Each opinion of outside counsel was based upon and relied on, among other things, certain facts and assumptions, as well
as certain representations, statements and undertakings of us, Everett SpinCo and CSC, or us, Seattle SpinCo and Micro Focus,
as applicable. If any of these representations, statements or undertakings are, or become, inaccurate or incomplete, or if any
party breaches any of its covenants in the relevant separation documents, the relevant opinion of counsel may be invalid and the
conclusions reached therein could be jeopardized. Notwithstanding the opinions of counsel, the Internal Revenue Service (the
"IRS") could determine that either or both of the distributions should be treated as a taxable transaction if it determines that any
of the facts, assumptions, representations, statements or undertakings upon which the relevant opinion of counsel was based are
false or have been violated, or if it disagrees with the conclusions in the opinion of counsel. An opinion of counsel is not
binding on the IRS and there can be no assurance that the IRS will not assert a contrary position.
If the distribution of Everett SpinCo or Seattle SpinCo, as applicable, together with certain related transactions, failed to
qualify as a transaction that is generally tax-free, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, under Sections 355 and 368(a)(1)(D) of
the Code, in general, we would recognize taxable gain as if we had sold the stock of Everett SpinCo or Seattle SpinCo, as
applicable, in a taxable sale for its fair market value, and our stockholders who receive Everett SpinCo shares or Seattle SpinCo
shares in the relevant distribution would be subject to tax as if they had received a taxable distribution equal to the fair market
value of such shares.
We obtained private letter rulings from the IRS regarding certain U.S. federal income tax matters relating to the
separation of our Enterprise Services business and Software Segment. Those rulings concluded that certain transactions in
those separations are generally tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The conclusions of the IRS private letter rulings
were based, among other things, on various factual assumptions we have authorized and representations we have made to the
IRS. If any of these assumptions or representations are, or become, inaccurate or incomplete, the validity of the IRS private
letter rulings may be affected. Notwithstanding the foregoing, we incurred certain tax costs in connection with the completed
separation of our former Enterprise Services business and Software Segment, including non-U.S. tax expenses resulting from
25
Table of Contents
the completed separation of our former Enterprise Services business and Software Segment in multiple non-U.S. jurisdictions
that do not legally provide for tax-free separations, which may be material. If the completed separation of our former
Enterprise Services business or Software Segment (including certain internal transactions undertaken in anticipation of those
separations) are determined to be taxable for U.S. federal income tax purposes, we, our stockholders that are subject to U.S.
federal income tax and/or DXC and/or Micro Focus could incur significant U.S. federal income tax liabilities.
Under the tax matters agreements entered into by us with Everett SpinCo and CSC, and with Seattle SpinCo and Micro
Focus, Everett SpinCo and Seattle SpinCo generally would be required to indemnify us for any taxes resulting from the relevant
separation (and any related costs and other damages) to the extent such amounts resulted from (i) certain actions taken by, or
acquisitions of capital stock of, Everett SpinCo or Seattle SpinCo, as applicable (excluding actions required by the documents
governing the relevant separation), or (ii) any breach of certain representations and covenants made by Everett SpinCo or
Seattle SpinCo, as applicable. Any such indemnity obligations could be material.
We continue to face a number of risks related to the Separation from our former Parent, including those associated with
ongoing indemnification obligations, which could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations, and
shared use of certain intellectual property rights, which could in the future adversely impact our reputation.
In connection with the Separation, Hewlett Packard Enterprise and HP Inc. entered into several agreements that determine
the allocation of assets and liabilities between the companies following the Separation and include any necessary
indemnifications related to liabilities and obligations. In these agreements, HP Inc. agreed to indemnify us for certain liabilities,
and we agreed to indemnify HP Inc. for certain liabilities, including cross-indemnities that are designed and intended to place
financial responsibility for the obligations and liabilities of our business with us, and financial responsibility for the obligations
and liabilities of HP Inc.'s business with HP Inc. We may be obligated to fully indemnify HP Inc. for certain liabilities under the
Separation agreements or HP Inc. may not be able to fully cover their indemnification obligations to us under the same
Separation agreements. Each of these risks could negatively affect our business, financial position, results of operations and
cash flows.
In addition, the terms of the Separation also include licenses and other arrangements to provide for certain ongoing use of
intellectual property in the operations of both businesses. For example, through a joint brand holding structure, both Hewlett
Packard Enterprise and HP Inc. retain the ability to make ongoing use of certain variations of the legacy Hewlett-Packard and
HP branding, respectively. As a result of this continuing shared use of the legacy branding there is a risk that conduct or events
adversely affecting the reputation of HP Inc. could also adversely affect the reputation of Hewlett Packard Enterprise.
General Risks
Our stock price has fluctuated and may continue to fluctuate, which may make future prices of our stock difficult to predict.
Investors should not rely on recent or historical trends to predict future stock prices, financial condition, results of
operations or cash flows. Our stock price, like that of other technology companies, can be volatile and can be affected by,
among other things, speculation, coverage or sentiment in the media or the investment community; the announcement of new,
planned or contemplated products, services, technological innovations, acquisitions, divestitures or other significant
transactions by us or our competitors; our quarterly financial results and comparisons to estimates by the investment community
or financial outlook provided by us; the financial results and business strategies of our competitors; developments relating to
pending investigations, claims and disputes; or the timing and amount of our share repurchases. General or industry specific
market conditions or stock market performance or domestic or international macroeconomic and geopolitical factors unrelated
to Hewlett Packard Enterprise's performance also may affect the price of Hewlett Packard Enterprise's stock. Volatility in the
price of our securities could result in the filing of securities class action litigation matters, which could result in substantial costs
and the diversion of management time and resources.
26
Table of Contents
ITEM 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments.
None.
ITEM 2. Properties.
As of October 31, 2020, we owned or leased approximately 16 million square feet of space worldwide. A summary of the
Company's operationally utilized space is provided below.
Administration and support
(Percentage)
Core data centers, manufacturing plants, research and development facilities, and warehouse
operations
(Percentage)
Total
(Percentage)
As of October 31, 2020
Owned
Leased
Total
(Square feet in millions)
4
7
11
36 %
64 % 100 %
1
1
2
50 %
50 % 100 %
5
8
13
38 %
62 % 100 %
We believe that our existing properties are in good condition and are suitable for the conduct of our business.
Substantially all of our properties are utilized in whole or in part by our Compute, HPC & MCS, Storage, and Intelligent Edge
segments.
In connection with the transformation programs, we continue to anticipate changes in our real estate portfolio over the
next three years. These changes may include reductions in overall space.
Principal Executive Offices
Our principal executive offices, including our global headquarters, are located at 11445 Compaq Center West Drive,
Houston, Texas, 77070, United States of America ("U.S.").
Product Development, Services and Manufacturing
The locations of our major product development, services, manufacturing, and Hewlett Packard Labs facilities are as
follows:
Americas
Puerto Rico—Aguadilla
Europe, Middle East, Africa
United Kingdom—Erskine
United States—Alpharetta, Andover, Carrollton, Chippewa
Falls, Colorado Springs, Fremont, Fort Collins, Houston,
Milpitas, Palo Alto, Roseville, San Jose, Santa Clara,
Sunnyvale
Asia Pacific
China—Beijing
India—Bangalore
Japan—Tokyo
Singapore—Singapore
Taiwan—Taipei
ITEM 3. Legal Proceedings.
Information with respect to this item may be found in Note 17, "Litigation and Contingencies", to the Consolidated
Financial Statements in Item 8 of Part II, which is incorporated herein by reference.
27
Table of Contents
ITEM 4. Mine Safety Disclosures.
Not applicable.
PART II
ITEM 5. Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity
Securities.
Market Information
The common stock of Hewlett Packard Enterprise is listed on the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE") with the ticker
symbol "HPE".
Holders
According to the records of our transfer agent, there were 54,317 stockholders of record of Hewlett Packard Enterprise
common stock as of November 30, 2020.
Dividend
During fiscal 2020, we paid a quarterly dividend of $0.12 per share to our shareholders. On December 1, 2020 we
declared a quarterly dividend of $0.12 per share, payable on or about January 6, 2021, to stockholders of record as of the close
of business on December 9, 2020.
The payment of any dividends in the future, and the timing and amount thereof, is within the discretion of our Board of
Directors. Our Board of Directors' decisions regarding the payment of dividends will depend on many factors, such as our
financial condition, earnings, capital requirements, debt service obligations, restrictive covenants in our debt, industry practice,
legal requirements, regulatory constraints, and other factors that our Board of Directors deems relevant. Our ability to pay
dividends will depend on our ongoing ability to generate cash from operations and on our access to the capital markets. We
cannot guarantee that we will continue to pay a dividend in any future period.
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
On October 13, 2015, the Company's Board of Directors approved a share repurchase program with a $3.0 billion
authorization, which was refreshed with additional share repurchase authorizations of $3.0 billion, $5.0 billion and $2.5 billion
on May 24, 2016, October 16, 2017 and February 21, 2018, respectively. This program, which does not have a specific
expiration date, authorizes repurchases in the open market or in private transactions. The Company may choose to repurchase
shares when sufficient liquidity exists and the shares are trading at a discount relative to estimated intrinsic value.
During the fiscal year ended October 31, 2020, the Company repurchased and settled 25.3 million shares of the
Company's common stock, which included 0.5 million shares that were unsettled open market purchases as of October 31,
2019. On April 6, 2020, the Company announced that it suspended purchases under its share repurchase program in response to
the global economic uncertainty that resulted from the worldwide spread of the novel coronavirus. As of October 31, 2020, the
Company had no unsettled open market repurchases. Shares repurchased during fiscal 2020 were recorded as a $346 million
reduction to stockholders' equity. As of October 31, 2020, the Company had a remaining authorization of $2.1 billion for future
share repurchases.
Stock Performance Graph and Cumulative Total Return
The graph below shows the cumulative total stockholder return, the S&P 500 Index and the S&P Information Technology
Index. This graph covers the period from November 2, 2015 (the first day HPE's common stock began trading "regular-way" on
the NYSE) through October 31, 2020. This graph assumes the investment of $100 in the stock or the index on November 2,
2015 (and the reinvestment of dividends thereafter). On April 1, 2017, we completed the separation and merger of our
Enterprise Services business with DXC. HPE stockholders received 0.085904 shares of common stock in the new company for
every one share of HPE common stock held at the close of business on the record date. On September 1, 2017, we completed
the separation and merger of our Software business segment with Micro Focus. HPE stockholders received 0.13732611
American Depository Shares ("Micro Focus ADSs") in the new company, each of which represents one ordinary share of Micro
Focus, for every one share of HPE common stock held at the close of business on the record date. The effect of the Everett and
Seattle Transactions are reflected in the cumulative total return as reinvested dividends. The comparisons in the graph below are
based on historical data and are not indicative of, or intended to forecast, future performance of our common stock.
28
Table of Contents
Hewlett Packard Enterprise
S&P 500 Index
S&P Information Technology Index
$
$
$
100.00 $
100.00 $
157.00 $
103.27 $
169.80 $
127.67 $
190.36 $
137.04 $
211.12 $
156.66 $
115.85
171.85
100.00 $
109.74 $
152.49 $
171.25 $
209.93 $
282.32
11/2015
10/2016
10/2017
10/2018
10/2019
10/2020
29
Hewlett-Packard EnterpriseS&P 500 IndexS&P Information Technology Index11/02/1510/31/1610/31/1710/31/1810/31/1910/31/20$0$50$100$150$200$250$300 Table of Contents
ITEM 6. Selected Financial Data.
The information set forth below is not necessarily indicative of future results of operations and should be read in
conjunction with Item 7, "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," and the
Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying notes included in Item 8, "Financial Statements and Supplementary
Data," of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, which are incorporated herein by reference, in order to understand further the
factors that may affect the comparability of the financial data presented below.
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Selected Financial Data
Statements of Earnings:
Net revenue
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations
Net earnings (loss) from continuing operations
Net loss from discontinued operations
Net earnings (loss)
Net earnings (loss) per share
Basic
Continuing operations
Discontinued operations
Total basic net earnings (loss) per share
Diluted
Continuing operations
Discontinued operations
Total diluted net earnings (loss) per share
Cash dividends declared per share
Basic shares outstanding
Diluted shares outstanding
Balance Sheets:
At year-end:
Total assets
Long-term debt
Total debt
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
For the fiscal years ended October 31,
2020
2019
2018
2017
2016
In millions, except per share amounts
26,982 $
(329) $
(322) $
—
(322) $
29,135 $
1,274 $
1,049 $
—
1,049 $
30,852 $
1,737 $
2,012 $
(104)
1,908 $
28,871 $
564 $
436 $
(92)
344 $
30,280
3,741
3,237
(76)
3,161
(0.25) $
—
(0.25) $
0.78 $
—
0.78 $
1.32 $
(0.07)
1.25 $
0.26 $
(0.05)
0.21 $
1.89
(0.05)
1.84
(0.25) $
—
(0.25) $
0.3600 $
1,294
1,294
0.77 $
—
0.77 $
0.4575 $
1,353
1,366
1.30 $
(0.07)
1.23 $
0.4875 $
1,529
1,553
0.26 $
(0.05)
0.21 $
0.2600 $
1,646
1,674
1.86
(0.04)
1.82
0.2200
1,715
1,739
54,015 $
12,186 $
15,941 $
51,803 $
9,395 $
13,820 $
55,493 $
10,136 $
12,141 $
61,406 $
10,182 $
14,032 $
79,629
12,168
15,693
30
Table of Contents
ITEM 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
For purposes of the Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ("MD&A")
section, we use the terms "Hewlett Packard Enterprise", "HPE", "the Company", "we", "us", and "our" to refer to Hewlett
Packard Enterprise Company. References in the MD&A section to "former Parent" refer to HP Inc.
This MD&A is organized as follows:
• Trends and Uncertainties A discussion of our response to the novel coronavirus pandemic ("COVID-19"), including
our efforts to protect the health and well-being of our workforce, community and customers, and other matters.
• Overview. A discussion of our business and overall analysis of financial and other highlights affecting the Company
to provide context for the remainder of MD&A. The overview analysis compares fiscal 2020 to fiscal 2019.
• Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates. A discussion of accounting policies and estimates that we believe are
important to understanding the assumptions and judgments incorporated in our reported financial results.
• Results of Operations. An analysis of our financial results comparing fiscal 2020 and fiscal 2019 to the prior-year
periods. A discussion of the results of operations at the consolidated level is followed by a discussion of the results of
operations at the segment level.
• Liquidity and Capital Resources. An analysis of changes in our cash flows and a discussion of our financial condition
and liquidity.
• Contractual and Other Obligations. An overview of contractual obligations, retirement and post-retirement benefit
plan funding, restructuring plans, uncertain tax positions, off-balance sheet arrangements, cross-indemnifications with
HP Inc. (formerly known as "Hewlett-Packard Company" and also referred to in this Annual Report as "former
Parent"), and cross-indemnifications with DXC Technology Company ("DXC") and Micro Focus International plc
("Micro Focus").
We intend the discussion of our financial condition and results of operations that follows to provide information that will
assist the reader in understanding our Consolidated Financial Statements, the changes in certain key items in those financial
statements from year to year, and the primary factors that accounted for those changes, as well as how certain accounting
principles, policies and estimates affect our Consolidated Financial Statements. This discussion should be read in conjunction
with our Consolidated Financial Statements and the related notes that appear elsewhere in this document.
Former Parent Separation Transaction
On November 1, 2015, the Company became an independent publicly-traded company through a pro rata distribution by
HP Inc. ("former Parent" or "HPI"), formerly known as Hewlett-Packard Company ("HP Co."), of 100% of the outstanding
shares of Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company to HP Inc.'s stockholders (collectively, the "Separation"). Each HP Inc.
stockholder of record received one share of Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock for each share of HP Inc. common stock
held on the record date. Following the Separation, the Company became an independent publicly-traded company.
Discontinued Operations
On April 1, 2017, HPE completed the separation and merger of its Enterprise Services business with the DXC Technology
Company ("DXC", "the Everett Transaction" or "Everett").
On September 1, 2017, HPE completed the separation and merger of its Software business segment with Micro Focus
International plc ("Micro Focus", "the Seattle Transaction" or "Seattle").
31
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Continued)
Trends and Uncertainties
COVID-19
The outbreak of COVID-19 in 2020 resulted in a global slowdown of economic activity including worldwide travel
restrictions, prohibitions of non-essential work activities, disruption and shutdown of businesses and greater uncertainty in
global financial markets. COVID-19 continues to have an impact on our financial performance and we are currently unable to
predict the extent to which COVID-19 may adversely impact our future business operations, financial performance and results
of operations. The full extent of the impact of COVID-19 on the Company's operational and financial performance is currently
uncertain and will depend on many factors outside the Company's control, including, without limitation, the timing, extent,
trajectory and duration of the pandemic, the development and availability of effective treatments and vaccines, the imposition of
protective public safety measures, and the impact of the pandemic on the global economy and demand for our enterprise
technology solutions. For a further discussion of the risks, uncertainties and actions taken in response to COVID-19, see risks
identified in the section entitled " Risk Factors" in Part I, Item 1A.
The Company believes its existing balances of cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities, along with commercial
paper and other short-term liquidity arrangements, will be sufficient to satisfy its working capital needs, capital asset purchases,
dividends, debt repayments and other liquidity requirements associated with its existing operations.
The Company also believes that COVID-19 has forced fundamental changes in businesses and communities that are
aligned with the Company's edge-to-cloud platform delivered as-a-service strategy. Navigating through the pandemic and
planning for a post-COVID world have increased customers' needs for as-a-service offerings, secure connectivity, remote work
capabilities and analytics to unlock insights from data. Our solutions are aligned to these needs, and we see opportunity to help
our customers drive digital transformations as they continue to adapt to operate in a new world.
We have prioritized protecting the health and safety of our team members, supporting the global communities in which we
live and work and supporting our customers and partners to help them adjust to new and emerging needs.
In response to the COVID-19 pandemic and to ensure the safety of our employees, we implemented a global work-from-
home policy until further notice that applies to a significant majority of our employees, with the exception of those performing
essential activities. In October 2020, in certain countries, we introduced a new hybrid model of work to our workforce called
Edge-to-Office. Depending on role classification, work will now primarily be done at the edge (outside of the office), or at HPE
sites. HPE sites will be used for collaborations, social connections, and other work, as needed for all roles. The implementation
of Edge-to-Office will occur in a phased-approach across the Company and as local regulations allow.
We have also made additional education and support resources and personal protective supplies available to team
members. In the event of a confirmed or probable case of COVID-19 among our team members and contractors, we have
implemented a confidential reporting process to trace and notify close contacts—including third parties—that maintains the
anonymity of all involved.
In the third quarter of fiscal 2020 we announced new return-to-work solutions to help customers accelerate business
recovery and reopening plans. The solutions combine expertise from HPE operational services for a fast, seamless transition,
with HPE servers for the edge, Aruba AI-powered network infrastructure, and technologies from HPE's rich ecosystem of
partners. Customers that have implemented these solutions include large international airports, global food processing and
packaging plants, retail stores, and corporate offices.
While we continue to mitigate the impact on our business and operations to address the near-term uncertainty, in fiscal
2020 we took a number of actions to ensure HPE is well positioned to emerge stronger, more agile and digitally enabled for a
post-COVID-19 world.
•
On March 27, 2020, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (the "CARES Act") was enacted into
law. The CARES Act, among other things, provides tax relief to businesses, including the deferral of certain payroll
taxes, relief for retaining employees, and other income tax provisions. In addition to the CARES Act, governments
around the world also enacted comparable legislation to address COVID-19 economic impacts. Based on the relief
provided by this legislation, in fiscal 2020 we deferred $92 million of payroll taxes which, the Company will pay, at
least partially or in full, prior to the end of fiscal 2021.
•
On April 6, 2020, we announced that we suspended purchases under our share repurchase program.
32
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Continued)
•
•
•
•
In April 2020, we issued $2.25 billion aggregate principal amount of unsecured Senior Notes to enhance our liquidity
and strengthen our capital. Additionally, in July 2020, we issued $1.75 billion in aggregate principal amount of
unsecured Senior Notes. The net proceeds from July offerings were used primarily for the redemption in August 2020
of the $3.0 billion outstanding principal amount of the 3.6% unsecured Senior Notes that were originally due in
October 2020.
On May 19, 2020, the Board of Directors of HPE (the "Board") approved a cost optimization and prioritization plan.
We expect that this plan will be implemented through fiscal 2023 and estimate that it will include gross savings of at
least $1.0 billion as a result of changes to our workforce, business model and business process, with this plan being
expected to deliver annualized net run-rate savings of at least $800 million by the end of fiscal 2023, in both cases
relative to our fiscal 2019 exit. In order to achieve this level of cost savings, we estimate related cash funding
payments of $1.3 billion over the next three years of which approximately $0.7 billion will relate to labor restructuring,
$0.5 billion will relate to non-labor restructuring and $0.1 billion will relate to IT investments and design and
execution charges. For further details of the plan see the Other section of this discussion.
On May 19, 2020, the Board approved cost containment measures including temporary base salary adjustments or
unpaid leave for certain employees beginning July 1, 2020, along with restrictions on external hiring and salary
increases. Effective November 1, 2020, the aforementioned cost containment measures were returned to their original
levels prior to the change.
During fiscal 2020, we paid a quarterly dividend of $0.12 per share to our shareholders. On December 1, 2020 we
declared a quarterly dividend of $0.12 per share, payable on or about January 6, 2021, to stockholders of record as of
the close of business on December 9, 2020.
Other
We are in the process of addressing many challenges facing our business. One set of challenges include dynamic and
accelerating market trends, such as the market shift of workloads to cloud-related IT infrastructure business models, emergence
of software-defined architectures and converged infrastructure functionality and growth in IT consumption models. Certain of
our legacy hardware server and storage businesses face challenges as customers migrate to cloud-based offerings and reduce
their purchases of hardware products. Therefore, the demand environment for traditional server and storage products is
challenging and lower traditional compute and storage unit volume is impacting support attach opportunities within the
associated services organization.
Another set of challenges relates to changes in the competitive landscape. Our major competitors are expanding their
product and service offerings with integrated products and solutions, our business-specific competitors are exerting increased
competitive pressure in targeted areas and are entering new markets, our emerging competitors are introducing new
technologies and business models, and our alliance partners in some businesses are increasingly becoming our competitors in
others.
A third set of challenges relates to business model changes and our go-to-market execution. We intend to provide our
customers with a choice between traditional consumption models or subscription-based, pay-per-use and as-a-Service offerings
across out entire portfolio of HPE products and services.
To be successful in overcoming these challenges, we must address business model shifts and optimize go-to-market
execution by successfully transitioning to our as-a-Service model, further improving our cost structure, aligning sales coverage
with our strategic goals, improving channel execution, and strengthening our capabilities in our areas of strategic focus, which
includes accelerating growth in the Intelligent Edge and High Performance Compute businesses and delivering profitable
growth across each of our business segments. We need to continue to pursue new product innovation that builds on our existing
capabilities in areas such as cloud and data center computing, software-defined networking, converged storage, high-
performance compute, and wireless networking, which will keep us aligned with market demand, industry trends and the needs
of our customers and partners. In addition, we need to continue to improve our operations, with a particular focus on enhancing
our end-to-end processes and efficiencies.
33
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Continued)
The following transformation programs were launched in response to the aforementioned challenges:
Cost Optimization and Prioritization Plan
During the third quarter of fiscal 2020, we launched a cost optimization and prioritization plan which focuses on
realigning our workforce to areas of growth, including a new hybrid workforce model call Edge-to-Office, real estate strategies
and simplifying and evolving our product portfolio strategy. The implementation period for the cost optimization and
prioritization plan is through fiscal 2023. During this implementation period, we expect to incur transformation costs
predominantly related to labor restructuring, non-labor restructuring, IT investments and design and execution charges.
HPE Next
During the third quarter of fiscal 2017, we launched an initiative called HPE Next to put in place a purpose-built company
designed to compete and win in the markets where we participate. Through this program, we are simplifying our operating
model, streamlining our offerings, business processes and business systems to improve our execution. The implementation
period for HPE Next is now extended to fiscal 2023. During the remaining implementation period we expect to incur
transformation charges predominantly related to IT transformation costs for streamlining, upgrading and simplifying back-end
operations, and real estate initiatives. These costs will be partially offset by gains from real estate sales.
For additional details on these Transformation Programs, see Note 3, "Transformation Programs", to the Consolidated
Financial Statements in Item 8 of Part II, which is incorporated herein by reference.
For a further discussion of trends, uncertainties and other factors that could impact our operating results, and risks,
uncertainties and actions taken in response to COVID-19, see the section entitled "Risk Factors" in Item 1A of Part 1, which is
incorporated herein by reference.
The following Overview, Results of Operations and Liquidity discussions and analysis compare fiscal 2020 to fiscal 2019
and fiscal 2019 to fiscal 2018, unless otherwise noted. The Capital Resources and Contractual and Other Obligations
discussions present information as of October 31, 2020, unless otherwise noted.
OVERVIEW
We are a global technology leader focused on developing intelligent solutions that allow customers to capture, analyze
and act upon data seamlessly from edge to cloud. We enable customers to accelerate business outcomes by driving new
business models, creating new customer and employee experiences, and increasing operational efficiency today and into the
future. Our legacy dates back to a partnership founded in 1939 by William R. Hewlett and David Packard, and we strive every
day to uphold and enhance that legacy through our dedication to providing innovative technological solutions to our customers.
We organize our business into seven segments for financial reporting purposes: Compute, High Performance Compute &
Mission Critical Systems (HPC & MCS), Storage, Advisory and Professional Services (A & PS), Intelligent Edge, Financial
Services ("FS") and Corporate Investments. The following provides an overview of our key financial metrics by segment for
fiscal 2020, as compared to fiscal 2019:
34
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Continued)
HPE
Consolidated
Compute
HPC &
MCS
Storage
A & PS
Intelligent
Edge
Financial
Services
Corporate
Investments
Dollars in millions, except for per share amounts
Net revenue(1)
$ 26,982
$ 12,215
$ 3,036
$ 4,681
$ 951
$ 2,855
$ 3,352
$ 490
Year-over-year change %
Earnings (loss) from
operations (2)
Earnings (loss) from
operations as a % of net
revenue
Year-over-year change
percentage points
(7.4) % (10.5) %
4.3 %
(9.7) %
(6.0) %
(2.0) %
(6.4) %
(3.4) %
$ (329)
$ 893
$ 237
$ 719
$
(5)
$ 281
$ 278
$ (100)
(1.2) %
7.3 %
7.8 %
15.4 %
(0.5) %
9.8 %
8.3 % (20.4) %
(5.6) pts
(4.1) pts
(3.2) pts
(2.4) pts
4.8 pts
4.3 pts
(0.2) pts
0.9 pts
Net loss
$ (322)
Diluted net loss per share $ (0.25)
Supplemental Non-GAAP
information:
Non-GAAP earnings
from operations
Non-GAAP earnings
from operations as a % of
net revenue
$ 2,008
7.4 %
Non-GAAP net earnings
Non-GAAP diluted net
earnings per share
$ 1,765
$ 1.35
(1) HPE consolidated net revenue excludes intersegment net revenue.
(2) Segment earnings from operations exclude certain unallocated corporate costs and eliminations, stock-based compensation expense
related to corporate and certain global functions, amortization of capitalized initial direct costs, transformation costs, amortization of
intangible assets, acquisition, dispositions and other related charges, impairment of goodwill and disaster (recovery) charges.
Net revenue decreased by $2.2 billion, or 7.4% (decreased 6.4% on a constant currency basis), in fiscal 2020 as compared
to fiscal 2019.
During fiscal 2020, we experienced a net revenue decline due to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business
operations and the worldwide demand environment. The impact of COVID-19 and resulting lockdown restrictions was felt
across each of our business segments and included challenges such as disruptions to our supply chain process with processing
order fulfillment, due in part to related commodity constraints, delays with meeting customer acceptance milestones and our
ability to perform and complete on-site installations. The pandemic and related restrictions also contributed to manufacturing
capacity constraints during the first half of fiscal 2020, which along with the consolidation of certain locations in North
America, increased order backlog. Although we significantly improved our operational and supply chain execution in the
second half of fiscal 2020, our financial results continued to be impacted by the weak worldwide demand environment resulting
from the pandemic related restrictions. Given the comprehensive impact of the pandemic and to avoid repetition, the following
discussion of the financial performance of each segment in fiscal 2020 as compared to fiscal 2019 will focus on the other
leading factors contributing to their performance.
From a segment perspective, the net revenue decrease in fiscal 2020, as compared to fiscal 2019, was primarily led by
declines in Compute, Storage, and Financial Services, partially offset by a net revenue increase in HPC & MCS. The net
revenue decline in Compute was due to competitive pricing pressures and manufacturing capacity constraints in North America.
Storage net revenue was impacted by manufacturing capacity constraints in North America and lower revenue from the
expiration of a one-time legacy contract. Financial Services net revenue was impacted due to a decrease in rental revenue due to
35
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Continued)
lower average operating lease assets, lower lease equipment buyout revenue and unfavorable foreign currency fluctuations.
HPC & MCS experienced a net revenue increase due to the addition of revenue from the acquisition of Cray Inc. ("Cray").
Our gross profit margin was 31.4% ($8.5 billion) and 32.6% ($9.5 billion) for fiscal 2020 and 2019, respectively. The
1.2 percentage point decrease to the gross profit margin was primarily driven by the combination of competitive pricing
pressures, higher supply chain costs resulting from the impact of COVID-19, unfavorable currency fluctuations and the scale of
the net revenue decline, partially offset by our overall shift to higher-margin products and services along with lower variable
compensation expense. Our operating profit margin was (1.2)% and 4.4% for fiscal 2020 and 2019, respectively, representing a
decrease of 5.6 percentage points. The decrease was due to an increase in operating expenses as a percentage of net revenue
coupled with a decrease in the gross profit margin. The increase in operating expenses was due primarily to the goodwill
impairment charge impacting our HPC & MCS segment in the second quarter of fiscal 2020, and higher transformation costs
partially offset by the prior-year period containing higher acquisition, disposition and other related charges resulting from an
arbitration settlement and cost containment measures.
As of October 31, 2020, cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash were $4.6 billion, representing an increase of
approximately $0.5 billion from the October 31, 2019 balance of $4.1 billion. The increase was due primarily to the following:
cash provided by operating activities of $2.2 billion, net proceeds from debt issuance net of repayments of $1.9 billion, partially
offset by investments in property, plant and equipment, net of sales proceeds of $1.7 billion, cash payments related to dividends
and share repurchases of $1.0 billion and business acquisition activity of $0.9 billion.
36
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Continued)
The following table provides reconciliation of GAAP to non-GAAP measures for fiscal 2020:
GAAP net earnings (loss)
Non-GAAP adjustments:
Amortization of initial direct costs
Amortization of intangible assets
Impairment of goodwill
Transformation costs
Disaster charges
Acquisition, disposition and other related charges
Tax indemnification adjustments
Non-service net periodic benefit credit
Earnings from equity interests(1)
Adjustments for taxes
Non-GAAP net earnings
GAAP earnings (loss) from operations
Non-GAAP adjustments:
Amortization of initial direct costs
Amortization of intangible assets
Impairment of goodwill
Transformation costs
Disaster charges
Acquisition, disposition and other related charges
Non-GAAP earnings from operations
GAAP operating profit margin
Non-GAAP adjustments
Non-GAAP operating profit margin
GAAP Net revenue
GAAP Cost of sales
GAAP gross profit
Non-GAAP adjustments
Amortization of initial direct costs
Acquisition, disposition and other related charges(2)
Non-GAAP gross profit
GAAP gross profit margin
Non-GAAP adjustments
Non-GAAP gross profit margin
Fiscal year ended
October 31, 2020
Diluted net earnings
per share
In millions
$
(322)
$
(0.25)
0.01
0.29
0.67
0.74
0.02
0.08
0.08
(0.11)
0.11
(0.29)
1.35
10
379
865
950
26
107
101
(136)
145
(360)
$
$
1,765
$
(329)
10
379
865
950
26
107
$
2,008
$
$
$
$
(1.2) %
8.6 %
7.4 %
26,982
18,513
8,469
10
27
8,506
31.4 %
0.1 %
31.5 %
(1) Represents the amortization of basis difference adjustments related to the H3C divestiture.
(2) Represent charges related to a non-cash inventory fair value adjustment in connection with the acquisition of Cray, which was included in
Cost of Sales.
37
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Continued)
Non-GAAP financial measures
The non-GAAP financial measures presented are net revenue on a constant currency basis, non-GAAP gross profit, non-
GAAP gross profit margin, non-GAAP earnings from operations, non-GAAP operating profit margin (non-GAAP earnings
from operations as a percentage of net revenue), non-GAAP net earnings and non-GAAP diluted net earnings per share. These
non-GAAP financial measures are used by management for purposes of evaluating our historical and prospective financial
performance, as well as evaluating our performance relative to our competitors. These non-GAAP financial measures are not
computed in accordance with, or as an alternative to, generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. The GAAP
measure most directly comparable to net revenue on a constant currency basis is net revenue. The GAAP measure most directly
comparable to non-GAAP gross profit is gross profit. The GAAP measure most directly comparable to non-GAAP gross profit
margin is gross profit margin. The GAAP measure most directly comparable to non-GAAP earnings from operations is earnings
from operations. The GAAP measure most directly comparable to non-GAAP operating profit margin (non-GAAP earnings
from operations as a percentage of net revenue) is operating profit margin (Earnings from operations as a percentage of net
revenue). The GAAP measure most directly comparable to non-GAAP net earnings is net earnings. The GAAP measure most
directly comparable to non-GAAP diluted net earnings per share is diluted net earnings per share.
Net revenue on a constant currency basis assumes no change in the foreign exchange rate from the prior-year period.
Non-GAAP gross profit and non-GAAP gross profit margin is defined to exclude charges related to the amortization of initial
direct costs and certain acquisition, disposition and other related charges. Non-GAAP earnings from operations and non-GAAP
operating profit margin (non-GAAP earnings from operations as a percentage of net revenue) consist of earnings from
operations excluding any charges related to the amortization of initial direct costs, amortization of intangible assets, impairment
of goodwill, transformation costs, disaster charges, and acquisition, disposition and other related charges. Non-GAAP net
earnings and Non-GAAP diluted net earnings per share consist of net earnings or diluted net earnings per share excluding those
same charges, as well as an adjustment to tax indemnification adjustments, non-service net periodic benefit credit, earnings
from equity interests, certain income tax valuation allowances and separation taxes, the impact of U.S. tax reform, structural tax
rate and excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation. In addition, non-GAAP net earnings and non-GAAP diluted net
earnings per share are adjusted by the amount of additional taxes or tax benefits associated with each non-GAAP item. We
believe that excluding the items mentioned above from these non-GAAP financial measures allows management to better
understand our consolidated financial performance in relation to the operating results of our segments. Management does not
believe that the excluded items are reflective of ongoing operating results, and excluding them facilitates a more meaningful
evaluation of our current operating performance in comparison to our peers. The excluded items can be inconsistent in amount
and frequency and/or not reflective of the operational performance of the business.
These non-GAAP financial measures have limitations as analytical tools, and these measures should not be considered in
isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Some of the limitations in relying on these non-
GAAP financial measures are that they can have a material impact on the equivalent GAAP earnings measures, they may be
calculated differently by other companies and may not reflect the full economic effect of the loss in value of certain assets.
We compensate for these limitations on the use of non-GAAP financial measures by relying primarily on our GAAP
results and using non-GAAP financial measures only as a supplement. We also provide a reconciliation of each non-GAAP
financial measure to its most directly comparable GAAP measure. We believe that providing net revenue on a constant currency
basis, non-GAAP gross profit, non-GAAP gross profit margin, non-GAAP earnings from operations, non-GAAP operating
profit margin, non-GAAP net earnings and non-GAAP diluted net earnings per share in addition to the related GAAP measures
provides greater transparency to the information used in our financial and operational decision making and allows the reader of
our Consolidated Financial Statements to see our financial results "through the eyes" of management.
38
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Continued)
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES
General
Our Consolidated Financial Statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles
("GAAP"), which requires management to make estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of
assets, liabilities, net revenue and expenses, and the disclosure of contingent liabilities. Management bases its estimates on
historical experience and on various other assumptions that it believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of
which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying amount of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from
other sources, including the economic considerations related to the impact that the novel coronavirus pandemic ("COVID-19")
could have on our significant accounting estimates. Management has discussed the development, selection and disclosure of
these estimates with the Audit Committee of HPE's Board of Directors. Management believes that the accounting estimates
employed and the resulting amounts are reasonable; however, actual results may differ from these estimates. Making estimates
and judgments about future events is inherently unpredictable and is subject to significant uncertainties, some of which are
beyond our control. Should any of these estimates and assumptions change or prove to have been incorrect, it could have a
material impact on our results of operations, financial position and cash flows.
A summary of significant accounting policies is included in Note 1, "Overview and Summary of Significant Accounting
Policies", to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of Part II, which is incorporated herein by reference. An
accounting policy is deemed to be critical if it requires an accounting estimate to be made based on assumptions about matters
that are highly uncertain at the time the estimate is made, if different estimates reasonably could have been used, or if changes
in the estimate that are reasonably possible could materially impact the financial statements. Management believes the
following critical accounting policies reflect the significant estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of the
Consolidated Financial Statements.
Revenue Recognition
General
We account for a contract with a customer when both parties have provided written approval and are committed to
perform, each party's rights including payment terms are identified, the contract has commercial substance, and collection of
consideration is probable.
We enter into contracts with customers that may include combinations of products and services, resulting in arrangements
containing multiple performance obligations for hardware and software products and/or various services. We determine
whether each product or service is distinct in order to identify the performance obligations in the contract and allocate the
contract transaction price among the distinct performance obligations. Arrangements are distinct based on whether the customer
can benefit from the product or service on its own or together with other resources that are readily available and whether the
commitment to transfer the product or service to the customer is separately identifiable from other obligations in the contract.
We classify our hardware, perpetual software licenses, and software-as-a-service ("SaaS") as distinct performance obligations.
Term software licenses represent multiple obligations, which include software licenses and software maintenance. In
transactions where we deliver hardware or software, we are typically the principal and record revenue and costs of goods sold
on a gross basis.
The majority of our revenue is derived from sales of product and the associated support and maintenance which is
recognized when, or as, control of promised products or services is transferred to the customer, in an amount that reflects the
consideration to which we expect to be entitled, in exchange for those products or services. Variable consideration offered in
contracts with customers, partners and distributors may include rebates, volume-based discounts, cooperative marketing, price
protection, and other incentive programs. Variable consideration is estimated at contract inception and updated at the end of
each reporting period as additional information becomes available and recognized only to the extent that it is probable that a
significant reversal of revenue will not occur.
Transfer of control occurs once the customer has the contractual right to use the product, generally upon shipment or once
delivery and risk of loss has transferred to the customer. Transfer of control can also occur over time for maintenance and
services as the customer receives the benefit over the contract term. Our hardware and perpetual software licenses are distinct
performance obligations where revenue is recognized upfront upon transfer of control. Term software licenses include multiple
performance obligations where the term licenses are recognized upfront upon transfer of control, with the associated software
maintenance revenue recognized ratably over the contract term as services and software updates are provided. SaaS
39
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Continued)
arrangements have one distinct performance obligation which is satisfied over time with revenue recognized ratably over the
contract term as the customer consumes the services. On our product sales, we record consideration from shipping and handling
on a gross basis within net product sales. Revenue is recorded net of any associated sales taxes.
Significant Judgments
We allocate the transaction price for the contract among the performance obligations on a relative standalone selling price
basis. The standalone selling price ("SSP") is the price at which an entity would sell a promised product or service separately to
a customer. We establish SSP for most of our products and services based on the observable price of the products or services
when sold separately in similar circumstances to similar customers. When the SSP is not directly observable, we estimate SSP
based on management judgment by considering available data such as internal margin objectives, pricing strategies, market/
competitive conditions, historical profitability data, as well as other observable inputs. We establish SSP ranges for our
products and services and reassesses them periodically.
Judgment is applied in determining the transaction price as we may be required to estimate variable consideration when
determining the amount of revenue to recognize. Variable consideration may include various rebates, volume-based discounts,
cooperative marketing, price protection, and other incentive programs that are offered to customers, partners and distributors.
When determining the amount of revenue to recognize, we estimate the expected usage of these programs, applying the
expected value or most likely estimate and update the estimate at each reporting period as actual utilization becomes available.
We also consider the customers' right of return in determining the transaction price, where applicable.
Restructuring
We have engaged in restructuring actions which require management to estimate the timing and amount of severance and
other employee separation costs for workforce reduction and enhanced early retirement programs, the fair value of assets made
redundant or obsolete, and the value of lease and contract cancellation and other exit costs. We accrue for severance and other
employee separation costs under these actions when it is probable that benefits will be paid and the amount is reasonably
estimable. The rates used in determining severance accruals are based on existing plans, historical experiences and negotiated
settlements. For a full description of our restructuring actions, refer to our discussions of restructuring in "Results of
Operations" below and in Note 3, "Transformation Programs", to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Retirement and Post-Retirement Benefits
Our pension and other post-retirement benefit costs and obligations depend on various assumptions. Our major
assumptions relate primarily to discount rates, mortality rates, expected increases in compensation levels and the expected long-
term return on plan assets. The discount rate assumption is based on current investment yields of high-quality fixed-income
securities with maturities similar to the expected benefits payment period. Mortality rates help predict the expected life of plan
participants and are based on a historical demographic study of the plan. The expected increase in the compensation levels
assumption reflects our long-term actual experience and future expectations. The expected long-term return on plan assets is
determined based on asset allocations, historical portfolio results, historical asset correlations and management's expected
returns for each asset class. In any fiscal year, significant differences may arise between the actual return and the expected long-
term return on plan assets. Historically, differences between the actual return and expected long-term return on plan assets have
resulted from changes in target or actual asset allocation, short-term performance relative to expected long-term performance,
and to a lesser extent, differences between target and actual investment allocations, the timing of benefit payments compared to
expectations, and the use of derivatives intended to effect asset allocation changes or hedge certain investment or liability
exposures.
Our major assumptions vary by plan, and the weighted-average rates used are set forth in Note 4, "Retirement and Post-
Retirement Benefit Plans", to the Consolidated Financial Statements, which is incorporated herein by reference. The following
table provides the impact changes in the weighted-average assumptions of discount rates, the expected increase in compensation
levels and the expected long-term return on plan assets would have had on our net periodic benefit cost for fiscal 2020:
40
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Continued)
Assumptions:
Discount rate
Expected increase in compensation levels
Expected long-term return on plan assets
Taxes on Earnings
Change in basis
points
Change in Net
Periodic Benefit
Cost
In millions
(25) $
25 $
(25) $
21
4
34
We calculate our current and deferred tax provisions based on estimates and assumptions that could differ from the final
positions reflected in our income tax returns. We will adjust our current and deferred tax provisions based on our tax returns
which are generally filed in the third or fourth quarters of the subsequent fiscal year.
We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected tax consequences of temporary differences between the
tax bases of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which we expect the
differences to reverse.
We record a valuation allowance to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that we are more likely than not to realize. In
determining the need for a valuation allowance, we consider future market growth, forecasted earnings, future sources of
taxable income, the mix of earnings in the jurisdictions in which we operate, and prudent and feasible tax planning strategies. In
the event we were to determine that it is more likely than not that we will be unable to realize all or part of our deferred tax
assets in the future, we would increase the valuation allowance and recognize a corresponding charge to earnings in the period
in which we make such a determination. Likewise, if we later determine that we are more likely than not to realize the deferred
tax assets, we would reverse the applicable portion of the previously recognized valuation allowance. In order for us to realize
our deferred tax assets, we must be able to generate sufficient taxable income in the jurisdictions in which the deferred tax
assets are located.
Our effective tax rate includes the impact of certain undistributed foreign earnings and basis differences for which we
have not provided for U.S. federal taxes because we plan to reinvest such earnings and basis differences indefinitely outside the
U.S. In addition, future earnings from non-U.S. operations will largely be subject to U.S. tax. Therefore, the indefinitely
reinvested undistributed foreign earnings and basis differences represent amounts that are not expected to be subject to U.S. tax
in the foreseeable future.
We are subject to income taxes in the U.S. and approximately 95 other countries, and we are subject to routine corporate
income tax audits in many of these jurisdictions. We believe that positions taken on our tax returns are fully supported, but tax
authorities may challenge these positions, which may not be fully sustained on examination by the relevant tax authorities.
Accordingly, our income tax provision includes amounts intended to satisfy assessments that may result from these challenges.
Determining the income tax provision for these potential assessments and recording the related effects requires management
judgments and estimates. The amounts ultimately paid on resolution of an audit could be materially different from the amounts
previously included in our income tax provision and, therefore, could have a material impact on our (Provision) benefit for
taxes, Net earnings (loss) and cash flows. Our accrual for uncertain tax positions is attributable primarily to uncertainties
concerning the tax treatment of our international operations, including the allocation of income among different jurisdictions,
intercompany transactions and related interest, uncertain tax positions from acquired companies, as well as pre-Separation state
income tax liabilities of HP Inc. for which the Company is jointly and severally liable. For a further discussion on taxes on
earnings, refer to Note 6, "Taxes on Earnings", to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Inventory
We state our inventory at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost is computed using standard cost which
approximates actual cost on a first-in, first-out basis. We make adjustments at each reporting period to reduce the cost of
inventory to its net realizable value at the product group level for estimated excess or obsolescence. Factors influencing these
adjustments include changes in future demand forecasts, market conditions, technological changes, product life-cycle and
development plans, component cost trends, product pricing, physical deterioration, and quality issues.
41
Table of Contents
Business Combinations
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Continued)
We allocate the fair value of purchase consideration to the assets acquired, including in-process research and
development ("IPR&D"), liabilities assumed, and non-controlling interests in the acquiree generally based on their fair values at
the acquisition date. IPR&D is initially capitalized at fair value as an intangible asset with an indefinite life and assessed for
impairment thereafter. The excess of the fair value of purchase consideration over the fair value of these assets acquired,
liabilities assumed and non-controlling interests in the acquiree is recorded as goodwill.
When determining the fair values of assets acquired, liabilities assumed, and non-controlling interests in the acquiree,
management makes significant estimates and assumptions, especially with respect to intangible assets. Critical estimates in
valuing intangible assets include, but are not limited to, expected future cash flows, which includes consideration of future
growth rates and margins, attrition rates, future changes in technology and brand awareness, loyalty and position, and discount
rates. Fair value estimates are based on the assumptions management believes a market participant would use in pricing the
asset or liability. Amounts recorded in a business combination may change during the measurement period, which is a period
not to exceed one year from the date of acquisition, as additional information about conditions existing at the acquisition date
becomes available.
Goodwill
We review goodwill for impairment annually and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying
amount of goodwill may not be recoverable. We are permitted to conduct a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is
necessary to perform a quantitative goodwill impairment test. We perform a quantitative test for each of our reporting units as
part of our annual goodwill impairment test in the fourth quarter of each fiscal year.
Goodwill is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level. As of October 31, 2020, our reporting units with goodwill
are consistent with the reportable segments identified in Note 2, "Segment Information", to the Consolidated Financial
Statements.
In the goodwill impairment test, we compare the fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying amount. We estimate the
fair value of our reporting units using a weighting of fair values derived most significantly from the income approach and, to a
lesser extent, the market approach. Under the income approach, we estimate the fair value of a reporting unit based on the
present value of estimated future cash flows. Cash flow projections are based on management's estimates of revenue growth
rates and operating margins, taking into consideration industry and market conditions. The discount rate used is based on the
weighted-average cost of capital adjusted for the relevant risk associated with business specific characteristics and the
uncertainty related to the reporting unit's ability to execute on the projected cash flows. Under the market approach, we estimate
the fair value based on market multiples of revenue and earnings derived from comparable publicly traded companies with
operating and investment characteristics similar to the reporting unit. We weight the fair value derived from the market
approach commensurate with the level of comparability of these publicly traded companies to the reporting unit. When market
comparables are not meaningful or not available, we estimate the fair value of a reporting unit using only the income approach.
A significant and sustained decline in our stock price could provide evidence of a need to record a goodwill impairment charge.
Estimating the fair value of a reporting unit is judgmental in nature and involves the use of significant estimates and
assumptions. These estimates and assumptions, covering discrete forecast periods as well as terminal value determinations,
include revenue growth rates and operating margins used to calculate projected future cash flows, risk adjusted discount rates,
future economic and market conditions, and the determination of appropriate comparable publicly traded companies. In
addition, we make certain judgments and assumptions in allocating shared assets and liabilities to individual reporting units to
determine the carrying amount of each reporting unit.
If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds the carrying amount of the net assets assigned to that reporting unit, goodwill
is not impaired. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, goodwill is impaired. The goodwill
impairment loss is measured as the excess of the reporting unit's carrying value over its fair value (not to exceed the total
goodwill allocated to that reporting unit).
On March 31, 2020, due to the macroeconomic impacts of COVID-19 on our current and projected future results of
operations, we determined that an indicator of potential impairment existed to require an interim quantitative goodwill
impairment test for its reporting units.
Based on the results of this interim quantitative impairment test, the fair value of the HPC & MCS reporting unit was
below the carrying value of net assets assigned to HPC & MCS. The decline in the fair value of the HPC & MCS reporting unit
42
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Continued)
resulted from macroeconomic impacts of COVID-19 which lowered the projected revenue growth rates and profitability levels
of the reporting unit. The fair value of the HPC & MCS reporting unit was based on a weighting of fair values derived most
significantly from the income approach, and to a lesser extent, the market approach. Under the income approach, we estimated
the fair value of HPC & MCS based on the present value of estimated future cash flows which we considered to be a level 3
unobservable input in the fair value hierarchy. We prepared cash flow projections based on management's estimates of revenue
growth rates and operating margins, that considered our historical performance and the current macroeconomic industry and
market conditions. We based the discount rate on the weighted-average cost of capital adjusted for the relevant risk associated
with business-specific characteristics and the uncertainty related to HPC & MCS's ability to execute on the projected cash
flows. Under the market approach, we estimated fair value based on market multiple earnings derived from comparable publicly
traded companies with similar operating and investment characteristics as HPC & MCS. We weighted the fair value derived
from the market approach commensurate with the level of comparability of these publicly traded companies to HPC & MCS.
Prior to the quantitative goodwill impairment test, we tested the recoverability of long-lived assets and other assets of the
HPC & MCS reporting unit and concluded that such assets were not impaired. The quantitative goodwill impairment test
indicated that the carrying value of the HPC & MCS reporting unit exceeded its fair value by $865 million. As a result, we
recorded a partial goodwill impairment charge of $865 million in the second quarter of fiscal 2020.
Our annual goodwill impairment analysis, which we performed as of the first day of the fourth quarter of fiscal 2020, did
not result in any additional impairment charges. The excess of fair value over carrying amount for our reporting units ranged
from approximately 7% to 31% of the respective carrying amounts. In order to evaluate the sensitivity of the estimated fair
value of our reporting units in the goodwill impairment test, we applied a hypothetical 10% decrease to the fair value of each
reporting unit. Based on the results of this hypothetical 10% decrease all of the reporting units had an excess of fair value over
carrying amount, with the exception of HPC & MCS reporting unit.
As of the annual test date, subsequent to the impairment recognized in March, the HPC & MCS reporting unit has a
goodwill of $3.6 billion and an excess of fair value over carrying value of net assets of 7%. The fair value of the HPC & MCS
reporting unit was based on the same methodology used for the interim test, which was a weighting of fair values derived most
significantly from the income approach, and to a lesser extent, the market approach. Our HPC & MCS business is facing
challenges as a result of the macroeconomic impacts of COVID-19 on our current and projected future results. If we are not
successful in addressing these challenges, our projected revenue growth rates or operating margins could decline resulting in a
decrease in the fair value of the HPC & MCS reporting unit. The fair value of the HPC & MCS reporting unit could also be
negatively impacted by changes in its weighted average cost of capital, changes in management's business strategy or
significant and sustained declines in our stock price, which could result in an indicator of impairment.
In addition, each of our reporting units has experienced a reduction of the excess of fair value over carrying value for the
reporting unit, primarily as a result of COVID-19 impacts on our current and projected future results. Should economic
conditions deteriorate further or remain depressed for a prolonged period of time, estimates of future cash flows for each of our
reporting units may be insufficient to support the carrying value and the goodwill assigned to them, requiring impairment
charges, including additional impairment charges for the HPC & MCS reporting unit. Further impairment charges, if any, may
be material to our results of operations and financial position. See Part II, Item 1A, "Risk Factors" for a discussion of the
potential impacts of COVID-19 on the fair value of our assets.
Intangible Assets
We review intangible assets with finite lives for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the
carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of our finite-lived intangible assets is assessed based on the
estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset. If the
undiscounted future cash flows are less than the carrying amount, the finite-lived intangible assets are considered to be
impaired. The amount of the impairment loss, if any, is measured as the difference between the carrying amount of the asset and
its fair value. We estimate the fair value of finite-lived intangible assets by using an income approach or, when available and
appropriate, using a market approach.
43
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Continued)
Fair Value of Derivative Instruments
We use derivative instruments to manage a variety of risks, including risks related to foreign currency exchange rates and
interest rates. We use forwards, swaps and, at times, options to hedge certain foreign currency and interest rate exposures. We
do not use derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes. At October 31, 2020, the gross notional amount of our
derivative portfolio was $20.1 billion. Assets and liabilities related to derivative instruments are measured at fair value, and
were $510 million and $194 million, respectively, as of October 31, 2020.
Fair value is the price we would receive to sell an asset or pay to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between
market participants at the measurement date. In the absence of active markets for identical assets or liabilities, such
measurements involve developing assumptions based on market observable data and, in the absence of such data, internal
information that is consistent with what market participants would use in a hypothetical transaction that occurs at the
measurement date. The determination of fair value often involves significant judgments about assumptions such as determining
an appropriate discount rate that factors in both risk and liquidity premiums, identifying the similarities and differences in
market transactions, weighting those differences accordingly and then making the appropriate adjustments to those market
transactions to reflect the risks specific to the asset or liability being valued. We generally use industry standard valuation
models to measure the fair value of our derivative positions. When prices in active markets are not available for an identical
asset or liability, we use industry standard valuation models to measure fair value. Where applicable, these models project
future cash flows and discount the future amounts to present value using market based observable inputs, including interest rate
curves, Company and counterparty credit risk, foreign currency exchange rates, and forward and spot prices.
For a further discussion of fair value measurements and derivative instruments, refer to Note 12, "Fair Value" and
Note 13, "Financial Instruments", respectively, to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Loss Contingencies
We are involved in various lawsuits, claims, investigations and proceedings including those consisting of IP, commercial,
securities, employment, employee benefits, and environmental matters, which arise in the ordinary course of business. We
record a liability when we believe that it is both probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of loss can be
reasonably estimated. Significant judgment is required to determine both the probability of having incurred a liability and the
estimated amount of the liability. We review these matters at least quarterly and adjust these liabilities to reflect the impact of
negotiations, settlements, rulings, advice of legal counsel, and other updated information and events, pertaining to a particular
case. Based on our experience, we believe that any damage amounts claimed in the specific litigation and contingency matters
further discussed in Note 17, "Litigation and Contingencies", to the Consolidated Financial Statements are not a meaningful
indicator of our potential liability. Litigation is inherently unpredictable. However, we believe we have valid defenses with
respect to legal matters pending against us. Nevertheless, cash flows or results of operations could be materially affected in any
particular period by the resolution of one or more of these contingencies. We believe we have recorded adequate provisions for
any such matters and, as of October 31, 2020, it was not reasonably possible that a material loss had been incurred in
connection with such matters in excess of the amounts recognized in our financial statements.
ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
For a summary of recent accounting pronouncements applicable to our Consolidated Financial Statements, see Note 1,
"Overview and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies", to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of Part II,
which is incorporated herein by reference.
44
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Continued)
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Revenue from our international operations has historically represented, and we expect will continue to represent, a
majority of our overall net revenue. As a result, our revenue growth has been impacted, and we expect will continue to be
impacted, by fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. In order to provide a framework for assessing performance
excluding the impact of foreign currency fluctuations, we present the year-over-year percentage change in revenue on a
constant currency basis, which assumes no change in foreign currency exchange rates from the prior-year period and doesn't
adjust for any repricing or demand impacts from changes in foreign currency exchange rates. This change in revenue on a
constant currency basis is calculated as the quotient of (a) current year revenue converted to U.S. dollars using the prior-year
period's foreign currency exchange rates divided by (b) prior-year period revenue. This information is provided so that revenue
can be viewed without the effect of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, which is consistent with how management
evaluates our revenue results and trends. This constant currency disclosure is provided in addition to, and not as a substitute for,
the year-over-year percentage change in revenue on a GAAP basis. Other companies may calculate and define similarly labeled
items differently, which may limit the usefulness of this measure for comparative purposes.
Results of operations in dollars and as a percentage of net revenue were as follows:
For the fiscal years ended October 31,
2020
2019
2018
Dollars
% of Revenue
Dollars
% of Revenue
Dollars
% of Revenue
Dollars in millions
$
26,982
100.0 % $
29,135
100.0 % $
30,852
100.0 %
18,513
68.6 %
19,642
67.4 %
21,621
8,469
1,874
4,624
379
865
—
950
26
80
—
(329)
(215)
(101)
136
67
(442)
120
31.4 %
6.9 %
17.1 %
1.4 %
3.2 %
— %
3.5 %
0.1 %
0.3 %
— %
(1.2) %
(0.8) %
(0.4) %
0.5 %
0.3 %
9,493
1,842
4,907
267
—
—
453
(7)
757
—
1,274
(177)
377
59
20
32.6 %
6.3 %
16.9 %
0.8 %
— %
— %
1.6 %
— %
2.6 %
— %
4.4 %
(0.6) %
1.3 %
0.2 %
— %
9,231
1,667
4,921
294
88
19
414
—
82
9
1,737
(274)
(1,354)
121
38
(1.6) %
0.4 %
1,553
(504)
5.3 %
(1.7) %
268
1,744
70.1 %
29.9 %
5.4 %
15.9 %
1.0 %
0.3 %
0.1 %
1.3 %
— %
0.3 %
— %
5.6 %
(0.9) %
(4.3) %
0.4 %
0.1 %
0.9 %
5.6 %
(322)
(1.2) %
1,049
3.6 %
2,012
6.5 %
Net revenue
Cost of sales
Gross profit
Research and development
Selling, general and administrative
Amortization of intangible assets
Impairment of goodwill
Restructuring charges
Transformation costs
Disaster charges (recovery)
Acquisition, disposition and other
related charges
Separation costs
Earnings (loss) from continuing
operations
Interest and other, net
Tax indemnification adjustments
Non-service net periodic benefit credit
Earnings from equity interests
Earnings (loss) from continuing
operations before taxes
(Provision) benefit for taxes
Net earnings (loss) from continuing
operations
Net loss from discontinued
operations
—
— %
—
— %
(104)
Net earnings (loss)
$
(322)
(1.2) % $
1,049
3.6 % $
1,908
45
(0.3) %
6.2 %
Table of Contents
Net revenue
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Continued)
The components of the weighted net revenue change by segment were as follows:
Compute
HPC & MCS
Storage
A & PS
Intelligent Edge
Financial Services
Corporate Investments
Total Segment
Elimination of Intersegment Net Revenue
Total HPE
Fiscal 2020 compared with Fiscal 2019
For the fiscal years ended
October 31,
2020
2019
Percentage Points
(4.9)
0.4
(1.7)
(0.2)
(0.2)
(0.8)
(0.1)
(7.5)
0.1
(7.4)
(4.9)
(0.2)
0.1
(0.4)
(0.3)
(0.3)
(0.1)
(6.1)
0.5
(5.6)
In fiscal 2020, our total net revenue decreased by $2.15 billion or 7.4% (decreased 6.4% on a constant currency basis).
U.S. net revenue decreased by $0.42 billion or 4.4% to $9.2 billion, while net revenue from outside of the U.S. decreased by
$1.73 billion or 8.9% to $17.8 billion.
During fiscal 2020, we experienced a net revenue decline due to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business
operations and the worldwide demand environment. Given the comprehensive impact of the pandemic and to avoid repetition,
the following discussion of each segment's financial performance in fiscal 2020 as compared to fiscal 2019 will focus on the
other leading factors contributing to their performance. From a segment perspective, the primary factors contributing to the
change in total net revenue are summarized as follows:
•
Compute net revenue decreased due primarily to competitive pricing pressures, manufacturing capacity constraints in
North America in the first quarter of fiscal 2020 and unfavorable foreign currency fluctuations;
• HPC & MCS net revenue increased due primarily to the addition of revenue resulting from the acquisition of Cray;
• Storage net revenue decreased due primarily to commodity and manufacturing capacity constraints in North America
in the first quarter of fiscal 2020, and lower revenue from the expiration of a one-time legacy contract;
• A & PS net revenue decreased due primarily to service delivery delays;
•
Intelligent Edge net revenue decreased due primarily to competitive pricing pressures, and unfavorable foreign
currency fluctuations, resulting in lower revenue from WLAN, switching products and software offerings; and
• Financial Services net revenue decreased due primarily to a decrease in rental revenue due to lower average operating
lease assets, lower lease equipment buyout revenue and unfavorable currency fluctuations.
Fiscal 2019 compared with Fiscal 2018
In fiscal 2019, our total net revenue decreased by $1.7 billion or 5.6% (decreased 4.3% on a constant currency basis).
U.S. net revenue decreased by $610 million or 6.0% to $9.6 billion, while net revenue from outside of the U.S. decreased by
$1.1 billion or 5.4% to $19.5 billion.
From a segment perspective, the primary factors contributing to the change in total net revenue are summarized as
follows:
•
Compute net revenue decreased due primarily to lower Tier 1 server sales and lower revenue from China as part of our
strategic move to exit less profitable product categories and certain markets, and unfavorable currency fluctuations;
46
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Continued)
•
•
•
HPC & MCS net revenue decreased due primarily to the combination of lower services revenue, MCS and edge
compute product revenue;
• Storage net revenue increased due primarily to growth in Hyperconverged storage products, Big Data products and
storage services;
• A & PS net revenue decreased due primarily to demand weakness, our initiative to streamline our go-to-market
approach in certain countries and unfavorable foreign currency fluctuations;
Intelligent Edge net revenue decreased due primarily to lower sales from switching and WLAN products driven by
sales execution issues, particularly in the North America region, weaker demand and unfavorable foreign currency
fluctuations; and
FS net revenue decreased due primarily to a decrease in rental revenue and unfavorable currency fluctuations.
Gross Profit
Fiscal 2020 compared with Fiscal 2019
Our gross profit margin decreased 1.2 percentage points for fiscal 2020 as compared with fiscal 2019. The decreases in
the gross profit margin were due to a combination of factors including competitive pricing pressures, higher supply chain costs
resulting from the impact of COVID-19, unfavorable currency fluctuations and the scale of the net revenue decline, partially
offset by our continued shift to higher margin products and services and lower variable compensation expense.
Fiscal 2019 compared with Fiscal 2018
Our gross profit margin increased 2.7 percentage points for fiscal 2019 as compared with fiscal 2018. The increase in
gross profit margin was due primarily to a combination of factors including the year-over-year decrease in commodity costs,
lower costs of services and products due to our cost management initiatives and a lower mix of revenue from lower-margin
Tier-1 server sales coupled with a higher mix of revenue from higher-margin products.
Operating expenses
Research and development
R&D expense increased by $32 million, or 2%, in fiscal 2020 as compared to fiscal 2019, due primarily to on-going
expenses from business acquisitions partially offset by the impact of cost containment measures we put in place in response to
COVID-19.
R&D expense increased by $175 million, or 10%, in fiscal 2019 as compared to fiscal 2018, due primarily to our
continued investments in the Intelligent Edge and Storage and on-going expenses from recent business acquisitions, partially
offset by favorable currency fluctuations.
Selling, general and administrative
SG&A expense decreased by $283 million, or 6%, for fiscal 2020 as compared to fiscal 2019, due primarily to the impact
of cost containment measures we put in place in response to COVID-19, lower litigation expenses and favorable currency
fluctuations, partially offset by on-going expenses from business acquisitions.
SG&A expense decreased by $14 million, or 0.3%, for fiscal 2019 as compared to fiscal 2018, due primarily to favorable
currency fluctuations and lower variable compensation expense, partially offset by higher investments in the sales organization.
Amortization of intangible assets
Amortization expense increased by $112 million, or 42%, in fiscal 2020 as compared to fiscal 2019, due to an increase in
the amortization of intangible assets from recent acquisitions and the write-off of certain intangible assets, partially offset by
certain intangible assets associated with prior acquisitions reaching the end of their amortization period.
Amortization expense decreased by $27 million, or 9%, in fiscal 2019 as compared to fiscal 2018, due to certain
intangible assets associated with prior acquisitions reaching the end of their amortization periods, partially offset by an increase
in the amortization of intangible assets from business acquisitions.
47
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Continued)
Impairment of goodwill
Impairment of goodwill for fiscal 2020, represents a partial goodwill impairment charge of $865 million recorded in the
second quarter of fiscal 2020, as it was determined that the fair value of the HPC & MCS reporting unit was below the carrying
value of its net assets.
During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2018, management of the then Hybrid IT segment changed its evaluation of Hybrid IT
to evaluate the previously integrated CMS business separately from the remainder of Hybrid IT, resulting in a reassessment of
the reporting units. This change in segment management review triggered an interim goodwill test in the fourth quarter of fiscal
2018 and based on that test, the fair value of CMS was lower than its carrying value, leading to a goodwill impairment charge
of $88 million in fiscal 2018.
Transformation costs
Transformation programs are comprised of the cost optimization and prioritization plan which we introduced in May 2020,
and the HPE Next Initiative.
Transformation costs increased by $497 million in fiscal 2020 as compared to fiscal 2019, due primarily to restructuring
charges recorded in the current period in connection with the cost optimization and prioritization plan and increased
restructuring costs from the HPE Next initiative. These increases were partially offset by higher gains in the current period from
the sale of real estate.
Transformation costs increased by $39 million in fiscal 2019 as compared to fiscal 2018, due primarily to fiscal 2019
containing the combination of lower gains from the sale of real estate and impairment charges on real estate assets, the effects
of which were partially offset primarily by lower restructuring charges in fiscal 2019.
Disaster charges (recovery)
In fiscal 2020, disaster charges represent direct costs resulting from COVID-19 and are primarily related to HPE hosted,
co-hosted, or sponsored events which were converted to a virtual format or in some cases cancelled.
In fiscal 2019, disaster recovery amounts represent insurance recoveries in relation to damage to our facilities in Houston,
Texas due to Hurricane Harvey in fiscal 2017.
Acquisition, disposition and other related charges
Acquisition, disposition and other related charges decreased by $677 million in fiscal 2020 as compared to fiscal 2019,
due primarily to a charge related to a one-time arbitration settlement in the prior-year period, partially offset by recent business
acquisition costs related to retention bonuses and integration activities.
Acquisition, disposition and other related charges increased by $675 million in fiscal 2019 as compared to fiscal 2018,
due primarily to a charge related to a one-time arbitration settlement.
Interest and other, net
Interest and other, net expense increased by $38 million in fiscal 2020 as compared to fiscal 2019, due primarily to
unfavorable currency fluctuations and higher net interest expense, partially offset by a higher gain from the sale of certain assets
in the current year.
Interest and other, net expense decreased by $97 million in fiscal 2019 as compared to fiscal 2018, due primarily to the
combination of gains from equity investments and favorable currency fluctuations.
Tax indemnification adjustments
Tax indemnification adjustments, representing $101 million of expense, $377 million of income, and $1.4 billion of
expense in fiscal 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively, resulted primarily from the settlement of certain pre-Separation tax
liabilities for which we share joint and several liability with HP Inc. and for which we were partially indemnified by HP Inc.
under the terminated Tax Matters Agreement. Additionally, fiscal 2019 also includes the impact of the termination of the Tax
Matters Agreement with HP Inc. In limited circumstances, we continue to be indemnified under the Termination and Mutual
Release Agreement which terminated the Tax Matters Agreement.
48
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Continued)
Non-service net periodic benefit credit
Non-service net periodic benefit credit represents the components of net periodic pension benefit costs, other than service
cost, for the Hewlett Packard Enterprise defined benefit pension and post-retirement benefit plans such as interest cost, expected
return on plan assets, and the amortization of prior plan amendments and actuarial gains or losses. The credit also includes the
impact of any plan settlements, curtailments, or special termination benefits.
Non-service net periodic benefit credit increased by $77 million in fiscal 2020 as compared to fiscal 2019, due primarily
to lower interest rates.
Non-service net periodic benefit credit decreased by $62 million in fiscal 2019 as compared to fiscal 2018, due primarily
to lower expected returns on pension investments.
Earnings from equity interests
Earnings from equity interests primarily represents our 49% interest in H3C and the amortization of a basis difference.
Earnings from equity interests increased by $47 million in fiscal 2020 as compared to fiscal 2019 due to higher net income
earned by H3C.
Earnings from equity interests decreased by $18 million in fiscal 2019 as compared to fiscal 2018 due to lower net
income earned by H3C.
Provision for taxes
Our effective tax rates were 27.1%, 32.5% and (650.7)% in fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Our effective tax
rate generally differs from the U.S. federal statutory rate of 21% due to favorable tax rates associated with certain earnings from
our operations in lower tax jurisdictions throughout the world but may also be materially impacted by discrete tax adjustments
during the fiscal year. The jurisdictions with favorable tax rates that had the most significant impact on our effective tax rate in
the periods presented include Puerto Rico and Singapore.
In fiscal 2020, we recorded $362 million of net income tax benefits related to items discrete to the year. These amounts
primarily included $174 million of income tax benefits related to transformation costs, and acquisition, disposition and other
related charges, $66 million of income tax benefits related to the change in pre-Separation tax liabilities, primarily those for
which we share joint and several liability with HP Inc. and for which we are indemnified by HP Inc., $57 million of income tax
benefits related to Indian distribution tax rate changes, and $40 million of income tax benefits related to tax rate changes on
deferred taxes. These discrete tax benefits were offset by $242 million of net income tax charges related to normal operations
and the impact of the Company's goodwill impairment charge being non-deductible from a tax perspective.
In fiscal 2019, we recorded $152 million of net income tax charges related to items discrete to the year. These amounts
primarily included $488 million of income tax charges related to changes in U.S. federal and state valuation allowances
primarily as a result of impacts of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (the "Tax Act") and $40 million of income tax charges
related to future withholding costs on potential intercompany distributions of earnings, the effects of which were partially offset
by $274 million of income tax benefits related to the change in pre-Separation tax liabilities for which we shared joint and
several liability with HP Inc., and $104 million of income tax benefits on transformation costs, and acquisition, disposition and
other related charges.
In fiscal 2018, we recorded $2.0 billion of net income tax benefits related to items discrete to the year. These amounts
primarily included $2.0 billion of income tax benefits related to the settlement of certain pre-Separation tax liabilities for which
we shared joint and several liability with HP Inc. and for which we were partially indemnified by HP Inc. under the Tax Matters
Agreement, $208 million of income tax benefits related to Everett pre-divestiture tax matters and valuation allowances, $125
million of income tax benefits on restructuring charges, separation costs, transformation costs and acquisition and other related
charges, and $65 million of income tax benefits on net excess tax benefits related to stock-based compensation, the effects of
which were partially offset by $422 million of income tax charges related to impacts of the Tax Act.
Segment Information
A description of the products and services for each segment, along with other pertinent information related to Segments
can be found in Note 3, "Segment Information", to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of Part II, which is
incorporated herein by reference.
49
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Continued)
Forthcoming Segment Realignments
In order to align our segment financial reporting structure more closely with our current business structure, effective
November 1, 2020, we will report the following changes to our reportable segments: the lifecycle event services business which
was previously reported within the A & PS segment will be reported within each of the related hardware segments; certain
software related business offerings previously reported within Compute, Storage and A & PS will be combined and reported
within the Corporate Investments segment; and the remainder of A & PS, which was previously reported as a reportable
segment, will be reported within the Corporate Investments segment. Additionally, stock-based compensation expense which
was previously reported within segment operating results will be now be reported as a corporate cost.
As previously discussed in the Overview section of this MD&A, during fiscal 2020, we experienced a net revenue decline
due to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business operations and the worldwide demand environment. Given the
comprehensive impact of the pandemic and to avoid repetition, the following discussion of the financial performance of each
segment in fiscal 2020 as compared to fiscal 2019 will focus on the other leading factors contributing to their performance.
Compute
Net revenue
Earnings from operations
Earnings from operations as a % of net revenue
Fiscal 2020 compared with Fiscal 2019
For the fiscal years ended October 31,
2020
2019
2018
$
$
12,215
893
7.3 %
Dollars in millions
$
$
13,642
1,550
$
$
15,142
1,306
11.4 %
8.6 %
Compute net revenue decreased by $1.4 billion, or 10.5% (decreased 9.3% on a constant currency basis), in fiscal 2020 as
compared to fiscal 2019.
Net revenue in Compute declined due to multiple factors including competitive pricing pressures, manufacturing capacity
constraints in North America in the first quarter of fiscal 2020, and unfavorable currency fluctuations. As a result, for fiscal
2020, as compared to fiscal 2019 Compute experienced a decline in unit shipments and average unit selling prices.
Compute earnings from operations as a percentage of net revenue decreased 4.1 percentage points for fiscal 2020, as
compared to fiscal 2019 due primarily to an increase in costs of products as a percentage of net revenue and an increase in
operating expenses as a percentage of net revenue. The increase in cost of products as a percentage of net revenue was due
primarily to competitive pricing pressures, unfavorable currency fluctuations, higher supply chain costs and the scale of the net
revenue decline, partially offset by lower commodity costs. The increase in operating expense as a percentage of net revenue
was due to the scale of the net revenue decline while total operating expenses declined year-over-year due primarily to lower
spending due to cost containment measures put in place in response to COVID-19 and lower variable compensation expense.
These declines were partially offset by higher field selling costs.
Fiscal 2019 compared with Fiscal 2018
Compute net revenue decreased by $1.5 billion, or 9.9% (decreased 8.7% on a constant currency basis), in fiscal 2019 as
compared to fiscal 2018.
Net revenue in Compute declined as we continued to execute on our HPE Next transformation initiative, which included
streamlining our offerings and business processes, and shifting investments in innovation towards high growth and higher-
margin solutions and services. The decline in revenue was due primarily to lower Tier 1 server sales and lower revenue from
China as part of our strategic move to exit less profitable product categories and certain markets, and unfavorable currency
fluctuations. Also, weak demand in the enterprise market led to lower revenue from ISS core products as well as longer sales
cycles. As a result, for fiscal 2019, as compared to fiscal 2018, Compute experienced a decline in unit shipments while average
unit selling prices increased.
Compute earnings from operations as a percentage of net revenue increased 2.8 percentage points for fiscal 2019, as
compared to fiscal 2018 due primarily to a decrease in costs of products as a percentage of net revenue offset by an increase in
50
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Continued)
operating expenses as a percentage of net revenue. The decrease in cost of products as a percentage of net revenue was due to a
combination of factors including year-over-year decrease in commodity costs, lower costs of products and services due to our
cost management initiatives and a lower mix of revenue from lower-margin Tier-1 server sales coupled with a higher mix of
revenue from higher-margin products which were partially offset by increased competitive pricing pressures. The increase in
operating expenses as a percentage of net revenue was due to the scale of the net revenue decline while total operating expenses
declined year-over-year due primarily to our HPE Next initiative to streamline business processes.
HPC & MCS
Net revenue
Earnings from operations
For the fiscal years ended October 31,
2020
2019
2018
Dollars in millions
$
$
3,036
237
$
$
2,910
320
$
$
2,987
384
Earnings from operations as a % of net revenue
7.8 %
11.0 %
12.9 %
Fiscal 2020 compared with Fiscal 2019
HPC & MCS net revenue increased by $126 million, or 4.3% (increased 4.6% on a constant currency basis) in fiscal 2020
as compared to fiscal 2019.
The increase in HPC & MCS net revenue was primarily driven by higher revenue in HPC due to the addition of product
and services revenue resulting from Cray. The net revenue increase in HPC was partially offset by a revenue decline in Edge
Compute and MCS.
HPC & MCS earnings from operations as a percentage of net revenue decreased 3.2 percentage points, in fiscal 2020 as
compared to fiscal 2019, due to an increase in operating expenses as a percentage of net revenue partially offset by a lower cost
of products and services as a percentage of net revenue. The decrease in cost of products and services as a percentage of net
revenue was primarily due to improved product mix from the acquisition of Cray. The increase in operating expenses as a
percentage of net revenue was due to the addition of operating expenses resulting from the acquisition of Cray.
Fiscal 2019 compared with Fiscal 2018
HPC & MCS net revenue decreased by $77 million, or 2.6% (decreased 2.2% on a constant currency basis) in fiscal 2019
as compared to fiscal 2018.
The decrease in HPC & MCS net revenue was primarily due to the combination of lower revenue in services, the MCS
product portfolio and with Edge Compute products. This decrease was partially offset by growth in the HPC product portfolio
due to the increased Apollo product revenue.
HPC & MCS earnings from operations as a percentage of net revenue decreased 1.9 percentage points, in fiscal 2019 as
compared to fiscal 2018, due to an increase in cost of products and services as a percentage of net revenue and an increase in
operating expenses as a percentage of net revenue. The increase in cost of products and services as a percentage of net revenue
was primarily due to lower mix of lower-cost MCS products and services. The increase in operating expenses as a percentage of
net revenue was primarily due to investments in research and development partially offset by a decrease in administrative
expense.
Storage
Net revenue
Earnings from operations
For the fiscal years ended October 31,
2020
2019
2018
Dollars in millions
$
$
4,681
719
$
$
5,185
924
$
$
5,158
830
Earnings from operations as a % of net revenue
15.4 %
17.8 %
16.1 %
51
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Continued)
Fiscal 2020 compared with Fiscal 2019
Storage net revenue decreased by $504 million, or 9.7% (decreased 8.7% on a constant currency basis), in fiscal 2020 as
compared to fiscal 2019. Net revenue in Storage declined due primarily to commodity and manufacturing capacity constraints
in North America in the first quarter of fiscal 2020, and lower revenue from the expiration of a one-time legacy contract.
Partially offsetting the net revenue decrease was revenue growth from Big Data.
Storage earnings from operations as a percentage of net revenue decreased 2.4 percentage points for fiscal 2020 as
compared to fiscal 2019, due to an increase in cost of product and services as a percentage of net revenue and an increase in
operating expenses as a percentage of net revenue. The increase in the cost of product and services as a percentage of net
revenue was due primarily to unfavorable currency fluctuations and higher cost of products from higher fixed overhead costs as
a percentage of net revenue, the effects of which were partially offset by lower cost of services due to delivery efficiencies. The
increase in operating expenses as a percentage of net revenue was due primarily to the scale of the net revenue decline and
higher investments in R&D, while total operating expenses declined during the period due to lower field selling cost and lower
spending due to cost containment measures.
Fiscal 2019 compared with Fiscal 2018
Storage net revenue increased by $27 million, or 0.5% (increased 1.5% on a constant currency basis), in fiscal 2019 as
compared to fiscal 2018. The increase in net revenue was due primarily to growth in Hyperconverged and Big Data products
and storage services. These increases were partially offset by lower net revenue from 3PAR and traditional storage products.
Storage earnings from operations as a percentage of net revenue increased 1.7 percentage points for fiscal 2019 as
compared to fiscal 2018, due to a decrease in cost of product and services as a percentage of net revenue, partially offset by an
increase in operating expenses as a percentage of net revenue. The decrease in cost of product and services as a percentage of
net revenue was due primarily to the year-over-year decrease in commodity costs, lower cost of services from delivery
efficiencies, a more favorable mix of revenue from higher-margin HPE Nimble product and Storage services, and cost
management activities. The increase in operating expenses as a percentage of net revenue was due primarily to higher field
selling costs and R&D costs driven by business acquisitions.
A & PS
Net revenue
Earnings from operations
Earnings from operations as a % of net revenue
For the fiscal years ended October 31,
2020
2019
2018
Dollars in millions
$
$
$
$
951
(5)
(0.5) %
$
$
1,012
(54)
(5.3) %
1,118
(79)
(7.1) %
The components of net revenue and the weighted net revenue change by business unit were as follows:
Fiscal 2020 compared with Fiscal 2019
A & PS net revenue decreased by $61 million, or 6.0% (decreased 5.7% on a constant currency basis) in fiscal 2020 as
compared to fiscal 2019.
The decrease in A & PS net revenue was primarily due to service delivery delays partially offset by strength in Asia
Pacific and Japan.
A & PS earnings from operations as a percentage of net revenue increased 4.8 percentage points, in fiscal 2020 as
compared to fiscal 2019, due to lower cost of services as a percentage of net revenue coupled with a decrease in operating
expenses as a percentage of net revenue. The decrease in cost of services as a percentage of net revenue was primarily due to
service delivery and overhead efficiencies along with lower variable compensation expense. The decrease to operating expenses
as a percentage of net revenue was primarily due to lower spending as a result of cost containment measures.
52
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Continued)
Fiscal 2019 compared with Fiscal 2018
A & PS net revenue decreased by $106 million, or 9.5% (decreased 7.3% on a constant currency basis) in fiscal 2019 as
compared to fiscal 2018.
The decrease in A & PS net revenue was due primarily due to demand weakness, lower revenue as a result of our
initiative to streamline our go-to-market approach in certain countries and unfavorable foreign currency fluctuations.
A & PS earnings from operations as a percentage of net revenue increased 1.8 percentage points, in fiscal 2019 as
compared to fiscal 2018, due to a decrease in cost of services as a percentage of net revenue while operating expenses as a
percentage of net revenue were flat. The decrease in cost of services as a percentage of net revenue was due primarily to our
cost management initiatives. Operating expenses as a percentage of net revenue were flat due to lower administrative and
marketing expenses offset by higher field selling costs.
Intelligent Edge
Net revenue
Earnings from operations
For the fiscal years ended October 31,
2020
2019
2018
Dollars in millions
$
$
2,855
281
$
$
2,913
159
$
$
3,013
339
Earnings from operations as a % of net revenue
9.8 %
5.5 %
11.3 %
Fiscal 2020 compared with Fiscal 2019
Intelligent Edge net revenue decreased by $58 million, or 2.0% (decreased 1.2% on a constant currency basis) in fiscal
2020 as compared to fiscal 2019.
The decrease in Intelligent Edge net revenue was primarily due to competitive pricing pressures and unfavorable currency
fluctuations. As a result, we experienced lower revenue from WLAN, switching products, and software offerings. These
declines were partially offset by an increase in net revenue due to higher service renewals.
Intelligent Edge earnings from operations as a percentage of net revenue increased 4.3 percentage points, in fiscal 2020 as
compared to fiscal 2019, due to a decrease in operating expenses as a percentage of net revenue coupled with lower cost of
products and services as a percentage of net revenue. The decrease in cost of product and services as a percentage of net
revenue was primarily due to a favorable mix of revenue from services and WLAN products partially offset by higher cost of
logistics. The decrease in operating expenses as a percentage of net revenue was primarily due to lower spending as a result of
cost containment measures, partially offset by higher variable compensation expense.
Fiscal 2019 compared with Fiscal 2018
Intelligent Edge net revenue decreased by $100 million, or 3.3% (decreased 2.4% on a constant currency basis) in fiscal
2019 as compared to fiscal 2018.
The decrease in Intelligent Edge net revenue was primarily due to lower revenue from switching and WLAN products
driven by sales execution issues, particularly in the North America region, demand weakness and unfavorable foreign currency
fluctuations. These decreases in net revenue were partially offset by higher attach services revenue on a growing installed base
and higher renewal rates.
Intelligent Edge earnings from operations as a percentage of net revenue decreased 5.8 percentage points, in fiscal 2019 as
compared to fiscal 2018, due to an increase in operating expenses as a percentage of net revenue partially offset by a decrease in
cost of products and services as a percentage of net revenue. The decrease in cost of products and services as a percentage of
net revenue was primarily due to higher mix of revenue from lower-cost products and services, and cost management activities
partially offset by competitive pricing pressures on switching products. The increase in operating expenses as a percentage of
net revenue was due primarily to our continued investments in research and development and the sales organization.
53
Table of Contents
Financial Services
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Continued)
Net revenue
Earnings from operations
For the fiscal years ended October 31,
2020
2019
2018
Dollars in millions
$
$
3,352
278
$
$
3,581
305
$
$
3,671
286
Earnings from operations as a % of net revenue
8.3 %
8.5 %
7.8 %
Fiscal 2020 compared with Fiscal 2019
FS net revenue decreased by $229 million, or 6.4% (decreased 5.2% on a constant currency basis), in fiscal 2020 due
primarily to a decrease in rental revenue due to lower average operating lease assets and lower lease equipment buyout revenue,
along with unfavorable currency fluctuations, partially offset by higher revenue from lease extensions.
FS earnings from operations as a percentage of net revenue decreased 0.2 percentage points due primarily to an increase
to operating expenses as a percentage of net revenue, partially offset by lower cost of services as a percentage of net revenue.
The decrease to cost of services as a percentage of net revenue resulted from lower depreciation expense and borrowing costs,
partially offset by higher bad debt expense. The increase to operating expenses as a percentage of net revenue was due primarily
to lower capitalized initial direct costs as a result of adopting the new lease accounting standard.
Fiscal 2019 compared with Fiscal 2018
FS net revenue decreased by $90 million, or 2.5% (increased 0.2% on a constant currency basis), in fiscal 2019 due
primarily to a decrease in rental revenue due to lower average operating leases and unfavorable currency fluctuations, partially
offset by higher asset management revenue from lease extensions, end-of-lease monthly rentals, and lease buyouts.
FS earnings from operations as a percentage of net revenue increased 0.7 percentage points due to lower cost of services
as a percentage of net revenue and a decrease in operating expenses as a percentage of net revenue. The decrease to cost of
services as a percentage of net revenue resulted from lower depreciation expense and lower bad debt expense, partially offset by
higher borrowing costs. The decrease to operating expenses as a percentage of net revenue was due primarily to lower field
selling costs.
Financing Volume
For the fiscal years ended October 31,
2020
2019
2018
Dollars in millions
Financing volume
$
6,005 $
6,200 $
6,521
Financing volume, which represents the amount of financing provided to customers for equipment and related software
and services, including intercompany activity, decreased by 3.1% in fiscal 2020 and decreased 4.9% in fiscal 2019 as compared
to the prior-year periods. The decrease in fiscal 2020 and 2019 were primarily driven by lower financing associated with HPE
and third-party product sales and related service offerings, along with unfavorable currency fluctuations.
Portfolio Assets and Ratios
The FS business model is asset intensive and uses certain internal metrics to measure its performance against other
financial services companies, including a segment balance sheet that is derived from our internal management reporting system.
The accounting policies used to derive FS amounts are substantially the same as those used by the Company. However,
intercompany loans and certain accounts that are reflected in the segment balances are eliminated in our Consolidated Financial
Statements.
54
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Continued)
The portfolio assets and ratios derived from the segment balance sheets for FS were as follows:
Financing receivables, gross
Net equipment under operating leases
Capitalized profit on intercompany equipment transactions(1)
Intercompany leases(1)
Gross portfolio assets
Allowance for doubtful accounts(2)
Operating lease equipment reserve
Total reserves
Net portfolio assets
Reserve coverage
Debt-to-equity ratio(3)
$
As of October 31,
2020
2019
Dollars in millions
$
9,058
4,027
315
92
8,652
4,084
382
100
13,492
13,218
154
64
218
131
60
191
$
13,274
$
13,027
1.6 %
7.0x
1.4 %
7.0x
Intercompany activity is eliminated in consolidation.
(1)
(2) Allowance for doubtful accounts for financing receivables includes both the short- and long-term portions.
(3) Debt benefiting FS consists of intercompany equity that is treated as debt for segment reporting purposes, intercompany debt, and
borrowing- and funding-related activity associated with FS and its subsidiaries. Debt benefiting FS totaled $11.7 billion and $11.4 billion
at October 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, and was determined by applying an assumed debt-to-equity ratio, which management
believes to be comparable to that of other similar financing companies. FS equity at both October 31, 2020 and October 31, 2019 was
$1.7 billion and $1.6 billion, respectively.
At October 31, 2020 and 2019, FS net cash and cash equivalents were $729 million and $711 million, respectively.
Net portfolio assets at October 31, 2020 increased 1.9% from October 31, 2019. The increase generally resulted from new
financing volume exceeding portfolio runoff during the period, partially offset by unfavorable currency fluctuations.
FS bad debt expense includes charges to general reserves, specific reserves and write-offs for sales-type, direct-financing
and operating leases. FS recorded net bad debt expense of $93 million, $75 million and $91 million in fiscal 2020, 2019 and
2018, respectively.
As of October 31, 2020, FS experienced an increase in billed finance receivables compared to October 31, 2019, which
included limited impact to collections from customers as a result of COVID-19. We are currently unable to fully predict the
extent to which COVID-19 may adversely impact future collections of our receivables.
Corporate Investments
Net revenue
Loss from operations
Loss from operations as a % of net revenue
Fiscal 2020 compared with Fiscal 2019
For the fiscal years ended October 31,
2020
2019
2018
Dollars in millions
$
$
490
(100)
$
$
507
(108)
$
$
543
(91)
(20.4) %
(21.3) %
(16.8) %
Corporate Investments net revenue decreased by $17 million, or 3.4% (decreased 2.8% on a constant currency basis), in
fiscal 2020 as compared to fiscal 2019. The decrease in Corporate Investments net revenue was due to lower services revenue
from the Communications and Media Solutions ("CMS") business and unfavorable currency fluctuations. CMS revenue
decline was due primarily to competitive pricing pressures and a strategic focus on higher margin solutions and services.
55
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Continued)
Corporate Investments loss from operations as a percentage of net revenue decreased 0.9 percentage points in fiscal 2020
as compared to fiscal 2019, due primarily to lower cost of services, partially offset by higher legal expenses.
Fiscal 2019 compared with Fiscal 2018
Corporate Investments net revenue decreased by $36 million, or 6.6% (decreased 4.4% on a constant currency basis), in
fiscal 2019 as compared to fiscal 2018. The decrease in Corporate Investments net revenue was due to lower services revenue
from the CMS business and unfavorable currency fluctuations. CMS revenue decline was due primarily to competitive pricing
pressures and a strategic focus on higher margin solutions and services.
Corporate Investments loss from operations as a percentage of net revenue increased 4.5 percentage points in fiscal 2019
as compared to fiscal 2018, due primarily to higher R&D expenses from Hewlett Packard Labs and a legal settlement expense
in the CMS business, partially offset by lower cost of services from the CMS business.
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
We use cash generated by operations as our primary source of liquidity. We believe that internally generated cash flows
will be generally sufficient to support our operating businesses, capital expenditures, product development initiatives,
acquisition and disposal activities including legal settlements, restructuring activities, transformation costs, indemnifications,
maturing debt, interest payments, and income tax payments, in addition to any future investments, share repurchases, and
stockholder dividend payments. We expect to supplement this short-term liquidity, if necessary, by accessing the capital
markets, issuing commercial paper, and borrowing under credit facilities made available by various domestic and foreign
financial institutions. However, our access to capital markets may be constrained and our cost of borrowing may increase under
certain business, market and economic conditions. Our liquidity is subject to various risks including the risks identified in the
section entitled "Risk Factors" in Item 1A and market risks identified in the section entitled "Quantitative and Qualitative
Disclosures about Market Risk" in Item 7A, each of which is incorporated herein by reference.
COVID-19 has severely impacted global economic activity and caused significant volatility and negative pressure in the
capital markets, which can increase the cost of capital and adversely impact access to capital. In addition, our businesses have
been and may continue to be adversely affected, which may have a material adverse impact on our profitability and cash flows,
and the timing and collectability of amounts due from our customers may be adversely affected as a result of the impact of
COVID-19.
On March 27, 2020, the CARES Act was enacted into law in response to COVID-19. The CARES Act, among other
things, provides tax relief to businesses, including the deferral of certain payroll taxes, relief for retaining employees, and other
income tax provisions. In addition to the CARES Act, governments around the world also enacted comparable legislation to
address COVID-19 economic impacts. In fiscal 2020 we deferred approximately $92 million of payroll taxes, which, we may
pay, all or in part, prior to the end of October 2021.
In addition, as a result of the continued uncertainty generated by COVID-19, in April 2020, we issued $2.25 billion
aggregate principal amount of unsecured Senior Notes to enhance our liquidity and strengthen our capital. The pricing on our
undrawn $4.75 billion revolving credit facility, maturing in August 2024, remains unchanged. We continue to monitor the
severity and duration of the pandemic and its impact on the U.S. and other global economies, consumer behavior, our
businesses, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.
In July 2020, we issued $1.75 billion in aggregate principal amount of unsecured Senior Notes. The net proceeds were
used primarily for the redemption in August 2020 of the $3.0 billion outstanding principal amount of the 3.6% unsecured
Senior Notes that were originally due in October 2020.
On September 21, 2020, we completed the acquisition of Silver Peak Systems Inc. ("Silver Peak"), an SD-WAN
(Software-Defined Wide Area Network) leader for consideration of $879 million of which $853 million was paid in cash. Silver
Peak's results of operations are included within the Intelligent Edge segment.
56
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Continued)
During the third quarter of fiscal 2020, we launched a cost optimization and prioritization plan which focuses on
realigning the workforce to areas of growth, including a new hybrid workforce model called Edge-to-Office, real estate
strategies and simplifying and evolving our product portfolio strategy. The implementation period of the cost optimization and
prioritization plan is through fiscal 2023. During this time we expect to incur transformation costs predominantly related to
labor restructuring, non-labor restructuring, IT investments and design and execution charges. We estimate related cash funding
payments of $1.3 billion over the next three years of which approximately $0.7 billion will relate to labor restructuring, $0.5
billion will relate to non-labor restructuring and $0.1 billion will relate to IT investments and design and execution charges.
Our cash balances are held in numerous locations throughout the world, with a substantial amount held outside the U.S as
of October 31, 2020. We utilize a variety of planning and financing strategies in an effort to ensure that our worldwide cash is
available when and where it is needed. Our cash position is strong and we expect that our cash balances, anticipated cash flow
generated from operations and access to capital markets will be sufficient to cover our expected near-term cash outlays.
Amounts held outside of the U.S. are generally utilized to support our non-U.S. liquidity needs. Repatriations of amounts
held outside the U.S. generally will not be taxable from a U.S. federal tax perspective, but may be subject to state income or
foreign withholding tax. Where local restrictions prevent an efficient intercompany transfer of funds, our intent is to keep cash
balances outside of the U.S. and to meet liquidity needs through ongoing cash flows, external borrowings, or both. We do not
expect restrictions or potential taxes incurred on repatriation of amounts held outside of the U.S. to have a material effect on our
overall liquidity, financial condition or results of operations.
On October 13, 2015, our Board of Directors approved a share repurchase program with a $3.0 billion authorization,
which was refreshed with additional share repurchase authorizations of $3.0 billion, $5.0 billion and $2.5 billion on May 24,
2016, October 16, 2017 and February 21, 2018, respectively. As of October 31, 2020, we had a remaining authorization of $2.1
billion for future share repurchases. The number of shares that we repurchase under the share repurchase program may vary
depending on numerous factors, including share price, liquidity and other market conditions, our ongoing capital allocation
planning, levels of cash and debt balances, other demands for cash, such as acquisition activity, general economic or business
conditions, and board and management discretion. Additionally, our share repurchase activity, if any, during any particular
period may fluctuate. We may commence, accelerate, suspend, delay, or discontinue any share repurchase activity at any time,
without notice. This program does not have a specific expiration date.
In fiscal 2020, we repurchased and settled an aggregate of $355 million of our stock as a result of our share repurchase
program. On April 6, 2020, we suspended purchases under its share repurchase program in response to the global economic
uncertainty generated by COVID-19. For more information on our share repurchase program, refer to Note 15, "Stockholders'
Equity", to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8, which is incorporated herein by reference.
Liquidity
Our cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash, total debt and available borrowing resources were as follows:
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash
Total debt
Available borrowing resources
Our key cash flow metrics were as follows:
Net cash provided by operating activities
Net cash used in investing activities
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
Net Increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash
57
2020
As of October 31,
2019
In millions
2018
4,621 $
4,076 $
15,941 $
13,820 $
6,297 $
5,639 $
5,084
12,141
5,757
For the fiscal years ended October 31,
2020
2019
In millions
2018
2,240 $
3,997 $
(2,578)
883
(3,457)
(1,548)
545 $
(1,008) $
2,964
(1,880)
(5,592)
(4,508)
$
$
$
$
$
Table of Contents
Operating Activities
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Continued)
Net cash provided by operating activities decreased by $1.8 billion, for fiscal 2020 as compared to fiscal 2019. The
decrease was due primarily to lower earnings from operations and unfavorable net working capital. Net cash provided by
operating activities increased by $1.0 billion for fiscal 2019 as compared to fiscal 2018. The increase was driven primarily by
favorable net working capital, lower payments related to our ongoing HPE restructuring plans, and cash generated as a result of
the settlement of the Tax Matters Agreement pursuant to the Termination and Mutual Release Agreement with HP Inc., the
effects of which were partially offset by an arbitration award settlement.
Our key working capital metrics were as follows:
Days of sales outstanding in accounts receivable
Days of supply in inventory
Days of purchases outstanding in accounts payable
Cash conversion cycle
As of October 31,
2020
2019
2018
42
48
(97)
(7)
37
45
(104)
(22)
37
40
(100)
(23)
The cash conversion cycle is the sum of DSO and DOS less DPO. Items which may cause the cash conversion cycle in a
particular period to differ include, but are not limited to, changes in business mix, changes in payment terms (including
extended payment terms from suppliers), the extent of receivables factoring, seasonal trends, the timing of sales and inventory
purchases within the period, the impact of commodity costs and acquisition activity.
Days of sales outstanding in accounts receivable ("DSO") measures the average number of days our receivables are
outstanding. DSO is calculated by dividing ending accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts, by a 90-day
average of net revenue. For fiscal 2020, as compared to the prior-year period, DSO increased due primarily to a decrease in
early payments and factoring, extended payments terms and unfavorable billing linearity. For fiscal 2019, as compared to fiscal
2018, DSO remained flat, as a result of the improvements in collections being offset with unfavorable currency fluctuations and
extended payment terms.
Days of supply in inventory ("DOS") measures the average number of days from procurement to sale of our product.
DOS is calculated by dividing ending inventory by a 90-day average of cost of goods sold. For fiscal 2020, as compared to the
prior year period, DOS increased due primarily to a higher inventory balance at end of the current reporting period. For fiscal
2019, as compared to fiscal 2018, DOS increased due primarily to an increase in inventory resulting from the acquisition of
Cray Inc.
Days of purchases outstanding in accounts payable ("DPO") measures the average number of days our accounts payable
balances are outstanding. DPO is calculated by dividing ending accounts payable by a 90-day average of cost of goods sold. For
fiscal 2020, as compared to the prior-year period, DPO decreased due primarily to lower inventory replenishments and higher
payments to our suppliers during the quarter. For fiscal 2019, as compared to fiscal 2018, DPO increased due primarily to an
increase in lease payables due to slower disbursements, payment term extensions and favorable inventory purchasing linearity.
Investing Activities
Net cash used in investing activities decreased by $0.9 billion, in fiscal 2020 as compared to fiscal 2019. The change was
due primarily to a net decrease of $0.5 billion in cash used for investment in property, plant and equipment, a decrease of $0.7
billion in cash used for payments made in connection with business acquisitions, partially offset by increase of $0.3 billion in
cash used in net financial collateral activities as compared to the prior-year period. Net cash used in investing activities
increased by $1.6 billion in fiscal 2019 as compared to fiscal 2018 due primarily to an increase of $1.3 billion of cash used for
payments made in connection with business acquisitions, an increase of $0.4 billion of cash used for investments in property,
plant and equipment, net of proceeds from sales, partially offset by an increase of $0.2 billion of cash received from net
financial collateral activities.
Financing Activities
Net cash provided by financing activities increased by $2.4 billion in fiscal 2020 as compared to fiscal 2019. The increase
was due primarily to $0.6 billion of higher cash generated from the issuance of debt net of repayment, and a decrease in cash
utilization of $1.9 billion for share repurchases. Net cash used in financing activities decreased by $4.0 billion in fiscal 2019 as
58
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Continued)
compared to fiscal 2018 due primarily to the impact of a higher debt redemption by $1.9 billion in fiscal 2018, an increase in
cash proceeds from the issuance of debt of $1.1 billion and a lower utilization of cash for share repurchase activity by $1.3
billion in fiscal 2019. These amounts were partially offset by a net transfer of cash from Seattle of $0.2 billion in fiscal 2018 as
a result of the separation.
Capital Resources
Debt Levels
Short-term debt
Long-term debt
Weighted-average interest rate
As of October 31,
2020
2019
2018
Dollars in millions
$
$
3,755
12,186
$
$
4,425
9,395
$
$
2,005
10,136
3.2 %
4.1 %
4.5 %
We maintain debt levels that we establish through consideration of a number of factors, including cash flow expectations,
cash requirements for operations, investment plans (including acquisitions), share repurchase activities, our cost of capital, and
targeted capital structure.
Unsecured Senior Notes
In August, we redeemed $3.0 billion outstanding principal amount of the 3.6% Senior Notes with original maturity date of
October 15, 2020.
In fiscal year 2020, we completed the offering of the following Senior Notes:
In July we issued $1.0 billion at discount to par at a price of 99.883% at 1.45% due April 1, 2024, interest payable
semi-annually on April 1 and October 1 of each year beginning on April 1, 2021.
In July we issued $750 million at discount to par at a price of 99.820% at 1.75% due April 1, 2026 interest payable
semi-annually on April 1 and October 1 of each year beginning on April 1, 2021.
In April we issued $1.25 billion at discount to par at a price of 99.956% at 4.45% due October 2, 2023 interest payable
semi-annually on April 2 and October 2 of each year beginning on October 2, 2020.
In April we issued $1.0 billion at discount to par at a price of 99.817% at 4.65% due October 1, 2024 interest payable
semi-annually on April 1 and October 1 of each year beginning on October 1, 2020.
•
•
•
•
Asset-Backed Debt Securities
•
•
•
In June 2020, we issued $1.0 billion of asset-backed debt securities in six tranches at a weighted average price of
99.99% and a weighted average interest rate of 1.19%, payable monthly from August 2020 with a stated final maturity
date of July 2030. As of October 31, 2020, the outstanding balance of the asset-backed debt securities was $822
million.
In February 2020, we issued $755 million of asset-backed debt securities in six tranches at a weighted average price of
99.99% and a weighted average interest rate of 1.87%, payable monthly from April 2020 with a stated final maturity
date of February 2030. As of October 31, 2020, the outstanding balance of the asset-backed debt securities was $519
million.
In September 2019, we issued $763 million asset-backed debt securities in six tranches at a weighted average price of
99.99% and a weighted average interest rate of 2.31%, payable monthly from November 2019 with a stated final
maturity date of September 2029. As of October 31, 2020, the outstanding balance of the asset-backed debt securities
was $385 million.
Commercial Paper
We maintain two commercial paper programs, "the Parent Programs", and a wholly-owned subsidiary maintains a third
program. Our U.S. program provides for the issuance of U.S. dollar-denominated commercial paper up to a maximum
aggregate principal amount of $4.75 billion which was increased from $4.0 billion in March 2020. Our euro commercial paper
59
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Continued)
program provides for the issuance of commercial paper outside of the U.S. denominated in U.S. dollars, euros or British pounds
up to a maximum aggregate principal amount of $3.0 billion or the equivalent in those alternative currencies. The combined
aggregate principal amount of commercial paper outstanding under those programs at any one time cannot exceed $4.75 billion
as authorized by our Board of Directors. In addition, our subsidiary's euro Commercial Paper/Certificate of Deposit Program
provides for the issuance of commercial paper in various currencies of up to a maximum aggregate principal amount of $1.0
billion, which was increased from $500 million, by way of an amendment in April 2019. As of October 31, 2020 and October
31, 2019, no borrowings were outstanding under the Parent Programs, and $677 million and $698 million, respectively, were
outstanding under our subsidiary's program. During fiscal 2020, we issued $830 million and repaid $882 million of commercial
paper.
Our weighted-average interest rate reflects the average effective rate on our borrowings prevailing during the period and
reflects the impact of interest rate swaps. For more information on our interest rate swaps, see Note 13, "Financial Instruments",
to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8, which is incorporated herein by reference.
In December 2017, we filed a shelf registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission that allows us to
sell, at any time and from time to time, in one or more offerings, debt securities, preferred stock, common stock, warrants,
depositary shares, purchase contracts, guarantees or units consisting of any of these securities. Our shelf registration statement
will expire in December 2020, which will be renewed on or about the same date we file this report.
Revolving Credit Facility
We maintain a $4.75 billion five year senior unsecured committed credit facility that was entered into in August 2019.
Loans under the revolving credit facility may be used for general corporate purposes, including support of the commercial
paper program. Commitments under the Credit Agreement are available for a period of five years, which period may be
extended, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, by up to two, one-year periods. Commitment fees, interest rates and
other terms of borrowing under the credit facility vary based on Hewlett Packard Enterprise's external credit rating. As of
October 31, 2020 and October 31, 2019, no borrowings were outstanding under the Credit Agreement.
Available Borrowing Resources
As of October 31, 2020, we had the following resources available to obtain short- or long-term financing if we need
additional liquidity:
Commercial paper programs
Uncommitted lines of credit
As of
October 31, 2020
In millions
$
$
5,073
1,224
For more information on our available borrowing resources, see Note 14, "Borrowings", to the Consolidated Financial
Statements in Item 8, which is incorporated herein by reference.
CONTRACTUAL AND OTHER OBLIGATIONS
Our contractual and other obligations as of October 31, 2020, were as follows:
Payments Due by Period
Total
1 Year or
Less
1-3 Years
In millions
3-5 Years
More than
5 Years
Principal payments on long-term debt(1)
Interest payments on long-term debt(2)
Operating lease obligations (net of
sublease rental income)(3)
Unconditional Purchase obligations(4)
Capital lease obligations (includes
interest)
Total(5)(6)(7)(8)
$
14,740 $
2,772 $
4,461 $
4,506 $
4,147
1,256
544
468
167
231
783
330
264
519
269
17
68
20,755 $
$
6
3,644 $
13
5,851 $
14
5,325 $
3,001
2,377
490
32
35
5,935
60
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Continued)
(1) Amounts represent the principal cash payments relating to our long-term debt, including current portion of long-term debt, and do not
include fair value adjustments, discounts or premiums and debt issuance costs. As of October 31, 2020, the future principal payments
related to asset-backed debt securities were expected to be $891 million in fiscal 2021, $594 million in fiscal 2022 and $241 million in
fiscal 2023. For more information on our debt, see Note 14, "Borrowings", to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8, which is
incorporated herein by reference.
(2) Amounts represent the expected interest payments relating to our long-term debt. We use interest rate swaps to mitigate the exposure of
our fixed rate debt to changes in fair value resulting from changes in interest rates, or hedge the variability of cash flows in the interest
payments associated with our variable-rate debt. The impact of our outstanding interest rate swaps at October 31, 2020 was factored into
the calculation of the future interest payments on long-term debt.
(3) Amounts include uncommenced operating leases as of fiscal 2020 and do not reflect imputed interest adjustments.
(4) For additional information on our Unconditional Purchase Obligations, see Note 19, "commitments", to the Consolidated Financial
(5)
Statements in Item 8, which is incorporated herein by reference.
In fiscal 2021, we anticipate making contributions of $192 million to our non-U.S. pension plans. Our policy is to fund pension plans so
that we meet at least the minimum contribution requirements, as established by various authorities including local government and taxing
authorities. Expected contributions and payments to our pension and post-retirement benefit plans are excluded from the contractual
obligations table because they do not represent contractual cash outflows, as they are dependent on numerous factors which may result in
a wide range of outcomes. For more information on our retirement and post-retirement benefit plans, see Note 4, "Retirement and Post-
Retirement Benefit Plans", to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8, which is incorporated herein by reference.
(6) As of October 31, 2020, we expect future cash payments of approximately $1.4 billion in connection with our approved restructuring
plans, which includes $0.6 billion expected to be paid in fiscal 2021 and $0.8 billion expected to be paid thereafter. Payments for
restructuring activities have been excluded from the contractual obligations table, because they do not represent contractual cash
outflows and there is uncertainty as to the timing of these payments. For more information on our restructuring activities, see Note 3,
"Transformation Programs", to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8, which is incorporated herein by reference.
(8)
(7) As of October 31, 2020, we had approximately $468 million of recorded liabilities and related interest and penalties pertaining to
uncertain tax positions. These liabilities and related interest and penalties include $29 million expected to be paid within one year. For
the remaining amount, we are unable to make a reasonable estimate as to when cash settlement with the tax authorities might occur due
to the uncertainties related to these tax matters. Payments of these obligations would result from settlements with taxing authorities. For
more information on our uncertain tax positions, see Note 6, "Taxes on Earnings", to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8,
which is incorporated herein by reference.
In connection with the Separation, Everett and Seattle transactions, we entered into a Separation and Distribution Agreement with HP
Inc., DXC and Micro Focus respectively, whereby we agreed to indemnify HP Inc., DXC and Micro Focus, each of their subsidiaries and
each of their respective directors, officers and employees from and against all liabilities relating to, arising out of or resulting from,
among other matters, the liabilities allocated to us as part of the Separation, Everett and Seattle transactions. HP Inc., DXC and Micro
Focus similarly agreed to indemnify us, each of our subsidiaries and each of our respective directors, officers and employees from and
against all claims and liabilities relating to, arising out of or resulting from, among other matters, the liabilities allocated to HP Inc., DXC
and Micro Focus as part of the said transactions. Additionally, in connection with the Separation, Everett and Seattle transactions, we
entered into a Tax Matters Agreement with HP Inc., DXC and Micro Focus respectively regarding our rights and obligations along with
those of HP Inc., DXC or Micro Focus, as applicable, for certain pre-Separation and pre-divestiture tax liabilities and tax receivables.
On October 30, 2019, we terminated our Tax Matters Agreement with HP Inc. See Note 18, "Guarantees, Indemnifications and
Warranties", to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8, which is incorporated herein by reference for more information on our
receivable and payable balances related to indemnified litigation matters and other contingencies, and income tax-related indemnification
covered by these agreements.
OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS
As part of our ongoing business, we have not participated in transactions that generate material relationships with
unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose
entities, established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited
purposes.
We have third-party revolving short-term financing arrangements intended to facilitate the working capital requirements
of certain customers. For more information on our third-party revolving short-term financing arrangements, see Note 7,
"Balance Sheet Details", to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8, which is incorporated herein by reference.
61
Table of Contents
ITEM 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.
In the normal course of business, we are exposed to foreign currency exchange rate and interest rate risks that could
impact our financial position and results of operations. Our risk management strategy with respect to these market risks may
include the use of derivative financial instruments. We use derivative contracts only to manage existing underlying exposures.
Accordingly, we do not use derivative contracts for speculative purposes. Our risks, risk management strategy and a sensitivity
analysis estimating the effects of changes in fair value for each of these exposures is outlined below.
Actual gains and losses in the future may differ materially from the sensitivity analyses based on changes in the timing
and amount of foreign currency exchange rate and interest rate movements and our actual exposures and derivatives in place at
the time of the change, as well as the effectiveness of the derivative to hedge the related exposure.
Foreign currency exchange rate risk
We are exposed to foreign currency exchange rate risk inherent in our sales commitments, anticipated sales, anticipated
purchases, and assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. We transact business in approximately
50 currencies worldwide, of which the most significant foreign currencies to our operations for fiscal 2020 were the euro,
Japanese yen, British pound, and Chinese yuan (renminbi). For most currencies, we are a net receiver of the foreign currency
and therefore benefit from a weaker U.S. dollar and are adversely affected by a stronger U.S. dollar relative to the foreign
currency. Even where we are a net receiver of the foreign currency, a weaker U.S. dollar may adversely affect certain expense
figures, if taken alone.
We use a combination of forward contracts and, from time to time, options designated as cash flow hedges to protect
against the foreign currency exchange rate risks inherent in our forecasted net revenue and, to a lesser extent, cost of sales,
operating expenses, and intercompany loans denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. In addition, when debt is
denominated in a foreign currency, we may use swaps to exchange the foreign currency principal and interest obligations for
U.S. dollar-denominated amounts to manage the exposure to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. We also use other
derivatives not designated as hedging instruments, consisting primarily of forward contracts, to hedge foreign currency balance
sheet exposures. Alternatively, we may choose not to hedge the risk associated with our foreign currency exposures, primarily
if such exposure acts as a natural hedge for offsetting amounts denominated in the same currency or if the currency is too
difficult or too expensive to hedge.
We have performed sensitivity analyses as of October 31, 2020 and 2019, using a modeling technique that measures the
change in the fair values arising from a hypothetical 10% adverse movement in the levels of foreign currency exchange rates
relative to the U.S. dollar, with all other variables held constant. The analyses cover all of our foreign currency derivative
contracts offset by underlying exposures. The foreign currency exchange rates we used in performing the sensitivity analysis
were based on market rates in effect at October 31, 2020 and 2019. The sensitivity analyses indicated that a hypothetical 10%
adverse movement in foreign currency exchange rates would result in a foreign exchange fair value loss of $29 million and
$31 million at October 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Interest rate risk
We also are exposed to interest rate risk related to debt we have issued, our investment portfolio and financing
receivables. We issue long-term debt in either U.S. dollars or foreign currencies based on market conditions at the time of
financing.
We often use interest rate and/or currency swaps to modify the market risk exposures in connection with the debt to
achieve U.S. dollar based floating or fixed interest expense. The swap transactions generally involve the exchange of fixed for
floating interest payments. However, in circumstances where we believe additional fixed-rate debt would be beneficial, we may
choose to terminate a previously executed swap, or swap certain floating interest payments to fixed.
In order to hedge the fair value of certain fixed-rate investments, we may enter into interest rate swaps that convert fixed
interest returns into variable interest returns. We may use cash flow hedges to hedge the variability of LIBOR-based interest
income received on certain variable-rate investments, by entering into interest rate swaps that convert variable rate interest
returns into fixed-rate interest returns.
We have performed sensitivity analyses as of October 31, 2020 and 2019, using a modeling technique that measures the
change in the fair values arising from a hypothetical 10% adverse movement in the levels of interest rates across the entire yield
curve, with all other variables held constant. The analyses cover our debt, investments, financing receivables, and interest rate
swaps. The analyses use actual or approximate maturities for the debt, investments, financing receivables, and interest rate
swaps. The discount rates used were based on the market interest rates in effect at October 31, 2020 and 2019. The sensitivity
analyses indicated that a hypothetical 10% adverse movement in interest rates would result in a loss in the fair values of our
62
Table of Contents
debt, investments and financing receivables, net of interest rate swaps, of $47 million and $39 million at October 31, 2020 and
2019, respectively.
63
Page
65
68
69
70
71
72
74
76
76
87
91
92
99
102
106
109
111
116
117
119
121
126
129
131
132
136
137
138
140
Table of Contents
ITEM 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
Table of Contents
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Consolidated Statements of Earnings
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
Consolidated Balance Sheets
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Note 1: Overview and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Note 2: Segment Information
Note 3: Transformation Programs
Note 4: Retirement and Post-Retirement Benefit Plans
Note 5: Stock-Based Compensation
Note 6: Taxes on Earnings
Note 7: Balance Sheet Details
Note 8: Accounting for Leases as a Lessee
Note 9: Accounting for Leases as a Lessor
Note 10: Acquisitions
Note 11: Goodwill and Intangible Assets
Note 12: Fair Value
Note 13: Financial Instruments
Note 14: Borrowings
Note 15: Stockholders' Equity
Note 16: Net Earnings Per Share
Note 17: Litigation and Contingencies
Note 18: Guarantees, Indemnifications and Warranties
Note 19: Commitments
Note 20: Equity Method Investments
Quarterly Summary
64
Table of Contents
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company and subsidiaries
(the Company) as of October 31, 2020 and 2019, the related consolidated statements of earnings, comprehensive income,
stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended October 31, 2020, and the related notes
(collectively referred to as the "consolidated financial statements"). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present
fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at October 31, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its
operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended October 31, 2020, in conformity with U.S.
generally accepted accounting principles.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United
States) (PCAOB), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of October 31, 2020, based on criteria established
in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission
(2013 framework) and our report dated December 10, 2020, expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
Adoption of New Accounting Standard
As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has changed its method for accounting for
leases in 2020 due to the adoption of ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842).
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on the Company's financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the
PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and
the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and
perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement,
whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the
financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures
included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also
included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the
overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Critical Audit Matters
The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the financial statements
that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relate to accounts or disclosures
that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective or complex judgments. The
communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as
a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit
matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.
65
Table of Contents
Description of the
matter
How we addressed the
matter in our audit
Description of the
matter
Valuation of goodwill
At October 31, 2020, the Company's goodwill was $18.0 billion. As discussed in Note 11 to the
consolidated financial statements, goodwill is tested for impairment at least annually at the
reporting unit level and more frequently when warranted based on indicators of impairment.
Auditing management's goodwill impairment tests were complex and highly judgmental due to
the significant estimation required to determine the fair value of the reporting units, particularly
for those reporting units with a fair value below or only marginally in excess of carrying value.
In particular, the fair value estimate was sensitive to significant assumptions, such as changes in
the weighted average cost of capital, revenue growth rate, operating margin and terminal value,
which are affected by expectations about future market or economic conditions.
We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of
controls over the Company's goodwill impairment review process, including controls over
management's review of the significant assumptions described above.
To test the estimated fair value of the Company's reporting units, we performed audit procedures
that included, among others, assessing methodologies and testing the significant assumptions
discussed above and the underlying data used by the Company in its analysis. We compared the
significant assumptions used by management to current industry and economic trends and
evaluated whether changes to the Company's business model, product mix and other factors
would affect the significant assumptions. We assessed the historical accuracy of management's
estimates and performed sensitivity analyses of significant assumptions to evaluate the changes
in the fair value of the reporting units that would result from changes in the assumptions.
In addition, we tested management's reconciliation of the fair value of the reporting units to the
market capitalization of the Company. We involved our valuation professionals to evaluate the
application of valuation methodologies in each of the Company's impairment tests.
Estimation of variable consideration
As described in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company recognizes
revenue for sales to its customers after deducting management's estimates of variable
consideration which may include various rebates, volume-based discounts, cooperative
marketing, price protection, and other incentive programs that are offered to customers, partners
and distributors. Estimated variable consideration is presented within other accrued liabilities on
the consolidated balance sheet and totaled $1.0 billion at October 31, 2020. Auditing the
estimates of variable consideration was complex and judgmental due to the level of uncertainty
involved in management’s estimate of expected usage of these programs.
How we addressed
the matter in our audit
We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of
controls over the Company's process for estimating variable consideration, including controls
over management's review of the significant assumptions described above.
To test the Company's determination of variable consideration we performed audit procedures
that included, among others, evaluating the methodologies, testing the significant assumptions
discussed above and testing the completeness and accuracy of the underlying data used by the
Company in its analyses. We compared the significant assumptions to historical experience of
the Company to develop an expectation of the variable consideration associated with product
remaining in the distribution channel at October 31, 2020, which we compared to management's
recorded amount. In addition, we inspected the underlying agreements and compared the
incentive rates used in the Company’s analyses with contractual rates. We assessed the historical
accuracy of management's estimates by comparing previous estimates of variable consideration
to the amount of actual payments in subsequent periods.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
We have served as the Company's auditor since 2014.
San Jose, California
December 10, 2020
66
Table of Contents
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company
Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
We have audited Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company and subsidiaries' internal control over financial reporting as of
October 31, 2020, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). In our opinion, Hewlett
Packard Enterprise Company and subsidiaries (the Company) maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over
financial reporting as of October 31, 2020, based on the COSO criteria.
As indicated in the accompanying Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, management's
assessment of and conclusion on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting did not include the internal
controls of Silver Peak Systems, Inc., which is included in the 2020 consolidated financial statements of the Company and
constituted less than 1% of total assets as of October 31, 2020 and less than 1% and 1% of net revenue and net earnings,
respectively, for the year then ended. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting of the Company also did not include
an evaluation of the internal control over financial reporting of Silver Peak Systems, Inc.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United
States) (PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of October 31, 2020 and 2019, the related consolidated
statements of earnings, comprehensive income, stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period
ended October 31, 2020, and the related notes and our report dated December 10, 2020 expressed an unqualified opinion
thereon.
Basis for Opinion
The Company's management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its
assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management's Report
on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's internal control
over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be
independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and
perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was
maintained in all material respects.
Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a
material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed
risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides
a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures
that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and
dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit
preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and
expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the
company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or
disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also,
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
San Jose, California
December 10, 2020
67
Table of Contents
Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Hewlett Packard Enterprise's management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over
financial reporting for Hewlett Packard Enterprise. Hewlett Packard Enterprise's internal control over financial reporting is a
process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial
statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Hewlett Packard
Enterprise's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of
records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of Hewlett Packard
Enterprise; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial
statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of Hewlett Packard
Enterprise are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of Hewlett Packard Enterprise;
and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition
of Hewlett Packard Enterprise's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Hewlett Packard Enterprise's management assessed the effectiveness of Hewlett Packard Enterprise's internal control over
financial reporting as of October 31, 2020, utilizing the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the
Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013 framework). Management's evaluation of
internal control over financial reporting excluded the internal control activities of Silver Peak Systems, Inc. which is included in
the 2020 consolidated financial statements of Hewlett Packard Enterprise and constituted less than 1% of total assets as of
October 31, 2020 and less than 1% and 1% of net revenue and net earnings, respectively, for the year then ended. Based on the
assessment by Hewlett Packard Enterprise's management, we determined that Hewlett Packard Enterprise's internal control over
financial reporting was effective as of October 31, 2020. The effectiveness of Hewlett Packard Enterprise's internal control over
financial reporting as of October 31, 2020 has been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, Hewlett Packard Enterprise's independent
registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears on page 67 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
/s/ ANTONIO F. NERI
Antonio F. Neri
President and Chief Executive Officer
December 10, 2020
/s/ TAREK A. ROBBIATI
Tarek A. Robbiati
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
December 10, 2020
68
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Earnings
For the fiscal years ended October 31,
2020
2019
2018
In millions, except per share amounts
$
16,264 $
18,170 $
Net revenue:
Products
Services
Financing income
Total net revenue
Costs and expenses:
Cost of products
Cost of services
Financing interest
Research and development
Selling, general and administrative
Amortization of intangible assets
Impairment of goodwill
Restructuring charges
Transformation costs
Disaster charges (recoveries)
Acquisition, disposition and other related charges
Separation costs
Total costs and expenses
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations
Interest and other, net
Tax indemnification adjustments
Non-service net periodic benefit credit
Earnings from equity interests
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations before taxes
(Provision) benefit for taxes
Net earnings (loss) from continuing operations
Net loss from discontinued operations
Net earnings (loss)
Net earnings (loss) per share:
Basic
Continuing operations
Discontinued operations
Total basic net earnings (loss) per share
Diluted
Continuing operations
Discontinued operations
Total diluted net earnings (loss) per share
Weighted-average shares used to compute net earnings (loss) per share:
Basic
Diluted
12,533
14,090
10,249
469
26,982
11,698
6,544
271
1,874
4,624
379
865
—
950
26
80
—
27,311
(329)
(215)
(101)
136
67
(442)
120
(322)
—
10,507
458
29,135
6,812
297
1,842
4,907
267
—
—
453
(7)
757
—
27,861
1,274
(177)
377
59
20
1,553
(504)
1,049
—
$
$
$
$
$
(322) $
1,049 $
(0.25) $
0.78 $
—
—
(0.25) $
0.78 $
(0.25) $
0.77 $
—
—
(0.25) $
0.77 $
1,294
1,294
1,353
1,366
19,504
10,901
447
30,852
7,253
278
1,667
4,921
294
88
19
414
—
82
9
29,115
1,737
(274)
(1,354)
121
38
268
1,744
2,012
(104)
1,908
1.32
(0.07)
1.25
1.30
(0.07)
1.23
1,529
1,553
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.
69
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
For the fiscal years ended October 31,
2020
2019
In millions
2018
$
(322) $
1,049 $
1,908
(3)
(9)
(12)
169
8
177
(423)
191
22
(210)
(70)
20
(50)
(95)
(42)
(137)
1,771
Net earnings (loss)
Other comprehensive loss before taxes:
Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities:
Net unrealized gains (losses) arising during the period
(Gains) losses reclassified into earnings
Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on cash flow hedges:
Net unrealized gains (losses) arising during the period
Net (gains) losses reclassified into earnings
(1)
(4)
(5)
(40)
(21)
(61)
9
(3)
6
308
(371)
(63)
Change in unrealized components of defined benefit plans:
Net unrealized gains (losses) arising during the period
(358)
(701)
Amortization of net actuarial loss and prior service benefit
Curtailments, settlements and other
Change in cumulative translation adjustment:
Cumulative translation adjustment arising during the period
Release of cumulative translation adjustment as a result of
divestitures and country exits
Other comprehensive loss before taxes
(Provision) benefit for taxes
Other comprehensive loss, net of taxes
Comprehensive income (loss)
249
10
216
15
(99)
(470)
(12)
(18)
—
(12)
(177)
8
(169)
(491) $
—
(18)
(545)
36
(509)
540 $
$
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.
70
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Balance Sheets
As of October 31,
2020
2019
In millions, except par value
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents
ASSETS
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts
Financing receivables, net of allowance for doubtful accounts
Inventory
Assets held for sale
Other current assets
Total current assets
Property, plant and equipment
Long-term financing receivables and other assets
Investments in equity interests
Goodwill
Intangible assets
Total assets
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Notes payable and short-term borrowings
Accounts payable
Employee compensation and benefits
Taxes on earnings
Deferred revenue
Accrued restructuring
Other accrued liabilities
Total current liabilities
Long-term debt
Other non-current liabilities
Commitments and contingencies
Stockholders' equity
HPE stockholders' equity:
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value (300 shares authorized; none issued)
Common stock, $0.01 par value (9,600 shares authorized; 1,287 and 1,294 issued and
outstanding at October 31, 2020 and October 31, 2019, respectively)
Additional paid-in capital
Accumulated deficit
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
Total HPE stockholders' equity
Non-controlling interests
Total stockholders' equity
$
4,233 $
3,386
3,794
2,674
77
2,392
16,556
5,625
10,544
2,170
18,017
1,103
$
$
54,015 $
3,755 $
5,383
1,391
148
3,430
366
4,265
18,738
12,186
6,995
—
13
28,350
(8,375)
(3,939)
16,049
47
16,096
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity
$
54,015 $
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.
71
3,753
2,957
3,572
2,387
46
2,428
15,143
6,054
8,918
2,254
18,306
1,128
51,803
4,425
5,595
1,522
186
3,234
195
4,002
19,159
9,395
6,100
—
13
28,444
(7,632)
(3,727)
17,098
51
17,149
51,803
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net earnings (loss)
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings (loss) to net cash provided by
operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization
Impairment of goodwill
Stock-based compensation expense
Provision for inventory and doubtful accounts
Restructuring charges
Deferred taxes on earnings
Earnings from equity interests
Dividends received from equity investee
Other, net
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions:
Accounts receivable
Financing receivables
Inventory
Accounts payable
Taxes on earnings
Restructuring
Other assets and liabilities
Net cash provided by operating activities
Cash flows from investing activities:
Investment in property, plant and equipment
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
Purchases of available-for-sale securities and other investments
Maturities and sales of available-for-sale securities and other investments
Financial collateral posted
Financial collateral received
Payments made in connection with business acquisitions, net of cash
acquired
Proceeds from business divestitures, net
Net cash used in investing activities
Cash flows from financing activities:
Short-term borrowings with original maturities less than 90 days, net
Proceeds from debt, net of issuance costs
Payment of debt
Net proceeds (payments) related to stock-based award activities
Repurchase of common stock
Net transfer of cash and cash equivalents to Everett
Net transfer of cash and cash equivalents from Seattle
72
For the fiscal years ended October 31,
2020
2019
2018
In millions
$
(322) $
1,049 $
1,908
2,625
2,535
2,576
865
274
308
769
(294)
(67)
165
163
(461)
(487)
(527)
(225)
(122)
(478)
54
2,240
—
268
240
221
1,079
(20)
156
204
374
(410)
46
(525)
(1,093)
(331)
204
3,997
(2,383)
(2,856)
703
(101)
48
(644)
665
597
(39)
26
(403)
744
(866)
(1,526)
—
—
88
286
198
550
2,229
(38)
164
(158)
(220)
(366)
(260)
(27)
(4,516)
(647)
1,197
2,964
(2,956)
1,094
(33)
98
(1,625)
1,736
(207)
13
(2,578)
(3,457)
(1,880)
(9)
7,007
(53)
3,517
(5,099)
(2,203)
5
2,457
(4,138)
116
(36)
(355)
—
—
48
(2,249)
(3,568)
—
—
(41)
156
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Cash dividends paid to non-controlling interests, net of contributions
Cash dividends paid
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
Increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of period
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of period
Supplemental cash flow disclosures:
Income taxes paid, net of refunds
Interest expense paid
(7)
(618)
883
545
4,076
—
(608)
(1,548)
(1,008)
5,084
4,621 $
4,076 $
(9)
(570)
(5,592)
(4,508)
9,592
5,084
297 $
574 $
518 $
593 $
538
609
$
$
$
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.
73
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity
Common Stock
Number of
Shares
Par Value
Additional
Paid-in
Capital
(Accumulated
Deficit)
Retained
Earnings
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
Equity
Attributable
to the
Company
In millions, except number of shares in thousands
Non-
controlling
Interests
Total
Equity
Balance at October 31, 2017
1,595,161 $
16 $
33,583 $
Activity related to separation and merger transactions
Net earnings (loss)
Other comprehensive loss
Comprehensive income (loss)
Stock-based compensation expense
Tax withholding related to vesting of employee stock plans
Issuance of common stock in connection with employee stock
plans and other
Repurchases of common stock
Cash dividends declared ($0.4875 per common share)
50,369
(222,227)
(2)
309
(175)
202
(3,577)
Balance at October 31, 2018
Net earnings
Other comprehensive loss
Comprehensive income
Stock-based compensation expense
Tax withholding related to vesting of employee stock plans
Issuance of common stock in connection with employee stock
plans and other
Repurchases of common stock
Cash dividends declared ($0.4575 per common share)
Effects of adoption of accounting standard updates (1)
Balance at October 31, 2019
Net earnings (loss)
Other comprehensive loss
Comprehensive income (loss)
Stock-based compensation expense
Tax withholding related to vesting of employee stock plans
Issuance of common stock in connection with employee stock
plans and other
Repurchases of common stock
1,423,303 $
14 $
30,342 $
270
(61)
113
(1)
(2,220)
19,093
(148,027)
1,294,369 $
13 $
28,444 $
17,397
(24,756)
278
(89)
63
(346)
74
(7,238) $
164
1,908
(2,895) $
(186)
23,466 $
(22)
(137)
(733)
(5,899) $
1,049
(3,218) $
(509)
(601)
(2,181)
(7,632) $
(322)
(3,727) $
(169)
39 $
(4)
—
(4)
35 $
16
—
16
51 $
11
—
11
1
23,505
(22)
1,904
(137)
1,767
309
(175)
202
(3,579)
(733)
21,274
1,065
(509)
556
270
(61)
113
(2,221)
(601)
(2,181)
17,149
(311)
(169)
(480)
278
(89)
64
(346)
1,908
(137)
1,771
309
(175)
202
(3,579)
(733)
21,239 $
1,049
(509)
540
270
(61)
113
(2,221)
(601)
(2,181)
17,098 $
(322)
(169)
(491)
278
(89)
63
(346)
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Cash dividends declared ($0.36 per common share)
Effects of adoption of accounting standard updates (2)
(464)
43
(43)
(464)
—
(16)
(480)
—
Balance at October 31, 2020
1,287,010
$
13 $
28,350 $
(8,375) $
(3,939) $
16,049 $
47 $
16,096
(1) For fiscal 2019, includes $2.3 billion related to an addition to accumulated deficit as a result of the adoption of an accounting standard update for Income Taxes and $124 million related to
a reduction to accumulated deficit as a result of the adoption of the new revenue accounting standard.
(2) For fiscal 2020, $43 million represents the impact of the adoption of an accounting standard update that allows for the reclassification of stranded tax effects from accumulated other
comprehensive loss to accumulated deficit.
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.
75
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Note 1: Overview and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Background
Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company ("Hewlett Packard Enterprise", "HPE", or the "Company") is a global technology
leader focused on developing intelligent solutions that allow customers to capture, analyze and act upon data seamlessly from
edge to cloud. Hewlett Packard Enterprise enables customers to accelerate business outcomes by driving new business models,
creating new customer and employee experiences, and increasing operational efficiency today and into the future. Hewlett
Packard Enterprise's customers range from small- and medium-sized businesses ("SMBs") to large global enterprises and
governmental entities.
On November 1, 2015, the Company became an independent publicly-traded company through a pro rata distribution by
HP Inc. ("former Parent" or "HPI"), formerly known as Hewlett-Packard Company ("HP Co."), of 100% of the outstanding
shares of Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company to HP Inc.'s stockholders (the "Separation").
On April 1, 2017, the Company completed the separation and merger of our Enterprise Services business with DXC
Technology Company ("DXC", "the Everett Transaction" or "Everett").
On September 1, 2017, the Company completed the separation and merger of our Software business segment with Micro
Focus International plc ("Micro Focus", "the Seattle Transaction" or "Seattle" ).
Acquisitions
On September 21, 2020, the Company completed the acquisition of Silver Peak Systems Inc. ("Silver Peak"), an SD-WAN
(Software-Defined Wide Area Network) leader, for a fair value consideration of $879 million. Silver Peak's results of
operations are included within the Intelligent Edge segment.
On September 25, 2019, the Company completed the acquisition of Cray Inc. ("Cray"), a global supercomputer leader, for
a fair value consideration of $1.5 billion. Cray's results of operations are included within the High Performance Compute &
Mission-Critical Systems ("HPC & MCS") segment.
For more details on acquisitions, see Note 10, "Acquisitions".
Transformation Programs
Transformation programs are comprised of the cost optimization and prioritization plan, and the HPE Next initiative.
During the third quarter of fiscal 2020, the Company launched the cost optimization and prioritization plan which focuses
on realigning the workforce to areas of growth, including a new hybrid workforce model called Edge-to-Office, real estate
strategies and simplifying and evolving our product portfolio strategy. The implementation period of the cost optimization and
prioritization plan is through fiscal 2023. During this time the Company expects to incur transformation costs predominantly
related to labor restructuring, non-labor restructuring, IT investments and design and execution charges.
During the third quarter of fiscal 2017, the Company launched an initiative called HPE Next to put in place a purpose-
built company designed to compete and win in the markets where it participates. Through this program the Company is
simplifying the operating model, streamlining our offerings, business processes and business systems to improve our execution.
The implementation period of the HPE Next initiative is now extended through fiscal 2023. During the remaining
implementation period, the Company expects to incur transformation costs predominantly related to IT infrastructure costs for
streamlining, upgrading and simplifying back-end operations, and real estate initiatives. These costs are expected to be partially
offset by gains from real estate sales.
For more details on cost optimization and prioritization plan and HPE Next, see Note 3, "Transformation Programs".
Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation
The Consolidated Financial Statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries and
affiliates in which the Company has a controlling financial interest or is the primary beneficiary. All intercompany transactions
and accounts within the consolidated businesses of the Company have been eliminated.
76
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
The Company consolidates a Variable Interest Entity ("VIE") where it has been determined that the Company is the
primary beneficiary of the entity's operation. The primary beneficiary is the party that has both the power to direct the
activities that most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance and the obligation to absorb losses or the right to
receive benefits of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. In evaluating whether the Company is the primary
beneficiary, the Company evaluates its power to direct the most significant activities of the VIE by considering the purpose
and design of the entity and the risks the entity was designed to create and pass through to its variable interest holders. The
Company also evaluates its economic interests in the VIE.
The Company accounts for investments in companies over which it has the ability to exercise significant influence but
does not hold a controlling interest under the equity method of accounting, and the Company records its proportionate share of
income or losses in Earnings (loss) from equity interests in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings.
Non-controlling interests are presented as a separate component within Total stockholders' equity in the Consolidated
Balance Sheets. Net earnings attributable to non-controlling interests are recorded within Interest and other, net in the
Consolidated Statements of Earnings and are not presented separately, as they were not material for any periods presented.
Segment Realignment
Effective at the beginning of the first quarter of fiscal 2020, HPE implemented certain organizational changes to align its
segment financial reporting more closely with its current business structure. As a result of these organizational changes, HPE
replaced the Hybrid IT reportable segment (and the Compute, Storage and HPE Pointnext business units within it) with four
new financial reporting segments: Compute, High Performance Compute & Mission-Critical Systems ("HPC & MCS"),
Storage, and Advisory and Professional Services ("A & PS").
The Compute segment combines the general purpose server and certain workload optimized server portfolios that were
previously a part of the Hybrid IT-Compute business unit and the related operational services business that was previously a
part of the Hybrid IT-HPE Pointnext business unit. The HPC & MCS segment consists of high performance compute, mission-
critical systems, and edge compute offerings that were previously a part of the Hybrid IT-Compute business unit and the related
operational services business that was previously a part of the Hybrid IT-HPE Pointnext business unit. The Storage segment
combines the former Hybrid IT-Storage business unit, the related operational services business that was previously a part of the
Hybrid IT-HPE Pointnext business unit and the hyperconverged infrastructure products that were previously a part of the
Hybrid IT-Compute business unit. Finally, the A & PS segment consists of the consultative-led services that were previously a
part of the Hybrid IT-HPE Pointnext business unit.
In addition, the Intelligent Edge segment now includes the Data Center Networking ("DC Networking") operational
services business that was previously a part of the Hybrid IT-HPE Pointnext business unit. The DC Networking business, other
than operational services, had been transferred to the Intelligent Edge segment in a prior realignment.
The Company reflected these changes to its segment information retrospectively to the earliest period presented, which
primarily resulted in the realignment of net revenue, operating profit and total assets for each of the businesses as described
above. These changes had no impact on Hewlett Packard Enterprise's previously reported consolidated net revenue, net
earnings, net earnings per share ("EPS") or total assets. See Note 2, "Segment Information", for a further discussion of the
Company's segment.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates, judgements and assumptions that affect
the amounts reported in the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying notes. Estimates are assessed
each period and updated to reflect current information, such as the economic considerations related to the impact that the novel
coronavirus pandemic ("COVID-19") could have on our significant accounting estimates. Significant estimates that are based
on a forecast include inventory reserves, provision for taxes, valuation allowance for deferred taxes, and impairment
assessments of goodwill, intangible assets and other long lived assets. The Company believes that these estimates, judgements
and assumptions are reasonable under the circumstances, and are subject to significant uncertainties, some of which are beyond
the Company's control. Should any of these estimates change, it could adversely affect the Company's results of operations.
Additionally, as the extent and duration of the impacts from COVID-19 remain unclear, the Company's estimates, judgements
and assumptions may evolve as conditions change. Actual results could differ materially from these estimates under different
assumptions or conditions.
77
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Foreign Currency Translation
The Company predominately uses the U.S. dollar as its functional currency. Assets and liabilities denominated in non-
U.S. currencies are remeasured into U.S. dollars at current exchange rates for monetary assets and liabilities and at historical
exchange rates for non-monetary assets and liabilities. Net revenue, costs and expenses denominated in non-U.S. currencies are
recorded in U.S. dollars at the average rates of exchange prevailing during the period. The Company includes gains or losses
from foreign currency remeasurement in Interest and other, net in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings and gains and losses
from cash flow hedges in Net revenue as the hedged revenue is recognized. Certain non-U.S. subsidiaries designate the local
currency as their functional currency, and the Company records the translation of their assets and liabilities into U.S. dollars at
the balance sheet date as translation adjustments and includes them as a component of Accumulated other comprehensive loss
in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The effect of foreign currency exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents was not
material for any of the fiscal years presented.
Revenue Recognition
General
The Company accounts for a contract with a customer when both parties have provided written approval and are
committed to perform, each party's rights including payment terms are identified, the contract has commercial substance, and
collection of consideration is probable.
The Company enters into contracts with customers that may include combinations of products and services, resulting in
arrangements containing multiple performance obligations for hardware and software products and/or various services. The
Company determines whether each product or service is distinct in order to identify the performance obligations in the contract
and allocate the contract transaction price among the distinct performance obligations. Arrangements are distinct based on
whether the customer can benefit from the product or service on its own or together with other resources that are readily
available and whether the commitment to transfer the product or service to the customer is separately identifiable from other
obligations in the contract. The Company classifies its hardware, perpetual software licenses, and software-as-a-service
("SaaS") as distinct performance obligations. Term software licenses represent multiple obligations, which include software
licenses and software maintenance. In transactions where the Company delivers hardware or software, it is typically the
principal and records revenue and costs of goods sold on a gross basis.
The majority of the Company's revenue is derived from sales of product and the associated support and maintenance
which is recognized when, or as, control of promised products or services is transferred to the customer, in an amount that
reflects the consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled, in exchange for those products or services. Variable
consideration offered in contracts with customers, partners and distributors may include rebates, volume-based discounts,
cooperative marketing, price protection, and other incentive programs. Variable consideration is estimated at contract inception
and updated at the end of each reporting period as additional information becomes available and recognized only to the extent
that it is probable that a significant reversal of revenue will not occur.
Transfer of control occurs once the customer has the contractual right to use the product, generally upon shipment or once
delivery and risk of loss has transferred to the customer. Transfer of control can also occur over time for maintenance and
services as the customer receives the benefit over the contract term. The Company's hardware and perpetual software licenses
are distinct performance obligations where revenue is recognized upfront upon transfer of control. Term software licenses
include multiple performance obligations where the term licenses are recognized upfront upon transfer of control, with the
associated software maintenance revenue recognized ratably over the contract term as services and software updates are
provided. SaaS arrangements have one distinct performance obligation which is satisfied over time with revenue recognized
ratably over the contract term as the customer consumes the services. On its product sales, the Company records consideration
from shipping and handling on a gross basis within net product sales. Revenue is recorded net of any associated sales taxes.
Significant Judgments
The Company allocates the transaction price for the contract among the performance obligations on a relative standalone
selling price basis. The standalone selling price ("SSP") is the price at which an entity would sell a promised product or service
separately to a customer. The Company establishes SSP for most of its products and services based on the observable price of
the products or services when sold separately in similar circumstances to similar customers. When the SSP is not directly
observable, the Company estimates SSP based on management judgment by considering available data such as internal margin
objectives, pricing strategies, market/competitive conditions, historical profitability data, as well as other observable inputs. The
Company establishes SSP ranges for its products and services and reassesses them periodically.
78
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Judgment is applied in determining the transaction price as the Company may be required to estimate variable
consideration when determining the amount of revenue to recognize. Variable consideration may include various rebates,
volume-based discounts, cooperative marketing, price protection, and other incentive programs that are offered to customers,
partners and distributors. When determining the amount of revenue to recognize, the Company estimates the expected usage of
these programs, applying the expected value or most likely estimate and updates the estimate at each reporting period as actual
utilization becomes available. The Company also considers the customers' right of return in determining the transaction price,
where applicable.
Contract Balances
Accounts receivable and contract assets
A receivable is a right to consideration in exchange for products or services the Company has transferred to a customer
that is unconditional. A contract asset is a right to consideration in exchange for products or services transferred to a customer
that is conditional on something other than the passage of time. A receivable is recorded when the right to consideration
becomes unconditional.
The Company's contract assets include unbilled receivables which are recorded when the Company recognizes revenue in
advance of billings. Unbilled receivables generally relate to services contracts where a service has been performed and control
has transferred, but invoicing to the customer is subject to future milestone billings or other contractual payment schedules. The
Company classifies unbilled receivables as Accounts receivable.
Contract liabilities
A contract liability is an obligation to transfer products or services to a customer for which the Company has received
consideration, or the amount is due, from the customer. The Company's contract liabilities primarily consist of deferred
revenue. Deferred revenue is recorded when amounts invoiced to customers are in excess of revenue that can be recognized
because performance obligations have not been satisfied and control of the promised products or services has not transferred to
the customer. Deferred revenue largely represents amounts invoiced in advance for product (hardware/software) support
contracts, consulting projects and product sales where revenue cannot be recognized yet.
Costs to obtain a contract with a customer
The Company capitalizes the incremental costs of obtaining a contract with a customer, primarily sales commissions, if
the Company expects to recover those costs. The Company has elected, as a practical expedient, to expense the costs of
obtaining a contract as incurred for contracts with terms of one year or less. The typical amortization periods used range from
three to six years. The Company periodically reviews the capitalized sales commission costs for possible impairment losses. As
of October 31, 2020, the current and non-current portions of the capitalized costs to obtain a contract were $54 million and
$76 million, respectively. As of October 31, 2019, the current and non-current portions of the capitalized costs to obtain a
contract were which were $49 million and $74 million, respectively. The current and non-current portions of the capitalized
costs to obtain a contract were included in Other current assets and Long-term financing receivables and other assets,
respectively, in the Consolidated Balance Sheet. For fiscal 2020 and 2019, the Company amortized $58 million and $48
million, respectively, of the capitalized costs to obtain a contract which are included in Selling, general and administrative
expense.
Shipping and Handling
The Company includes costs related to shipping and handling in Cost of products.
Stock-Based Compensation
Stock-based compensation expense is based on the measurement date fair value of the award and is recognized only for
those awards expected to meet the service and performance vesting conditions. Stock-based compensation expense for stock
options and restricted stock units with only a service condition is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service
period of the award. For stock options and restricted stock units with both a service condition and a performance or market
condition, the expense is recognized on a graded vesting basis over the requisite service period of the award. Stock-based
compensation expense is determined at the aggregate grant level for service-based awards and at the individual vesting tranche
level for awards with performance and/or market conditions. The forfeiture rate is estimated based on historical experience.
79
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Retirement and Post-Retirement Plans
The Company has various defined benefit, other contributory and noncontributory, retirement and post-retirement plans.
The Company generally amortizes unrecognized actuarial gains and losses on a straight-line basis over the average remaining
estimated service life or, in the case of closed plans, life expectancy of participants. In limited cases, actuarial gains and losses
are amortized using the corridor approach. See Note 4, "Retirement and Post-Retirement Benefit Plans" for a full description of
these plans and the accounting and funding policies.
Advertising
Costs to produce advertising are expensed as incurred during production. Costs to communicate advertising are expensed
when the advertising is first run. Advertising expense totaled approximately $143 million in fiscal 2020, $188 million in fiscal
2019, and $193 million in fiscal 2018.
Restructuring
The Company's transformation programs include charges to approved restructuring plans. Restructuring charges can
include severance costs to eliminate a specified number of employees, infrastructure charges to vacate facilities and consolidate
operations, and contract cancellation costs. The Company records restructuring charges based on estimated employee
terminations and site closure and consolidation plans. The Company accrues for severance and other employee separation costs
under these actions when it is probable that benefits will be paid and the amount is reasonably estimable. The rates used in
determining severance accruals are based on existing plans, historical experiences and negotiated settlements.
Taxes on Earnings
The Company recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected tax consequences of temporary differences
between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts using enacted tax rates in effect for the year the
differences are expected to reverse.
The Company records a valuation allowance to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be
realized. In determining the need for a valuation allowance, the Company considers future market growth, forecasted earnings,
future sources of taxable income, the mix of earnings in the jurisdictions in which the Company operates, and prudent and
feasible tax planning strategies. In the event the Company were to determine that it is more likely than not that the Company
will be unable to realize all or part of its deferred tax assets in the future, the Company would increase the valuation allowance
and recognize a corresponding charge to earnings in the period in which such a determination was made. Likewise, if the
Company later determines that the deferred tax assets are more likely than not to be realized, the Company would reverse the
applicable portion of the previously recognized valuation allowance. In order for the Company to realize deferred tax assets, the
Company must be able to generate sufficient taxable income in the jurisdictions in which the deferred tax assets are located.
The Company records accruals for uncertain tax positions when the Company believes that it is not more likely than not
that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities based on the technical merits of the position. The
Company makes adjustments to these accruals when facts and circumstances change, such as the closing of a tax audit or the
refinement of an estimate. The provision for income taxes includes the effects of adjustments for uncertain tax positions, effects
of settlement of certain pre-Separation Hewlett-Packard Company income tax liabilities, as well as any related interest and
penalties.
The Company is subject to the Global Intangible Low Taxed Income ("GILTI") tax in the U.S. The Company elected to
treat taxes on future GILTI inclusions in U.S. taxable income as a current period expense when incurred.
80
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
Accounts Receivable
The Company establishes an allowance for doubtful accounts for accounts receivable. The Company may record a
specific reserve for individual accounts when the Company becomes aware of specific customer circumstances, such as in the
case of a bankruptcy filing or deterioration in the customer's operating results or financial position. If there are additional
changes in circumstances related to the specific customer, the Company further adjusts estimates of the recoverability of
receivables. The Company maintains bad debt reserves for all other customers based on a variety of factors, including the use of
third-party credit risk models that generate quantitative measures of default probabilities based on market factors, the financial
condition of customers, the length of time receivables are past due, trends in the weighted-average risk rating for the portfolio,
macroeconomic conditions, information derived from competitive benchmarking, significant one-time events, and historical
experience. The past due or delinquency status of a receivable is based on the contractual payment terms of the receivable.
Financing Receivable
The allowance for doubtful accounts for financing receivables is comprised of a general reserve and a specific reserve.
The Company maintains general reserve percentages on a regional basis and bases such percentages on several factors,
including consideration of historical credit losses and portfolio delinquencies, trends in the overall weighted-average risk rating
of the portfolio, current economic conditions and information derived from competitive benchmarking. The Company excludes
accounts evaluated as part of the specific reserve from the general reserve analysis. The Company establishes a specific reserve
for financing receivables with identified exposures, such as customer defaults, bankruptcy or other events, that make it unlikely
the Company will recover its investment. For individually evaluated receivables, the Company determines the expected cash
flow for the receivable, which includes consideration of estimated proceeds from disposition of the collateral, and calculates an
estimate of the potential loss and the probability of loss. For those accounts where a loss is considered probable, the Company
records a specific reserve. The Company generally writes off a receivable or records a specific reserve when a receivable
becomes 180 days past due, or sooner if the Company determines that the receivable is not collectible.
Non-Accrual and Past-Due Financing Receivables
The Company considers a financing receivable to be past due when the minimum payment is not received by the
contractually specified due date. The Company generally places financing receivables on non-accrual status, which is the
suspension of interest accrual, and considers such receivables to be non-performing at the earlier of the time at which full
payment of principal and interest becomes doubtful or the receivable becomes 90 days past due. Subsequently, the Company
may recognize revenue on non-accrual financing receivables as payments are received, which is on a cash basis, if the Company
deems the recorded financing receivable to be fully collectible; however, if there is doubt regarding the ultimate collectability of
the recorded financing receivable, all cash receipts are applied to the carrying amount of the financing receivable, which is the
cost recovery method. In certain circumstances, such as when the Company deems a delinquency to be of an administrative
nature, financing receivables may accrue interest after becoming 90 days past due. The non-accrual status of a financing
receivable may not impact a customer's risk rating. After all of a customer's delinquent principal and interest balances are
settled, the Company may return the related financing receivable to accrual status.
Concentrations of Risk
Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk consist principally
of cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, investments, receivables from trade customers and contract manufacturers,
financing receivables and derivatives.
The Company maintains cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, investments, derivatives, and certain other financial
instruments with various financial institutions. These financial institutions are located in many different geographic regions, and
the Company's policy is designed to limit exposure from any particular institution. As part of its risk management processes, the
Company performs periodic evaluations of the relative credit standing of these financial institutions. The Company has not
sustained material credit losses from instruments held at these financial institutions. The Company utilizes derivative contracts
to protect against the effects of foreign currency and interest rate exposures. Such contracts involve the risk of non-performance
by the counterparty, which could result in a material loss. For more details on the collateral program, see Note 13, "Financial
Instruments".
Credit risk with respect to accounts receivable from trade customers and financing receivables is generally diversified due
to the large number of entities comprising the Company's customer base and their dispersion across many different industries
81
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
and geographic regions. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of the financial condition of its customers and may
require collateral, such as letters of credit and bank guarantees, in certain circumstances. As of October 31, 2020 and 2019 no
single customer accounted for more than 10% of the Company's receivable from trade customers and financing receivables.
The Company utilizes outsourced manufacturers around the world to manufacture company-designed products. The
Company may purchase product components from suppliers and sell those components to its outsourced manufacturers thereby
creating receivable balances from the outsourced manufacturers. The three largest outsourced manufacturer receivable balances
collectively represented 89% and 92% of the Company's manufacturer receivables of $687 million and $635 million at October
31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The Company includes the manufacturer receivables in Other current assets in the
Consolidated Balance Sheets on a gross basis. The Company's credit risk associated with these receivables is mitigated wholly
or in part by the amount the Company owes to these outsourced manufacturers, as the Company generally has the legal right to
offset its payables to the outsourced manufacturers against these receivables. The Company does not reflect the sale of these
components in revenue and does not recognize any profit on these component sales until the manufactured products are sold by
the Company, at which time any profit is recognized as a reduction to cost of sales. The Company obtains certain components
from single source suppliers due to technology, availability, price, quality or other considerations. The loss of a single source
supplier, the deterioration of the Company's relationship with a single source supplier, or any unilateral modification to the
contractual terms under which the Company is supplied components by a single source supplier could adversely affect the
Company's revenue and gross margins.
Inventory
The Company values inventory at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost is computed using standard cost which
approximates actual cost on a first-in, first-out basis. At each reporting period, the Company assesses the value of its inventory
and writes down the cost of inventory to its net realizable value, if required, for estimated excess or obsolescence determined
primarily by future demand forecasts and market conditions. The write down for excess or obsolescence is charged to the
provision of inventory, which is a component of Cost of Products and Cost of Services in the Consolidated Statement of
Earnings. At the point of the loss recognition, a new, lower cost basis for that inventory is established, and subsequent changes
in facts and circumstances do not result in the restoration or increase in that newly established cost basis.
Property, Plant and Equipment
The Company states property, plant and equipment at cost less accumulated depreciation. The Company capitalizes
additions and improvements and expenses maintenance and repairs as incurred. Depreciation expense is recognized on a
straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Estimated useful lives are five to 40 years for buildings and
improvements and three to 15 years for machinery and equipment. The Company depreciates leasehold improvements over the
life of the lease or the asset, whichever is shorter. The Company depreciates equipment held for lease over the initial term of the
lease to the equipment's estimated residual value. The estimated useful lives of assets used solely to support a customer services
contract generally do not exceed the term of the customer contract. On retirement or disposition, the asset cost and related
accumulated depreciation are removed from the Consolidated Balance Sheets with any gain or loss recognized in the
Consolidated Statements of Earnings.
The Company capitalizes certain internal and external costs incurred to acquire or create internal use software, principally
related to software coding, designing system interfaces and installation and testing of the software. The Company amortizes
capitalized internal use software costs using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the software, generally
from three to five years.
Leases
Lessee Accounting
As a result of adopting the new leasing standard ("ASC 842"), the Company now recognizes a lease liability and a right-
of-use ("ROU") asset for the lease term in a lease contract.
The Company enters into various leases as a lessee for assets including office buildings, data centers, vehicles, and
aviation. The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease at inception. An arrangement contains a lease when the
arrangement conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset over the lease term. Upon lease commencement, the
Company records a lease liability for the obligation to make lease payments and ROU asset for the right to use the underlying
asset for the lease term in the Consolidated Balance Sheet. The lease liability is measured at commencement date based on the
present value of lease payments not yet paid over the lease term and the Company's incremental borrowing rate. As most of the
Company's leases do not provide an implicit rate, the Company uses an incremental borrowing rate which approximates the rate
82
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
at which the Company would borrow, on a secured basis, in the country where the lease was executed. The ROU asset is based
on the lease liability, adjusted for lease prepayments, lease incentives received, and the lessee's initial direct costs. Fixed
payments are included in the recognition of ROU assets and liabilities, while non-lease components, such as maintenance or
utility charges are expensed as incurred. The Company has agreements with lease and non-lease components that are accounted
for separately and not included in its leased assets and corresponding liabilities for the majority of the Company's lease
agreements. The Company allocates consideration to the lease and non-lease components using their relative standalone values.
For finance leases, the ROU asset is amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the useful life of the asset or the
lease term. Interest expense on the lease liability is recorded separately using the interest method. For operating leases, lease
expense is generally recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term.
Lessor Accounting
The Company's lease offerings are non-cancelable and the payment schedule primarily consists of fixed payments.
Variable payments that are based on an index are included in lease receivables. The Company allocates consideration amongst
lease components and non-lease components on a relative standalone selling price basis, when lease arrangements include
multiple performance obligations. At the end of the lease term, the Company allows the client to either return the equipment,
purchase the equipment or renew the lease based on mutually agreed upon terms.
The Company retains a residual position in equipment through lease and finance agreements which is equivalent to an
estimated market value. The residual amount is established prior to lease inception, based upon estimated equipment values at
end of lease using product road map trends, historical analysis, future projections and remarketing experience. The Company's
residual amounts are evaluated at least annually to assess the appropriateness of our carrying values. Any anticipated declines
in specific future residual values that are considered to be other-than-temporary would be recorded in current earnings. The
Company is able to optimize the recovery of residual values by selling equipment in place, extending lease arrangements on a
fixed term basis, entering into a monthly usage rental term beyond the initial lease term, and selling lease returned equipment in
the secondary market. The contractual lease agreement also identifies return conditions that ensures the leased equipment will
be in good operating condition upon return minus any normal wear and tear. During the residual review process, product
changes, product updates, as well as market conditions are reviewed and adjustments if other than temporary are made to
residual values in accordance with the impact of any such changes. The remarketing sales organization closely manages the sale
of equipment lease returns to optimize the recovery of outstanding residual by product.
Business Combinations
The Company includes the results of operations of acquired businesses in the Company's consolidated results
prospectively from the date of acquisition. The Company allocates the fair value of purchase consideration to the assets
acquired including in-process research and development ("IPR&D"), liabilities assumed, and non-controlling interests in the
acquired entity based on their fair values at the acquisition date. IPR&D is initially capitalized at fair value as an intangible
asset with an indefinite life and assessed for impairment thereafter. The excess of the fair value of purchase consideration over
the fair value of the assets acquired, liabilities assumed and non-controlling interests in the acquired entity is recorded as
goodwill. The primary items that generate goodwill include the value of the synergies between the acquired company and the
Company and the value of the acquired assembled workforce, neither of which qualifies for recognition as an intangible asset.
Acquisition-related expenses and post-acquisition restructuring costs are recognized separately from the business combination
and are expensed as incurred.
Goodwill
The Company reviews goodwill for impairment annually and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the
carrying amount of goodwill may not be recoverable. The Company performs a quantitative test for all of its reporting units as
part of its annual goodwill impairment test in the fourth quarter of each fiscal year.
The Company estimates the fair value of its reporting units using a weighting of fair values derived most significantly
from the income approach, and to a lesser extent, the market approach. Under the income approach, the Company estimates the
fair value of a reporting unit based on the present value of estimated future cash flows covering discrete forecast periods as well
as terminal value determinations. The Company prepares cash flow projections based on management's estimates of revenue
growth rates and operating margins, taking into consideration industry and market conditions. The Company bases the discount
rate on the weighted-average cost of capital adjusted for the relevant risk associated with business-specific characteristics and
the uncertainty related to the reporting unit's ability to execute on the projected cash flows. Under the market approach, the
Company estimates fair value based on market multiples of revenue and earnings derived from comparable publicly traded
83
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
companies with similar operating and investment characteristics as the reporting unit. The Company weights the fair value
derived from the market approach commensurate with the level of comparability of these publicly traded companies to the
reporting unit. When market comparables are not meaningful or not available, the Company estimates the fair value of a
reporting unit using only the income approach.
If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds the carrying amount of the net assets assigned to that reporting unit, goodwill
is not impaired and no further testing is required. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, goodwill
is impaired. The goodwill impairment loss is measured as the excess of the reporting unit's carrying value over its fair value
(not to exceed the total goodwill allocated to that reporting unit).
Intangible Assets and Long-Lived Assets
The Company reviews intangible assets with finite lives and long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes
in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. The Company assesses the recoverability of
assets based on the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the
asset. If the undiscounted future cash flows are less than the carrying amount, the asset is impaired. The Company measures the
amount of impairment loss, if any, as the difference between the carrying amount of the asset and its fair value using an income
approach or, when available and appropriate, using a market approach. The Company amortizes intangible assets with finite
lives using the straight-line method over the estimated economic lives of the assets, ranging from one to ten years.
Assets Held for Sale
The Company classifies its long-lived assets to be sold as held for sale in the period (i) it has approved and committed to a
plan to sell the asset, (ii) the asset is available for immediate sale in its present condition, (iii) an active program to locate a
buyer and other actions required to sell the asset have been initiated, (iv) the sale of the asset is probable, (v) the asset is being
actively marketed for sale at a price that is reasonable in relation to its current fair value, and (vi) it is unlikely that significant
changes to the plan will be made or that the plan will be withdrawn. The Company initially measures a long-lived asset that is
classified as held for sale at the lower of its carrying value or fair value less any costs to sell. Any loss resulting from this
measurement is recognized in the period in which the held for sale criteria are met. Conversely, gains are not recognized on the
sale of a long-lived asset until the date of sale. Upon designation as an asset held for sale, the Company stops recording
depreciation expense on the asset. The Company assesses the fair value of a long-lived asset less any costs to sell at each
reporting period and until the asset is no longer classified as held for sale.
Equity Method Investments
Investments and ownership interests are accounted for under equity method accounting if the Company has the ability to
exercise significant influence, but does not have a controlling financial interest. The Company records its interest in the net
earnings of its equity method investees, along with adjustments for unrealized profits or losses on intra-entity transactions and
amortization of basis differences, within earnings or loss from equity interests in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings.
Profits or losses related to intra-entity sales with its equity method investees are eliminated until realized by the investor or
investee. Basis differences represent differences between the cost of the investment and the underlying equity in net assets of
the investment and are generally amortized over the lives of the related assets that gave rise to them. Equity method goodwill is
not amortized or tested for impairment; instead the equity method investment is tested for impairment. The Company records its
interest in the net earnings of its equity method investments based on the most recently available financial statements of the
investees.
The carrying amount of the investment in equity interests is adjusted to reflect the Company's interest in net earnings,
dividends received and other-than-temporary impairments. The Company reviews for impairment whenever factors indicate
that the carrying amount of the investment might not be recoverable. In such a case, the decrease in value is recognized in the
period the impairment occurs in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings.
Equity Securities Investments
Equity securities investments with readily determinable fair values (other than those accounted for under the equity
method or those that result in consolidation of the investee) are measured at fair value and any changes in fair value are
recognized in Interest and other, net in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings. For equity investments without readily
determinable fair values, the Company has elected to apply the measurement alternative, under which investments are measured
at cost, less impairment, and adjusted for qualifying observable price changes on a prospective basis. The Company reviews for
impairment at each reporting period, assessing factors such as deterioration of earnings, adverse change in market/industry
84
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
conditions, the ability to operate as a going concern, and other factors which indicate that the carrying amount of the investment
might not be recoverable. In such a case, the decrease in value is recognized in the period the impairment occurs in the
Consolidated Statement of Earnings.
Debt Securities Investments
Debt securities are generally considered available-for-sale and are reported at fair value with unrealized gains and losses,
net of applicable taxes, recorded in Accumulated other comprehensive loss in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Realized gains
and losses for available-for-sale securities are calculated based on the specific identification method and included in Interest and
other, net in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings. The Company monitors its investment portfolio for potential impairment
on a quarterly basis. When the carrying amount of an investment in debt securities exceeds its fair value and the decline in value
is determined to be other-than-temporary, the Company records an impairment charge to Interest and other, net in the amount of
the credit loss and the balance, if any, is recorded in Accumulated other comprehensive loss in the Consolidated Balance
Sheets.
Derivatives
The Company uses derivative financial instruments, primarily forwards, swaps, and, at times, options, to hedge certain
foreign currency and interest rate exposures. The Company does not use derivative financial instruments for speculative
purposes. See Note 13, "Financial Instruments", for a full description of the Company's derivative financial instrument activities
and related accounting policies.
Loss Contingencies
The Company is involved in various lawsuits, claims, investigations, and proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of
business. The Company records a liability for contingencies when it believes it is both probable that a liability has been incurred
and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. See Note 17, "Litigation and Contingencies", for a full description of
the Company's loss contingencies.
Warranties
The Company accrues the estimated cost of product warranties at the time of recognizing revenue. The Company
evaluates its warranty obligations on a product group basis. The Company's standard product warranty terms generally include
post-sales support and repairs or replacement of a product at no additional charge for a specified period of time. The Company
engages in extensive product quality programs and processes, including actively monitoring and evaluating the quality of its
component suppliers. The estimated warranty obligation is based on contractual warranty terms, repair costs, product call rates,
average cost per call, current period product shipments and ongoing product failure rates, as well as specific product class
failure outside of the Company's baseline experience. Warranty terms generally range from one to five years for parts and labor,
depending upon the product. For certain networking products, the Company offers a lifetime warranty. Over the last three fiscal
years, the annual warranty expense has averaged approximately 1.5% of annual net product revenue. Refer to Note 17,
"Guarantees, Indemnifications and Warranties" for additional information.
Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements
In March 2020, the FASB issued guidance to provide temporary optional expedients and exceptions through December
31, 2022 to the U.S. GAAP guidance on contract modifications and hedge accounting to ease the financial reporting burdens
of the expected market transition from the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) and other interbank offered rates to
alternative reference rates, such as the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR). This guidance was effective upon issuance.
As a result the Company adopted the guidance in the second quarter of fiscal 2020 and there was no financial impact on the
Consolidated Financial Statements upon adoption.
In February 2018, the FASB issued guidance that allows companies to reclassify stranded tax effects resulting from U.S.
tax reform from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) to retained earnings. The guidance also allows the
reclassification of these stranded tax effects to be recorded upon adoption of the guidance rather than at the actual cessation
date. The Company adopted the guidance in the first quarter of fiscal 2020 and elected not to reclassify prior periods. As a
result, $43 million of tax benefit was reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss into accumulated deficit,
primarily comprised of amounts related to currency translation adjustments and net unrealized gains (losses) on cash flow
hedges.
85
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
In August 2017, the FASB amended the existing accounting standards for hedge accounting. The amendments expand an
entity's ability to hedge non-financial and financial risk components and reduce complexity in fair value hedges of interest rate
risk. The new guidance eliminates the requirement to separately measure and report hedge ineffectiveness and requires the
entire change in the fair value of a hedging instrument to be presented in the same income statement line as the hedged item.
The guidance also simplifies certain documentation and assessment requirements and modifies the accounting for components
excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness. In April 2019, the FASB issued certain clarifications to address partial
term fair value hedges, fair value hedge basis adjustments and certain transition requirements. The Company adopted the
guidance effective November 1, 2019 and there was no financial impact on the Consolidated Financial Statements upon
adoption.
In February 2016, with amendments in 2018 and 2019, the FASB issued guidance which changes the accounting
standards for leases. The Company adopted the guidance in the first quarter of fiscal 2020, beginning November 1, 2019, using
the modified retrospective transition method whereby prior comparative periods will not be restated in the Consolidated
Financial Statements. Accordingly, results and related disclosures for the reporting periods beginning after November 1, 2019
are presented under the new lease standard, while comparative prior period results and related disclosures are not adjusted and
continue to be reported in accordance with the historic accounting standards. The primary objective of this update is to increase
transparency and comparability among organizations by requiring lessees to recognize a lease liability and an ROU asset for the
lease term. The Company elected the package of practical expedients which did not require the reassessment of prior
conclusions related to contracts containing leases, lease classification and initial direct costs ("IDC"). As a lessee, the adoption
of the new lease standard on November 1, 2019 resulted in the recognition of $1.0 billion of right-of-use assets and $1.1
billion of lease liabilities on the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheet. As a lessor, no transition adjustments were recorded
from the adoption of ASC 842.
The adoption of the accounting standard for leases had no impact on the Company's Consolidated Statements of Earnings
and Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows or debt-covenant compliance under its current agreements. Refer to Note 8
"Accounting for Leases as a Lessee" for accounting policy and additional information.
Recently Enacted Accounting Pronouncements
In January 2020, the FASB issued guidance to clarify certain interactions between the guidance to account for equity
securities, the guidance to account for investments under the equity method of accounting, and the guidance to account for
derivatives and hedging. The new guidance clarifies the application of measurement alternatives and the accounting for certain
forward contracts and purchased options to acquire investments. The Company is required to adopt the guidance in the first
quarter of fiscal 2022, though early adoption is permitted. The Company does not expect the guidance to have a material impact
on its Consolidated Financial Statements.
In December 2019, the FASB amended the existing accounting standards for income taxes. The amendments clarify and
simplify the accounting for income taxes by eliminating certain exceptions to the general principles. The Company plans to
adopt the guidance in the first quarter of fiscal 2021. The Company does not expect the guidance to have a material impact on
its Consolidated Financial Statements.
In August 2018, the FASB issued guidance on a customer's accounting for implementation costs incurred in cloud-
computing arrangements that are hosted by a vendor. Certain types of implementation costs should be capitalized and amortized
over the term of the hosting arrangement. The Company is required to adopt the guidance in the first quarter of fiscal 2021,
though early adoption is permitted. The Company does not expect the guidance to have a material impact on its Consolidated
Financial Statements.
In August 2018, the FASB issued guidance which changes the disclosure requirements for fair value measurements and
defined benefit pension plans. The Company is required to adopt the guidance in the first quarter of fiscal 2021. The Company
does not expect the guidance to have an impact on its Consolidated Financial Statements, however expects to have additional
disclosures relating to retirement and post-retirement benefit plans.
In June 2016, the FASB amended the existing accounting standards for the measurement of credit losses. The
amendments require an entity to estimate its lifetime expected credit loss for most financial instruments, including trade and
financing receivables, and record an allowance for the portion of the amortized cost the entity does not expect to collect. The
estimate of expected credit losses should consider historical information, current information, and reasonable and supportable
forecasts, including estimates of prepayments. In April 2019, the FASB further clarified the scope of the credit losses standard
and addressed issues related to accrued interest receivable balances, recoveries, variable interest rates and prepayments. In May
2019, the FASB issued further guidance to provide entities with an option to irrevocably elect the fair value option applied on
86
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
an instrument-by-instrument basis for eligible financial instruments. In November 2019, the FASB issued several amendments
to the new credit losses standard, including an amendment requiring entities to include certain expected recoveries of the
amortized cost basis in the allowance for credit losses for purchased credit deteriorated assets. In March 2020, the FASB issued
clarifications relating to the measurement of credit losses. The Company will adopt this standard, beginning November 1, 2020,
on a modified retrospective basis. The adoption of this standard will not have a material impact on the consolidated financial
statements.
Note 2: Segment Information
Hewlett Packard Enterprise's operations are now organized into seven segments for financial reporting purposes:
Compute, HPC & MCS, Storage, A & PS, Intelligent Edge, Financial Services ("FS"), and Corporate Investments. Hewlett
Packard Enterprise's organizational structure is based on a number of factors that the Chief Operating Decision Maker
("CODM"), who is the Chief Executive Officer ("CEO"), uses to evaluate, view and run the Company's business operations,
which include, but are not limited to, customer base and homogeneity of products and technology. The seven segments are
based on this organizational structure and information reviewed by Hewlett Packard Enterprise's management to evaluate
segment results. A summary of types of products and services of each segment follows.
Compute portfolio offers both general purpose servers for multi-workload computing and workload optimized servers to
offer the best performance and value for demanding applications. This portfolio of products includes the HPE Proliant rack and
tower servers; HPE BladeSystem, and HPE Synergy. Compute offerings also include operational and support services.
High Performance Compute & Mission-Critical Systems portfolio offers specialized compute servers designed to
support specific use cases. The HPC portfolio of products includes the HPE Apollo and Cray products that are sold as
supercomputing systems, including exascale supercomputers. The MCS portfolio includes the HPE Superdome Flex, HPE
Nonstop and HPE Integrity product lines. The HPC & MCS segment also includes the Edge Compute business which consists
of the HPE Moonshot and HPE Edgeline products. HPC & MCS offerings also include operational and support services.
Storage portfolio offers workload optimized storage product and service offerings which include an intelligent
hyperconverged infrastructure ("HCI") with HPE Nimble Storage dHCI and HPE SimpliVity. The portfolio also includes HPE
Primera, HPE Nimble Storage and HPE 3PAR Storage for mission-critical and general purpose workloads, HPE Recovery
Manager Central, HPE StoreOnce, HPE Cloud Volumes Backup and Big Data solutions with BlueData and MapR technology.
Storage also provides solutions for secondary workloads and traditional tape, storage networking and disk products, such as
HPE Modular Storage Arrays ("MSA") and HPE XP. Storage offerings also include services and support services.
Advisory and Professional Services provides consultative-led services, HPE and partner technology expertise and advice,
implementation services as well as complex solution engagement capabilities. A & PS is also a provider of on-premises flexible
consumption models that enable IT agility, simplify operations, and align cost to value.
Intelligent Edge portfolio offers wired and wireless local area network "(LAN"), campus and data center switching,
software-defined wide-area-networking, security, and associated services to enable secure connectivity for businesses of any
size. The HPE Aruba product portfolio includes products such as Wi-Fi access points, switches, routers, and sensors. The HPE
Aruba software and services portfolio includes software products for cloud-based management, network management, network
access control, analytics and assurance, location services software and professional and support services, as well as as-a Service
("aaS") and consumption models for the Intelligent Edge portfolio of products.
Financial Services provides flexible investment solutions, such as leasing, financing, IT consumption, and utility
programs and asset management services, for customers that facilitate unique technology deployment models and the
acquisition of complete IT solutions, including hardware, software and services from Hewlett Packard Enterprise and others.
Corporate Investments includes Hewlett Packard Labs which is responsible for research and development, and the
Communications and Media Solutions ("CMS") business and also hosts certain business incubation projects.
Segment Policy
Hewlett Packard Enterprise derives the results of its business segments directly from its internal management reporting
system. The accounting policies that Hewlett Packard Enterprise uses to derive segment results are substantially the same as
those the consolidated company uses. The CODM measures the performance of each segment based on several metrics,
including earnings from operations. The CODM uses these results, in part, to evaluate the performance of, and to allocate
resources to each of the segments.
87
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Segment revenue includes revenues from sales to external customers and intersegment revenues that reflect transactions
between the segments on an arm's-length basis. Intersegment revenues primarily consist of sales of hardware and software that
are sourced internally and, in the majority of the cases, are financed as operating leases by FS to our customers. Hewlett
Packard Enterprise's consolidated net revenue is derived and reported after the elimination of intersegment revenues from such
arrangements.
Financing interest in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings reflects interest expense on borrowing and funding-related
activity associated with FS and its subsidiaries, and debt issued by Hewlett Packard Enterprise for which a portion of the
proceeds benefited FS.
Hewlett Packard Enterprise does not allocate to its segments certain operating expenses, which it manages at the
corporate level. These unallocated costs include certain corporate costs and eliminations, stock-based compensation expense
related to corporate and certain global functions, amortization of initial direct costs, amortization of intangible assets,
impairment of goodwill, transformation costs, disaster charges (recovery), acquisition, disposition and other related charges.
Segment Operating Results
2020
Net revenue
Compute
HPC &
MCS
Storage
A & PS
Intelligent
Edge
Financial
Services
Corporate
Investments
Total
In millions
$ 11,821 $ 2,965 $ 4,583 $
946 $ 2,837 $ 3,340 $
490 $ 26,982
Intersegment net revenue
394
71
98
5
18
12
—
598
Total segment net revenue
Segment earnings (loss)
from operations
2019
Net revenue
$ 12,215 $ 3,036 $ 4,681 $
951 $ 2,855 $ 3,352 $
490 $ 27,580
$
893 $
237 $
719 $
(5) $
281 $
278 $
(100) $ 2,303
$ 13,250 $ 2,786 $ 5,114 $ 1,004 $ 2,904 $ 3,570 $
507 $ 29,135
Intersegment net revenue
392
124
71
8
9
11
—
615
Total segment net revenue
Segment earnings (loss)
from operations
2018
Net revenue
$ 13,642 $ 2,910 $ 5,185 $ 1,012 $ 2,913 $ 3,581 $
507 $ 29,750
$ 1,550 $
320 $
924 $
(54) $
159 $
305 $
(108) $ 3,096
$ 14,616 $ 2,875 $ 5,054 $ 1,111 $ 2,997 $ 3,656 $
543 $ 30,852
Intersegment net revenue
526
112
104
7
16
15
$ 15,142 $ 2,987 $ 5,158 $ 1,118 $ 3,013 $ 3,671 $
—
780
543 $ 31,632
Total segment net revenue
Segment earnings (loss)
from operations
$ 1,306 $
384 $
830 $
(79) $
339 $
286 $
(91) $ 2,975
88
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
The reconciliation of segment operating results to Hewlett Packard Enterprise consolidated results was as follows:
$
$
$
Net revenue:
Total segments
Elimination of intersegment net revenue
Total Hewlett Packard Enterprise consolidated net revenue
Earnings before taxes:
Total segment earnings from operations
Unallocated corporate costs and eliminations
Unallocated stock-based compensation expense
Amortization of initial direct costs
Amortization of intangible assets
Impairment of goodwill
Restructuring charges
Transformation costs
Disaster (charge) recovery
Acquisition, disposition and other related charges
Separation costs
Interest and other, net
Tax indemnification adjustments
Non-service net periodic benefit credit
Earnings from equity interests
For the fiscal years ended October 31,
2020
2019
2018
In millions
27,580 $
29,750 $
31,632
(598)
(615)
(780)
26,982 $
29,135 $
30,852
2,303 $
3,096 $
(238)
(57)
(10)
(379)
(865)
—
(950)
(26)
(107)
—
(215)
(101)
136
67
(286)
(59)
—
(267)
—
—
(453)
7
(764)
—
(177)
377
59
20
2,975
(259)
(73)
—
(294)
(88)
(19)
(414)
—
(82)
(9)
(274)
(1,354)
121
38
268
Total Hewlett Packard Enterprise consolidated earnings (loss) from
continuing operations before taxes
$
(442) $
1,553 $
89
Table of Contents
Segment Assets
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Hewlett Packard Enterprise allocates assets to its business segments based on the segments primarily benefiting from the
assets. Total assets by segment and the reconciliation of segment assets to Hewlett Packard Enterprise consolidated assets were
as follows:
As of October 31,
2020
2019
In millions
$
14,858 $
14,066
6,192
6,796
477
4,343
14,765
467
6,117
6,819
7,214
440
3,318
14,700
461
4,785
51,803
Compute
HPC & MCS
Storage
A&PS
Intelligent Edge
Financial Services
Corporate Investments
Corporate and unallocated assets
Total Hewlett Packard Enterprise consolidated assets
$
54,015 $
Major Customers
No single customer represented 10% or more of Hewlett Packard Enterprise's total net revenue in any fiscal year
presented.
Geographic Information
Net revenue by country is based upon the sales location that predominately represents the customer location. For each of
the fiscal years of 2020, 2019 and 2018, other than the U.S., no country represented more than 10% of Hewlett Packard
Enterprise's net revenue.
Net revenue by country in which Hewlett Packard Enterprise operates was as follows:
For the fiscal years ended October 31,
2020
2019
In millions
2018
Americas
U.S.
Americas excluding U.S.
Total Americas
Europe, Middle East and Africa
Asia Pacific and Japan
$
9,162 $
9,582 $
1,700
10,862
9,745
6,375
1,922
11,504
10,828
6,803
Total Hewlett Packard Enterprise consolidated net revenue
$
26,982 $
29,135 $
Net property, plant and equipment by country in which Hewlett Packard Enterprise operates was as follows:
10,192
2,135
12,327
11,295
7,230
30,852
U.S.
Other countries
Total net property, plant and equipment
As of October 31,
2020
2019
In millions
2,762 $
2,863
5,625 $
2,894
3,160
6,054
$
$
90
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Note 3: Transformation Programs
Transformation Costs
Cost Optimization and Prioritization Plan
During fiscal 2020, the Company incurred $384 million of charges related to the cost optimization and prioritization plan
which is recorded within Transformation costs in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings, the components of which were as
follows:
Program management
Restructuring charges
Total Transformation Costs
HPE Next
Fiscal year ended
October 31,
2020
In millions
$
$
55
329
384
During fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018 the Company incurred $569 million, $462 million and $445 million, respectively, in
net charges associated with HPE Next. For fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018, $566 million, $453 million and $414 million were
recorded within Transformation costs, and $3 million, $9 million and $11 million were recorded within Non-service net
periodic benefit credit in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings, respectively. In fiscal 2018 the Company also incurred
$20 million of transformation costs related to cumulative translation adjustments as a result of country exits associated with
HPE Next which was recorded within Interest and other, net in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings.
The components of Transformation costs relating to HPE Next were as follows:
Program management
IT costs
Restructuring charges
Gains on real estate sales
Impairment on real estate assets
Other
Total Transformation Costs
Restructuring Plan
Fiscal years ended October 31,
2020
2019
In millions
2018
$
35 $
29 $
100
440
(45)
10
29
134
219
47
40
(7)
(405)
95
148
531
—
76
445
$
569 $
462 $
On May 19, 2020, the Company's Board of Directors approved a restructuring plan in connection with the cost
optimization and prioritization plan. As of October 31, 2020, the Company estimates that it will incur aggregate charges of
approximately $1.3 billion, through fiscal 2023 in connection with the cost optimization and prioritization plan which relates to
labor restructuring and non-labor restructuring, primarily relating to real estate site exits. The changes to the workforce will
vary by country, based on business needs, local legal requirements and consultations with employee works councils and other
employee representatives, as appropriate.
On October 16, 2017, the Company's Board of Directors approved a restructuring plan in connection with the HPE Next
(the "HPE Next Plan") and on September 20, 2018, the Company's Board of Directors approved a revision to that restructuring
plan. As of October 31, 2020, the headcount exits under HPE Next Plan are complete. The Company estimates that it will incur
charges through fiscal 2023, relating to non-labor restructuring, primarily from real estate site exits.
91
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Restructuring activities related to the Company's employees and infrastructure under the cost optimization and
prioritization plan and HPE Next Plan, are presented in the table below:
Liability as of October 31, 2017
Charges
Cash payments
Non-cash items
Liability as of October 31, 2018
Charges
Cash payments
Non-cash items
Liability as of October 31, 2019
Charges
Cash payments
Non-cash items
Liability as of October 31, 2020
Total costs incurred to date as of October 31, 2020
Total expected costs to be incurred as of October 31, 2020
Cost Optimization and
Prioritization Plan
HPE Next Plan
Employee
Severance
Infrastructure
and other
Employee
Severance
Infrastructure
and other
$
$
$
$
$
$
In millions
— $
—
—
—
— $
—
—
—
— $
230
(18)
(2)
210 $
230 $
700 $
— $
—
—
—
In millions
296 $
470
(452)
(23)
— $
291 $
—
—
—
154
(256)
(11)
— $
178 $
99
(3)
(60)
36 $
99 $
610 $
341
(383)
8
144 $
1,261 $
1,261 $
—
61
(14)
(14)
33
65
(37)
(19)
42
99
(50)
(56)
35
225
248
The current restructuring liability related to the transformation programs, reported in Accrued restructuring in the
Consolidated Balance Sheets at October 31, 2020 and 2019, was $359 million and $164 million, respectively. The non-current
restructuring liability related to the transformation programs, reported in Other non-current liabilities in the Consolidated
Balance Sheets as of October 31, 2020 and 2019 was $66 million and $56 million, respectively.
Note 4: Retirement and Post-Retirement Benefit Plans
Defined Benefit Plans
The Company sponsors defined benefit pension plans worldwide, the most significant of which are the United Kingdom
("UK") and Germany. The pension plan in the UK is closed to new entrants, however, members continue to earn benefit
accruals. This plan provides benefits based on final pay and years of service and generally requires contributions from
members. The German pension program that is open to new hires consists of cash balance plans that provide employer credits
as a percentage of pay, certain employee pay deferrals and employer matching contributions. There also are previously closed
German pension programs that include cash balance and final average pay plans. These previously closed pension programs
comprise the majority of the pension obligations in Germany.
Post-Retirement Benefit Plans
The Company sponsors retiree health and welfare benefit plans, the most significant of which is in the U.S. Generally,
employees hired before August 2008 are eligible for employer credits under the Hewlett Packard Enterprise Retirement Medical
Savings Account Plan ("RMSA") upon attaining age 45. Employer credits to the RMSA available after September 2008 are
provided in the form of matching credits on employee contributions made to a voluntary employee beneficiary association.
Upon retirement, employees may use these employer credits for the reimbursement of certain eligible medical expenses.
92
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Defined Contribution Plans
The Company offers various defined contribution plans for U.S. and non-U.S. employees. The Company's defined
contribution expense was approximately $160 million in fiscal 2020, $181 million in fiscal 2019 and $158 million in fiscal
2018. U.S. employees are automatically enrolled in the Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company 401(k) Plan ("HPE 401(k) Plan"),
when they meet eligibility requirements, unless they decline participation. Effective January 1, 2018, the HPE 401(k) Plan's
quarterly employer matching contributions are 100% of an employee's contributions, up to a maximum of 4% of eligible
compensation. Due to cost containment measures put in place in response to COVID-19, the Company suspended the employer
match for U.S. employees from July 1, 2020 through the end of the calendar year with the expectation that the match will
resume in 2021.
Pension Benefit Expense
The Company's net pension and post-retirement benefit costs that were directly attributable to the eligible employees,
retirees and other former employees of Hewlett Packard Enterprise and recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings
for fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018 are presented in the table below.
Service cost
Interest cost(1)
Expected return on plan assets(1)
Amortization and deferrals(1):
Actuarial loss (gain)
Prior service benefit
Net periodic benefit cost
Curtailment gain(1)
Settlement loss(1)
Special termination benefits(1)
Total net benefit (credit) cost
2020
2019
2018
2020
2019
2018
As of October 31,
Defined
Benefit Plans
Post-Retirement
Benefit Plans
In millions
$
94 $
85 $
105 $
143
215
225
(544)
(511)
(567)
1 $
5
(1)
1 $
7
(1)
264
(14)
(57)
—
10
2
(45)
235
(15)
9
—
13
2
24
211
(17)
(43)
(1)
20
6
(18)
(1)
(4)
—
4
—
—
—
4
—
3
—
—
—
3
1
7
(1)
(3)
—
4
—
—
—
4
(1) These non-service components of net periodic benefit cost are included in Non-service net periodic benefit credit in the Consolidated
Statements of Earnings.
The weighted-average assumptions used to calculate the net benefit (credit) cost in the table above for fiscal 2020, 2019 and
2018 were as follows:
Discount rate used to determine benefit
obligation
Discount rate used to determine service cost
Discount rate used to determine interest cost
Expected increase in compensation levels
Expected long-term return on plan assets
As of October 31,
2020
2019
2018
2020
2019
2018
Defined
Benefit Plans
Post-Retirement
Benefit Plans
1.2 %
1.6 %
1.0 %
2.5 %
4.1 %
2.1 %
2.3 %
1.8 %
2.5 %
4.3 %
2.0 %
2.4 %
1.7 %
2.3 %
4.4 %
3.4 %
3.0 %
3.2 %
—
2.3 %
4.9 %
4.4 %
4.7 %
—
2.6 %
4.5 %
3.7 %
4.2 %
—
2.6 %
To estimate the service and interest cost components of net periodic benefit cost for defined benefit plans that use the
yield curve approach, which represent substantially all of the Company's defined benefit plans, the Company has elected to use
93
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
a full yield curve approach in the estimation of these components of benefit cost by applying the specific spot rates along the
yield curve used in the determination of the benefit obligation to the relevant projected cash flows.
Funded Status
The funded status of the plans was as follows:
As of October 31,
2020
2019
2020
2019
Defined
Benefit Plans
Post-Retirement
Benefit Plans
In millions
Change in fair value of plan assets:
Fair value—beginning of year
Transfers
Addition/deletion of plans(1)
Actual return on plan assets
Employer contributions
Participant contributions
Benefits paid
Settlement
Currency impact
Fair value—end of year
Change in benefit obligation:
Projected benefit obligation—beginning of year
$
13,434 $
12,167 $
54 $
—
5
557
167
24
(410)
(51)
401
(5)
(14)
1,542
166
24
(387)
(67)
8
14,127 $
13,434 $
—
—
—
5
5
(7)
—
—
57 $
14,225 $
12,668 $
179 $
$
$
Transfers
Addition/deletion of plans(1)
Service cost
Interest cost
Participant contributions
Actuarial (gain) loss
Benefits paid
Plan amendments
Settlement
Special termination benefits
Currency impact
—
5
94
143
24
368
(410)
(3)
(51)
2
448
(7)
(12)
85
215
24
1,710
(387)
12
(67)
2
(18)
Projected benefit obligation—end of year
Funded status at end of year
Accumulated benefit obligation
$
$
$
14,845 $
14,225 $
(718) $
(791) $
14,619 $
13,995 $
—
—
1
5
5
(9)
(7)
—
—
—
(7)
167 $
(110) $
— $
52
—
—
1
5
4
(8)
—
—
54
160
—
—
1
7
4
17
(8)
—
—
—
(2)
179
(125)
—
(1)
Includes the addition/deletion of plans resulting from acquisitions.
The weighted-average assumptions used to calculate the projected benefit obligations were as follows:
Discount rate
Expected increase in compensation levels
As of October 31,
2020
2019
2020
2019
Defined Benefit Plans
Post-Retirement Benefit Plans
1.0 %
2.5 %
1.2 %
2.5 %
2.8 %
—
3.4 %
—
94
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
The net amounts recognized for defined benefit and post-retirement benefit plans in the Company's Consolidated Balance
Sheets were as follows:
Non-current assets
Current liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Funded status at end of year
As of October 31,
2020
2019
2020
2019
Defined Benefit Plans
Post-Retirement Benefit Plans
1,046 $
(49)
In millions
864 $
(45)
(1,715)
(1,610)
(718) $
(791) $
$
$
— $
(6)
(104)
(110) $
—
(6)
(119)
(125)
The following table summarizes the pre-tax net actuarial loss and prior service benefit recognized in accumulated other
comprehensive loss for the defined benefit plans:
Net actuarial loss
Prior service benefit
Total recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss
As of October 31, 2020
Defined
Benefit Plans
Post-Retirement
Benefit Plans
In millions
3,633 $
(28)
3,605 $
$
$
6
—
6
The following table summarizes the net actuarial loss and prior service benefit for plans that are expected to be amortized
from accumulated other comprehensive loss and recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost (credit) during the next
fiscal year.
Net actuarial loss (gain)
Prior service benefit
Total expected to be recognized in net periodic benefit cost (credit)
As of October 31, 2020
Defined
Benefit Plans
Post-Retirement
Benefit Plans
$
$
In millions
290 $
(13)
277 $
(2)
—
(2)
Defined benefit plans with projected benefit obligations exceeding the fair value of plan assets were as follows:
Aggregate fair value of plan assets
Aggregate projected benefit obligation
As of October 31,
2020
2019
In millions
4,160 $
5,924 $
3,585
5,238
$
$
Defined benefit plans with accumulated benefit obligations exceeding the fair value of plan assets were as follows:
As of October 31,
2020
2019
In millions
4,094 $
5,723 $
3,574
5,088
$
$
Aggregate fair value of plan assets
Aggregate accumulated benefit obligation
Fair Value of Plan Assets
95
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
The Company pays the U.S. defined benefit plan obligations when they come due since these plans are unfunded. The
table below sets forth the fair value of non-U.S. defined benefit plan assets by asset category within the fair value hierarchy as
of October 31, 2020 and 2019. Reclassifications of certain prior year investment balances in asset categories have been made to
conform to the current-year presentation.
Asset Category:
Equity securities
U.S.
Non-U.S.
Debt securities
Corporate
Government(1)
Government at NAV(2)
Other(3)
Alternative investments
Private Equity
Hybrids(4)
Hybrids at NAV(5)
Common Contractual Funds at NAV(6)
Equities at NAV
Fixed Income at NAV
Emerging Markets at NAV
Alternative investments at NAV
Real Estate Funds
Insurance Group Annuity Contracts
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Other(7)
Obligation to return cash received from
repurchase agreements(1)
Total
As of
October 31, 2020
As of
October 31, 2019
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
In millions
$
155 $
117 $ — $
272 $
172 $
8 $ — $
180
955
217
—
1,172
836
222
—
1,058
—
—
1,778
6,007
—
—
1,778
6,007
875
—
—
18
683
555
1,238
4
1,486
35
90
39
1,594
504
1,393
782
362
350
295
92
417
120
27
—
241
24
229
56
176
95
39
36
—
1
—
—
1,502
5,344
—
—
1,502
5,344
—
—
—
361
401
2
1,343
42
71
8
—
252
30
203
54
310
51
39
37
—
1
897
762
44
1,414
491
1,398
724
318
379
250
91
562
82
—
(3,163)
$ 1,420 $ 7,685 $
(3,163)
(2,062)
—
756 $ 14,127 $ 1,298 $ 7,338 $
—
(2,062)
—
591 $ 13,434
(1) Repurchase agreements, primarily in the UK, represent the plans' short-term borrowing to hedge against interest rate and inflation risks.
Investments in approximately $5 billion and $4 billion of government bonds collateralize this short-term borrowing at October 31, 2020
and 2019, respectively. The plans have an obligation to return the cash after the term of the agreements. Due to the short-term nature of
the agreements, the outstanding balance of the obligation approximates fair value.
(2)
(3)
(4)
Includes a fund that invests in various government bonds issued by worldwide governments, interest rate swaps, and cash, to match or
slightly outperform the benchmark of the future liabilities of the fund. While the fund is not publicly traded, the custodian strikes a net
asset value daily. There are no redemption restrictions or future commitments on these investments.
Includes funds that invest primarily in asset-backed securities, mortgage backed securities, collateralized loan obligations, and/or private
debt investments.
Includes funds, primarily in the UK, that invest in both private and public equities, as well as emerging markets across all sectors. The
funds also hold fixed income and derivative instruments to hedge interest rate and inflation risk. In addition, the funds include units in
transferable securities, collective investment schemes, money market funds, asset-backed income, cash, and deposits.
96
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(5)
Includes a pooled fund in the UK, that seeks a rate of return with direct or indirect linkage to UK inflation by investing in vehicles
including bonds, long lease property, income strips, asset-backed securities, and index linked assets. Units are available for subscription
on the first day of each calendar month at net asset value. There are no redemption restrictions or future commitments on these
investments.
(6) HPE Invest Common Contractual Funds (CCFs) are investment arrangements in which institutional investors pool their assets. Units
may be acquired in four different sub-funds focused on equities, fixed income, alternative investments, and emerging markets. Each sub-
fund is invested in accordance with the fund's investment objective and units are issued in relation to each sub-fund. While the sub-funds
are not publicly traded, the custodian strikes a net asset value either once or twice a month, depending on the sub-fund. There are no
redemption restrictions or future commitments on these investments.
(7)
Includes international insured contracts, derivative instruments, and unsettled transactions.
As of October 31, 2020 post-retirement benefit plan assets of $57 million were invested in publicly traded registered
investment entities of which $46 million are classified within Level 1 and $11 million within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.
As of October 2019, post-retirement benefit plan assets of $54 million were invested in publicly traded registered investment
entities, classified within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy.
Changes in fair value measurements of Level 3 investments for the non-U.S. defined benefit plans were as follows:
Fiscal year ended October 31, 2020
Alternative
Investments
Debt-Other
Private
Equity
Hybrids
Real
Estate
Funds
Insurance
Group
Annuities
In millions
Other
Total
$
401 $
42 $
71 $
39 $
37 $
1 $
591
Balance at beginning of year
Actual return on plan assets:
Relating to assets held at the reporting
date
Relating to assets sold during the period
Purchases, sales, and settlements
Balance at end of year
$
555 $
35 $
90 $
39 $
(25)
—
179
(3)
4
(8)
(3)
—
22
—
—
—
—
—
(1)
36 $
—
—
—
1 $
(31)
4
192
756
Fiscal year ended October 31, 2019
Alternative
Investments
Debt-Other
Private
Equity
Hybrids
Real
Estate
Funds
Insurance
Group
Annuities
In millions
Other
Total
$
102 $
40 $
30 $
37 $
38 $
1 $
248
Balance at beginning of year
Actual return on plan assets:
Relating to assets held at the reporting
date
Relating to assets sold during the period
Purchases, sales, and settlements
69
—
230
1
—
1
—
—
41
2
—
—
—
—
(1)
—
—
—
72
—
271
591
Balance at end of year
$
401 $
42 $
71 $
39 $
37 $
1 $
The following is a description of the valuation methodologies used to measure plan assets at fair value.
Investments in publicly traded equity securities are valued using the closing price on the measurement date as reported on
the stock exchange on which the individual securities are traded. For corporate, government backed debt securities, and some
other investments, fair value is based on observable inputs of comparable market transactions. The valuation of certain real
estate funds, insurance group annuity contracts and alternative investments, such as limited partnerships and joint ventures, may
require significant management judgment. The valuation is generally based on fair value as reported by the asset manager and
adjusted for cash flows, if necessary. In making such an assessment, a variety of factors are reviewed by management,
97
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
including, but are not limited to, the timeliness of fair value as reported by the asset manager and changes in general economic
and market conditions subsequent to the last fair value reported by the asset manager. Cash and cash equivalents includes
money market funds, which are valued based on cost, which approximates fair value. Other than those assets that have quoted
prices from an active market, investments are generally classified in Level 2 or Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy based on the
lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measure in its entirety. Investments measured using net asset value as a
practical expedient are not categorized within the fair value hierarchy.
Plan Asset Allocations
The weighted-average target and actual asset allocations across the benefit plans at the respective measurement dates for
the non-U.S. defined benefit plans were as follows:
Asset Category
Public equity securities
Private/hybrid equity securities
Real estate and other
Equity-related investments
Debt securities
Cash and cash equivalents
Total
Defined
Benefit Plans
Plan Assets
2020
Target
Allocation
2020
2019
22.6 %
17.6 %
2.9 %
43.1 %
53.9 %
3.0 %
22.0 %
17.3 %
2.5 %
41.8 %
54.0 %
4.2 %
44.1 %
54.4 %
1.5 %
100.0 %
100.0 %
100.0 %
For the Company's post-retirement benefit plans, approximately 80% of the plan assets are invested in cash and cash
equivalents and approximately 20% in multi-asset credit investments which consists primarily of investment grade credit,
emerging market debt and high yield bonds.
Investment Policy
The Company's investment strategy is to seek a competitive rate of return relative to an appropriate level of risk
depending on the funded status of each plan and the timing of expected benefit payments. The majority of the plans' investment
managers employ active investment management strategies with the goal of outperforming the broad markets in which they
invest. Risk management practices include diversification across asset classes and investment styles and periodic rebalancing
toward asset allocation targets. A number of the plans' investment managers are authorized to utilize derivatives for investment
or liability exposures, and the Company may utilize derivatives to effect asset allocation changes or to hedge certain investment
or liability exposures.
Asset allocation decisions are typically made by an independent board of trustees for the specific plan. Investment
objectives are designed to generate returns that will enable the plan to meet its future obligations. In some countries, local
regulations may restrict asset allocations, typically leading to a higher percentage of investment in fixed income securities than
would otherwise be deployed. The Company reviews the investment strategy and provides a recommended list of investment
managers for each country plan, with final decisions on asset allocation and investment managers made by the board of trustees
or investment committees for the specific plan.
Basis for Expected Long-Term Rate of Return on Plan Assets
The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets reflects the expected returns for each major asset class in which the
plan invests and the weight of each asset class in the target mix. Expected asset returns reflect the current yield on government
bonds, risk premiums for each asset class and expected real returns, which considers each country's specific inflation outlook.
Because the Company's investment policy is to employ primarily active investment managers who seek to outperform the
broader market, the expected returns are adjusted to reflect the expected additional returns, net of fees.
98
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Employer Contributions and Funding Policy
During fiscal 2020, the Company contributed approximately $167 million to its non-U.S. pension plans and paid $5
million to cover benefit claims under the Company's post-retirement benefit plans.
During fiscal 2021, the Company expects to contribute approximately $192 million to its non-U.S. pension plans and an
additional $2 million to cover benefit payments to U.S. non-qualified plan participants. In addition, the Company expects to pay
approximately $6 million to cover benefit claims for its post-retirement benefit plans. The Company's policy is to fund its
pension plans so that it makes at least the minimum contribution required by various authorities including local government and
taxing authorities.
Estimated Future Benefits Payments
As of October 31, 2020, estimated future benefits payments for the Company's retirement plans were as follows:
Fiscal year
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
Next five fiscal years to October 31, 2030
Note 5: Stock-Based Compensation
Defined
Benefit Plans
Post-Retirement
Benefit Plans
$
In millions
483 $
481
496
509
533
2,842
10
11
11
11
11
55
The total number of shares of the Company's common stock authorized under the Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company
2015 Stock Incentive Plan (the "Plan") is 277 million. The Plan provides for the grant of various types of awards including
restricted stock awards, stock options, and performance-based awards. These awards generally vest over three years from the
grant date. The Company's stock-based incentive compensation program also includes various replacement awards through
acquisitions under which stock-based awards are outstanding.
Stock-Based Compensation Expense
Stock-based compensation expense and the resulting tax benefits were as follows:
Stock-based compensation expense
Income tax benefit
Stock-based compensation expense, net of tax
Fiscal years ended October 31,
2020
2019
In millions
2018
$
$
278 $
(51)
227 $
270 $
(50)
220 $
309
(56)
253
99
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Stock-based compensation expense as presented in the table above is recorded within the following cost and expense
lines in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings.
Cost of sales
Research and development
Selling, general and administrative
Transformation costs
Acquisition, disposition and other related charges
Separation costs
Stock-based compensation expense
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
For the fiscal years ended October 31,
2020
2019
2018
In millions
$
37 $
37 $
81
156
—
4
—
70
161
2
—
—
39
73
174
3
10
10
$
278 $
270 $
309
Effective November 1, 2015, the Company adopted the Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company 2015 Employee Stock
Purchase Plan ("ESPP"). The total number of shares of Company's common stock authorized under the ESPP was 80
million. The ESPP allows eligible employees to contribute up to 10% of their eligible compensation to purchase Hewlett
Packard Enterprise's common stock. The ESPP provides for a discount not to exceed 15% and an offering period up to 24
months. The Company currently offers 6-month offering periods during which employees have the ability to purchase shares at
95% of the closing market price on the purchase date. No stock-based compensation expense was recorded in connection with
those purchases, as the criteria of a non-compensatory plan were met.
Restricted Stock Units
Restricted stock units have forfeitable dividend equivalent rights equal to the dividend paid on common stock. Restricted
stock units do not have the voting rights of common stock, and the shares underlying restricted stock units are not considered
issued and outstanding upon grant. The fair value of the restricted stock units is the closing price of the Company's common
stock on the grant date of the award. The Company expenses the fair value of restricted stock units ratably over the period
during which the restrictions lapse.
The following table summarizes restricted stock unit activity for the year ended October 31, 2020:
Outstanding at beginning of year
Granted and replacement awards for acquisition
Vested
Forfeited/canceled
Outstanding at end of year
Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
Per Share
14
13
15
15
13
Shares
In thousands
39,700 $
25,221 $
(18,469) $
(4,127) $
42,325 $
The total grant date fair value of restricted stock awards vested for Company employees in fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018
was $254 million, $182 million and $355 million, respectively. As of October 31, 2020, there was $274 million of unrecognized
pre-tax stock-based compensation expense related to unvested restricted stock units, which the Company expects to recognize
over the remaining weighted-average vesting period of 1.4 years.
Performance Restricted Units
The Company issues performance stock units ("PSU") that vest on the satisfaction of service and performance
conditions. The fair value of the PSUs is the closing price of the Company's common stock on the grant date of the award. The
Company also issues performance-adjusted restricted stock units ("PARSU") that vest only on the satisfaction of service,
performance and market conditions. The Company estimates the fair value of PARSUs subject to performance-contingent
100
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
vesting conditions using the Monte Carlo simulation model. The expenses associated with these performance restricted units
were not material for any of the periods presented.
Stock Options
Stock options granted under the Plan are generally non-qualified stock options, but the Plan permits some options granted
to qualify as incentive stock options under the U.S. Internal Revenue Code. The exercise price of a stock option is equal to the
closing price of the Company's common stock on the option grant date. The majority of the stock options issued by the
Company contain only service vesting conditions. The Company has also issued performance-contingent stock options that vest
only on the satisfaction of both service and market conditions. In fiscal 2020, the Company did not issue stock options other
than those that were replacement awards through the acquisition of Silver Peak.
The Company utilizes the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing formula to estimate the fair value of stock options subject
to service-based vesting conditions. The Company estimates the fair value of stock options subject to performance-contingent
vesting conditions using a combination of a Monte Carlo simulation model and a lattice model, as these awards contain market
conditions.
The following table summarizes stock option activity for the year ended October 31, 2020:
Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
In years
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
In millions
Shares
In thousands
Outstanding at beginning of year
Replacement awards for acquisition(1)
Exercised
Forfeited/canceled/expired
Outstanding at end of year
Vested and expected to vest at end of year
Exercisable at end of year
10,162 $
10,340 $
(1,454) $
(403) $
18,645 $
17,547 $
8,586 $
11
2
8
9
6
7
11
5.1 $
5.0 $
2.8 $
64
58
6
(1) Fiscal 2020 represents replacement awards of stock options through acquisition of Silver Peak. The Company utilized a lattice model to
estimate the fair value of outstanding replacement awards.
As of October 31, 2020, there was $41 million of unrecognized pre-tax stock-based compensation expense related to
stock options, which the Company expects to recognize over the remaining weighted-average vesting period of 2.2 years.
The aggregate intrinsic value in the table above represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value that option holders would have
realized had all option holders exercised their options on the last trading day of fiscal 2020. The aggregate intrinsic value is the
difference between the Company's closing common stock price on the last trading day of the respective fiscal year and the
exercise price, multiplied by the number of in-the-money options. The total intrinsic value of options exercised in fiscal 2020,
2019 and 2018 was $9 million, $49 million and $200 million, respectively.
Cash received from option exercises and purchases under the Company's ESPP was $49 million, $112 million and $279
million in fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The benefit realized for the tax deduction from option exercises in fiscal
2020, 2019 and 2018 was $2 million, $10 million and $61 million, respectively.
101
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Note 6: Taxes on Earnings
Provision for Taxes
The domestic and foreign components of Net earnings (loss) from continuing operations before taxes were as follows:
U.S.
Non-U.S.
For the fiscal years ended October 31,
2020
2019
In millions
2018
$
$
(2,008) $
(1,067) $
(2,805)
1,566
2,620
(442) $
1,553 $
3,073
268
The (Provision) benefit for taxes on Net earnings (loss) from continuing operations were as follows:
U.S. federal taxes:
Current
Deferred
Non-U.S. taxes:
Current
Deferred
State taxes:
Current
Deferred
For the fiscal years ended October 31,
2020
2019
In millions
2018
$
55 $
763 $
149
(1,046)
(284)
133
(246)
(101)
55
12
58
68
2,177
(150)
(419)
188
(52)
—
$
120 $
(504) $
1,744
The differences between the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate and the Company's effective tax rate were as follows:
U.S. federal statutory income tax rate
State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit
Lower rates in other jurisdictions, net
Valuation allowance
U.S. permanent differences
U.S. R&D credit
Uncertain tax positions
Goodwill impairment
Impacts of the Tax Act
Other, net
For the fiscal years ended October 31,
2020(1)
2019
2018
21.0 %
0.9 %
13.6 %
20.8 %
(3.4) %
8.4 %
7.6 %
(41.2) %
(0.4) %
(0.2) %
27.1 %
21.0 %
(0.1) %
(7.3) %
5.8 %
6.0 %
(2.3) %
(14.3) %
— %
24.5 %
(0.8) %
32.5 %
23.3 %
4.3 %
(121.4) %
(59.8) %
39.3 %
(7.0) %
(693.4) %
— %
158.0 %
6.0 %
(650.7) %
(1) Positive numbers represent tax benefits and negative numbers represent tax expense as the Company recorded income tax benefit on a
pretax loss.
The jurisdictions with favorable tax rates that had the most significant impact on the Company's effective tax rate in the
periods presented include Puerto Rico and Singapore.
In fiscal 2020, the Company recorded $362 million of net income tax benefits related to items discrete to the year. These
amounts primarily included $174 million of income tax benefits related to transformation costs, and acquisition, disposition and
102
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
other related charges, $66 million of income tax benefits related to the change in pre-Separation tax liabilities, primarily those
for which the Company shares joint and several liability with HP Inc. and for which the Company is indemnified by HP Inc.,
$57 million of income tax benefits related to Indian distribution tax rate changes, and $40 million of income tax benefits related
to tax rate changes on deferred taxes.
In fiscal 2019, the Company recorded $152 million of net income tax charges related to items discrete to the year. These
amounts primarily included $488 million of net income tax charges related to changes in U.S. federal and state valuation
allowances primarily as a result of impacts of the Tax Act and $40 million of income tax charges related to future withholding
costs on potential intercompany distributions of earnings, the effects of which were partially offset by $274 million of income
tax benefits related to the change in pre-Separation tax liabilities for which the Company shared joint and several liability with
HP Inc., and $104 million of income tax benefits on transformation costs, and acquisition, disposition and other related charges.
In fiscal 2018, the Company recorded $2.0 billion of net income tax benefits related to items discrete to the year. These
amounts primarily included $2.0 billion of income tax benefits related to the settlement of certain pre-Separation tax liabilities
for which the Company shared joint and several liability with HP Inc. and for which the Company was partially indemnified by
HP Inc. under the Tax Matters Agreement, $208 million of income tax benefits related to Everett pre-divestiture tax matters and
valuation allowances, $125 million of income tax benefits on restructuring charges, separation costs, transformation costs and
acquisition and other related charges and $65 million of net excess tax benefits related to stock-based compensation, the effects
of which were partially offset by $422 million of income tax charges related to impacts of the Tax Act. In addition, in fiscal
2018, the Company recorded $5.0 billion of certain foreign loss carryforwards and U.S. domestic capital losses carryforwards
against which a full valuation allowance was recorded; the effective tax rate above reflects this activity on a net basis.
As a result of certain employment actions and capital investments the Company has undertaken, income from
manufacturing and services in certain countries is subject to reduced tax rates through 2024. The gross income tax benefits
attributable to these actions and investments were $521 million ($0.40 diluted net EPS) in fiscal 2020, $837 million ($0.61
diluted net EPS) in fiscal 2019 and $792 million ($0.51 diluted net EPS) in fiscal 2018. Refer to Note 16, "Net Earnings Per
Share" for details on shares used to compute diluted net EPS.
Uncertain Tax Positions
A reconciliation of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:
Balance at beginning of year
Increases:
For current year's tax positions
For prior years' tax positions
Decreases:
For prior years' tax positions
Statute of limitations expiration
Settlements with taxing authorities
Settlements related to joint and several positions of former Parent
2020
As of October 31,
2019
In millions
2018
$
2,269 $
8,826 $
11,262
27
40
(71)
(17)
(53)
(36)
43
37
(17)
(38)
(7)
(6,575)
163
66
(82)
(86)
(2)
(2,495)
8,826
Balance at end of year
$
2,159 $
2,269 $
Up to $731 million, $772 million and $1.1 billion of Hewlett Packard Enterprise's unrecognized tax benefits at October
31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively, would affect the Company's effective tax rate if realized. The Company continues to
record $62 million of pre-Separation unrecognized state tax positions, inclusive of interest and penalties, for which it is joint
and severally liable and continues to be indemnified under the Termination and Mutual Release Agreement. The $69 million of
joint and several income tax benefits recognized in the Company's effective tax rate includes interest, penalties, and offsetting
benefits not included in the table above.
The $6.6 billion decrease in the amount of unrecognized tax benefits for the year ended October 31, 2019, is primarily
related to the settlement of certain pre-Separation tax liabilities of HP Inc. for which the Company shared joint and several
liability and for which the Company was partially indemnified by HP Inc.
103
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Hewlett Packard Enterprise recognizes interest income from favorable settlements and interest expense and penalties
accrued on unrecognized tax benefits in (Provision) benefit for taxes in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings. The Company
recognized $10 million, $13 million, and $161 million of interest income in fiscal 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively. As of
October 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company had accrued $119 million and $129 million, respectively, for interest and penalties in
the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Hewlett Packard Enterprise is subject to income tax in the U.S. and approximately 95 other countries and is subject to
routine corporate income tax audits in many of these jurisdictions.
With the resolution of the 2013 through 2015 IRS tax audits of its former parent in fiscal 2019, Hewlett Packard
Enterprise is no longer subject to U.S. federal tax audits for years prior to 2016. With respect to major state and foreign tax
jurisdictions, HPE is no longer subject to tax authority examinations for years prior to 2005.
Hewlett Packard Enterprise is joint and severally liable for certain pre-Separation state tax liabilities of HP Inc. HP Inc.
is subject to numerous ongoing audits by state tax authorities.
Hewlett Packard Enterprise engages in continuous discussion and negotiation with taxing authorities regarding tax
matters in various jurisdictions. Hewlett Packard Enterprise does not expect complete resolution of any U.S. Internal Revenue
Service ("IRS") audit cycle within the next 12 months. However, it is reasonably possible that certain federal, foreign and state
tax issues may be concluded in the next 12 months, including issues involving resolution of certain intercompany transactions,
joint and several tax liabilities and other matters. Accordingly, Hewlett Packard Enterprise believes it is reasonably possible that
its existing unrecognized tax benefits may be reduced by an amount up to $79 million within the next 12 months.
Hewlett Packard Enterprise believes it has provided adequate reserves for all tax deficiencies or reductions in tax benefits
that could result from federal, state and foreign tax audits. The Company regularly assesses the likely outcomes of these audits
in order to determine the appropriateness of the Company's tax provision. The Company adjusts its uncertain tax positions to
reflect the impact of negotiations, settlements, rulings, advice of legal counsel, and other information and events pertaining to a
particular audit. However, income tax audits are inherently unpredictable and there can be no assurance that the Company will
accurately predict the outcome of these audits. The amounts ultimately paid on resolution of an audit could be materially
different from the amounts previously included in the (Provision) benefit for taxes and therefore the resolution of one or more
of these uncertainties in any particular period could have a material impact on net earnings or cash flows.
Hewlett Packard Enterprise has not provided for U.S. federal and state income and foreign withholding taxes on $9.7
billion of undistributed earnings and basis differences from non-U.S. operations as of October 31, 2020 because the Company
intends to reinvest such earnings indefinitely outside of the U.S. Determination of the amount of unrecognized deferred tax
liability related to these earnings and basis differences is not practicable. The Company will remit non-indefinitely reinvested
earnings of its non-U.S. subsidiaries for which deferred U.S. state income and foreign withholding taxes have been provided
where excess cash has accumulated and the Company determines that it is advantageous for business operations, tax or cash
management reasons.
Deferred Income Taxes
Deferred income taxes result from temporary differences between the amount of assets and liabilities recognized for
financial reporting and tax purposes.
104
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
The significant components of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities were as follows:
Deferred tax assets:
Loss and credit carryforwards
Inventory valuation
Intercompany prepayments
Other intercompany transactions
Warranty
Employee and retiree benefits
Restructuring
Deferred revenue
Intangible assets
Lease liabilities
Other
Total deferred tax assets
Valuation allowance
Total deferred tax assets net of valuation allowance
Deferred tax liabilities:
Unremitted earnings of foreign subsidiaries
ROU assets
Fixed assets
Total deferred tax liabilities
Net deferred tax assets and liabilities
As of October 31,
2020
2019
In millions
$
7,596 $
8,110
75
295
31
69
571
118
565
94
166
206
59
179
41
72
584
65
531
130
—
243
9,786
(7,724)
2,062
10,014
(8,225)
1,789
(172)
(165)
(237)
(574)
(233)
—
(352)
(585)
$
1,488 $
1,204
Deferred tax assets and liabilities included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets are as follows:
Deferred tax assets
Deferred tax liabilities
Deferred tax assets net of deferred tax liabilities
As of October 31,
2020
2019
In millions
1,778 $
(290)
1,488 $
1,515
(311)
1,204
$
$
As of October 31, 2020, the Company had $636 million, $2.7 billion and $20.4 billion of federal, state and foreign net
operating loss carryforwards, respectively. Amounts included in federal, state and foreign net operating loss carryforwards will
begin to expire in years 2030, 2021, and 2021, respectively. Hewlett Packard Enterprise has provided a valuation allowance of
$138 million and $4.1 billion for deferred tax assets related to state and foreign net operating losses carryforwards, respectively.
As of October 31, 2020, the Company also had $6.0 billion, $6.0 billion, and $38 million of federal, state, and foreign capital
loss carryforwards, respectively. Amounts included in federal and state capital loss carryforwards will begin to expire in 2023;
foreign capital losses can carry forward indefinitely. Hewlett Packard Enterprise has provided a valuation allowance of $1.3
billion, $191 million, and $10 million for deferred tax assets related to federal, state, and foreign capital loss carryforwards,
respectively.
105
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
As of October 31, 2020, Hewlett Packard Enterprise had recorded deferred tax assets for various tax credit carryforwards
as follows:
U.S. foreign tax credits
U.S. research and development and other credits
Tax credits in state and foreign jurisdictions
Balance at end of year
Carryforward
Valuation
Allowance
Initial Year of
Expiration
$
$
In millions
1,129 $
(1,119)
194
171
(1)
(142)
1,494 $
(1,262)
2026
2021
2021
Total valuation allowances decreased by $501 million in fiscal 2020, primarily as a result of the liquidation of certain
foreign entities that had deferred tax assets on certain loss carryforwards against which valuation allowances were required.
Tax Matters Agreement and Other Income Tax Matters
In connection with the Separation, the Company entered into a Tax Matters Agreement with HP Inc., which was
terminated with the Termination and Mutual Release Agreement in fiscal 2019. Pursuant to that termination, HP Inc. paid the
Company $200 million in fiscal 2019 and $50 million in fiscal 2020 and will pay an additional $50 million on or before
October 31, 2021. In connection with the Everett and Seattle Transactions, the Company entered into a DXC Tax Matters
Agreement with DXC and a Micro Focus Tax Matters Agreement with Micro Focus, respectively. See Note 18, "Guarantees,
Indemnifications and Warranties", for a description of the DXC Tax Matters Agreement and Micro Focus Tax Matters
Agreement.
Note 7: Balance Sheet Details
Balance sheet details were as follows:
Cash, Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash
Cash and cash equivalents
Restricted cash
Total
Accounts Receivable, Net
Unbilled receivable
Accounts receivable
Allowance for doubtful accounts
Total
As of October 31,
2020
2019
In millions
4,233 $
388
4,621 $
3,753
323
4,076
As of October 31,
2020
2019
In millions
205 $
3,227
(46)
3,386 $
206
2,782
(31)
2,957
$
$
$
$
The allowance for doubtful accounts related to accounts receivable and changes therein were as follows:
Balance at beginning of year
Provision for doubtful accounts
Deductions, net of recoveries
Balance at end of year
2020
As of October 31,
2019
In millions
2018
$
$
31 $
29
(14)
46 $
39 $
9
(17)
31 $
42
20
(23)
39
106
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
The Company has third-party revolving short-term financing arrangements intended to facilitate the working capital
requirements of certain customers. These financing arrangements, which in certain cases provide for partial recourse, result in
the transfer of the Company's trade receivables to a third party. The Company reflects amounts transferred to, but not yet
collected from, the third party in Accounts receivable in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. When the Company has received
payment from the third party for which revenue recognition has been deferred, the Company records the obligation for the
amount received in Notes payable and short-term borrowings in its Consolidated Balance Sheets. For arrangements involving
an element of recourse, the fair value of the recourse obligation is measured using market data from similar transactions and
reported as a current liability in Other accrued liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
The activity related to Hewlett Packard Enterprise's revolving short-term financing arrangements was as follows:
Balance at beginning of period(1)
Trade receivables sold
Cash receipts
Foreign currency and other
Balance at end of period(1)
2020
As of October 31,
2019
In millions
$
(10) $
166 $
3,897
4,533
2018
121
4,844
(3,768)
(4,710)
(4,794)
3
1
$
122 $
(10) $
(5)
166
(1) Beginning and ending balances represent amounts for trade receivables sold but not yet collected. The ending credit balance as of October
31, 2019 represents credit memos issued but not applied to trade receivables prior to cash remittance.
Inventory
Finished goods
Purchased parts and fabricated assemblies
Total
Property, Plant and Equipment
Land
Buildings and leasehold improvements
Machinery and equipment, including equipment held for lease
Accumulated depreciation
Total
$
$
$
As of October 31,
2020
2019
In millions
1,197 $
1,477
2,674 $
1,198
1,189
2,387
As of October 31,
2020
2019
In millions
89 $
1,886
9,624
11,599
(5,974)
241
2,196
9,464
11,901
(5,847)
6,054
$
5,625 $
Depreciation expense was $2.2 billion, $2.3 billion and $2.3 billion in fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
107
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Long-Term Financing Receivables and Other Assets
Financing receivables, net
ROU assets
Deferred tax assets
Prepaid pension
Other
Total
Other Accrued Liabilities
Value-added and property taxes
Warranty
Sales and marketing programs
Operating lease liabilities
Other
Total
Other Non-Current Liabilities
As of October 31,
2020
2019
In millions
$
5,110 $
930
1,778
1,046
1,680
$
10,544 $
4,949
—
1,515
864
1,590
8,918
As of October 31,
2020
2019
$
In millions
842 $
192
1,022
188
2,021
$
4,265 $
806
199
1,065
—
1,932
4,002
As of October 31,
2020
2019
In millions
Pension, post-retirement, and post-employment
$
1,856 $
Deferred revenue
Taxes on earnings
Operating lease liabilities
Other
Total
2,785
447
898
1,009
$
6,995 $
1,772
2,751
538
—
1,039
6,100
Contract Liabilities and Remaining Performance Obligations
Contract liabilities consist of deferred revenue. The aggregate balance of current and non-current deferred revenue was
$6.2 billion and $6.0 billion as of October 31, 2020 and October 31, 2019, respectively. During the fiscal 2020, approximately
$3.2 billion of the deferred revenue as of October 31, 2019 was recognized as revenue.
Revenue allocated to remaining performance obligations represents contract work that has not yet been performed and
does not include contracts where the customer is not committed. Remaining performance obligations estimates are subject to
change and are affected by several factors, including contract terminations, changes in the scope of contracts, adjustments for
revenue that has not materialized and adjustments for currency.
Remaining performance obligations consist of deferred revenue. As of October 31, 2020, the aggregate amount of
remaining performance obligations was $6.2 billion. The Company expect to recognize approximately 55% of amount as
revenue next twelve months with the remainder to be recognized thereafter.
108
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Note 8: Accounting for Leases as a Lessee
Components of lease cost included in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings were as follows:
Operating lease cost
Finance lease cost
Sublease rental income
Total lease cost
Fiscal year ended
October 31, 2020
$
$
236
8
(61)
183
During the fiscal year ended October 31, 2020, the Company recorded $41 million of net gain from sale and leaseback
transactions.
The ROU assets and lease liabilities for operating and finance leases included on the Hewlett Packard Enterprise
Consolidated Balance Sheet were as follows:
Balance Sheet Classification
As of
October 31, 2020
In millions
Operating Leases
ROU Assets
Lease Liabilities:
Long-term financing receivables and other assets
Operating lease liabilities – current
Other accrued liabilities
Operating lease liabilities – non-current
Other non-current liabilities
Total operating lease liabilities
Finance Leases
Finance lease ROU Assets:
Property, plant and equipment
Gross finance lease ROU assets
Less: Accumulated depreciation
Net finance lease ROU assets
Lease Liabilities:
Finance lease liabilities – current
Finance lease liabilities – non-current
Notes payable and short-term borrowings
Long-term debt
Total finance lease liabilities
Total ROU assets
Total lease liabilities
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
930
188
898
1,086
52
(11)
41
5
53
58
971
1,144
The weighted-average remaining lease term and the weighted-average discount rate for the operating and finance leases
were as follows:
Weighted-average remaining lease term (in years)
Weighted-average discount rate
As of October 31, 2020
Operating Leases
Finance Leases
6.8
2.6 %
9.5
3.5 %
109
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Supplemental cash flow information related to leases was as follows:
Cash outflows from operating leases
Cash Flow Statement Activity
Net cash used in operating
activities
ROU assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities
Non-cash activities
The following tables shows the future payments on the Company's operating and finance leases:
Fiscal year ended
October 31, 2020
In millions
$
$
239
298
Fiscal year
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
Thereafter
Total future lease payments
Less: imputed interest
Total lease liabilities
As of October 31, 2020
Operating Leases
Finance Leases
In millions
207 $
188
172
147
128
342
1,184 $
(98)
1,086 $
$
$
$
6
6
7
7
7
35
68
(10)
58
As of October 31, 2020, the Company entered into $225 million of operating leases that have not yet commenced and are
not yet recorded on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. These operating leases are scheduled to commence between fiscal 2021
and 2022 and contain lease terms of 1 to 15 years.
Prior to the adoption of the new lease standard, the future minimum lease commitments on the Company's operating and
finance leases were:
Fiscal year
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
Thereafter
Total
As of October 31, 2019
Operating Leases
Finance Leases
In millions
$
233 $
187
164
149
127
541
$
1,401 $
6
6
7
6
7
41
73
110
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Note 9: Accounting for Leases as a Lessor
Financing Receivables
Financing receivables represent sales-type and direct-financing leases of the Company and third-party products. The net
investment in the lease is measured as the sum of the present value of lease receivable, the estimated unguaranteed residual
value of the equipment less unearned income and allowance for credit losses. These receivables typically have terms ranging
from two to five years and are usually collateralized by a security interest in the underlying assets. Financing receivables also
include billed receivables from operating leases. The components of financing receivables were as follows:
Minimum lease payments receivable
Unguaranteed residual value
Unearned income
Financing receivables, gross
Allowance for doubtful accounts
Financing receivables, net
Less: current portion(1)
Amounts due after one year, net(1)
As of October 31,
2020
2019
In millions
$
9,448 $
364
(754)
9,058
(154)
8,904
(3,794)
$
5,110 $
9,070
336
(754)
8,652
(131)
8,521
(3,572)
4,949
(1) The Company includes the current portion in Financing receivables, net of allowance for doubtful accounts, and amounts due after one
year, net, in Long-term financing receivables and other assets in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.
111
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
As of October 31, 2020, scheduled maturities of the Company's minimum lease payments receivable were as follows:
Fiscal year
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
Thereafter
Total undiscounted cash flows
Present value of lease payments (recognized as finance receivables)
Difference between undiscounted cash flows and discounted cash flows
As of
October 31, 2020
In millions
$
$
$
$
4,182
2,662
1,572
720
252
60
9,448
8,694
754
Prior to the adoption of the new lease standard, scheduled maturities of the Company's minimum lease payments
receivable were as follows:
Fiscal year
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
Thereafter
Total
As of
October 31, 2019
In millions
$
3,939
2,449
1,555
752
306
69
$
9,070
Sale of Financing Receivables
During the fiscal years ended October 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company entered into arrangements to transfer the
contractual payments due under certain financing receivables to third party financial institutions, which are accounted for as
sales in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") 860 - Transfers and Servicing. The Company
derecognizes the carrying value of the receivable transferred and recognizes a net gain or loss on the sale. During the fiscal
years ended October 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company sold $103 million and $185 million, respectively, of financing
receivables. The gains recognized on the sales of financing receivables were not material for the periods presented.
Credit Quality Indicators
Due to the homogeneous nature of its leasing transactions, the Company manages its financing receivables on an
aggregate basis when assessing and monitoring credit risk. Credit risk is generally diversified due to the large number of entities
comprising the Company's customer base and their dispersion across many different industries and geographic regions. The
Company evaluates the credit quality of an obligor at lease inception and monitors that credit quality over the term of a
transaction. The Company assigns risk ratings to each lease based on the creditworthiness of the obligor and other variables that
augment or mitigate the inherent credit risk of a particular transaction. Such variables include the underlying value and liquidity
of the collateral, the essential use of the equipment, the term of the lease, and the inclusion of credit enhancements, such as
guarantees, letters of credit or security deposits.
112
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
The credit risk profile of gross financing receivables, based on internal risk ratings, was as follows:
Risk Rating:
Low
Moderate
High
Total
As of October 31,
2020
2019
In millions
$
$
4,590 $
4,091
377
9,058 $
4,432
3,933
287
8,652
Accounts rated low risk typically have the equivalent of a Standard & Poor's rating of BBB– or higher, while accounts
rated moderate risk generally have the equivalent of BB+ or lower. The Company classifies accounts as high risk when it
considers the financing receivable to be impaired or when management believes there is a significant near-term risk of
impairment.
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
The allowance for doubtful accounts related to financing receivables and changes therein were as follows:
Balance at beginning of year
Provision for doubtful accounts
Write-offs
Balance at end of year
2020
As of October 31,
2019
In millions
2018
$
$
131 $
120 $
43
(20)
154 $
33
(22)
131 $
86
49
(15)
120
The gross financing receivables and related allowance evaluated for loss were as follows:
Gross financing receivables collectively evaluated for loss
Gross financing receivables individually evaluated for loss(1)
Total
Allowance for financing receivables collectively evaluated for loss
Allowance for financing receivables individually evaluated for loss
Total
As of October 31,
2020
2019
In millions
$
$
$
$
8,620 $
438
9,058 $
89 $
65
154 $
8,255
397
8,652
84
47
131
(1)
Includes billed operating lease receivables and billed and unbilled sales-type and direct-financing lease receivables.
113
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Non-Accrual and Past-Due Financing Receivables
The following table summarizes the aging and non-accrual status of gross financing receivables:
Billed:(1)
Current 1-30 days
Past due 31-60 days
Past due 61-90 days
Past due >90 days
Unbilled sales-type and direct-financing lease receivables
Total gross financing receivables
Gross financing receivables on non-accrual status(2)
Gross financing receivables 90 days past due and still accruing interest(2)
As of October 31,
2020
2019
In millions
$
340 $
43
22
140
8,513
9,058 $
364 $
74 $
$
$
$
301
62
15
88
8,186
8,652
276
121
(1)
(2)
Includes billed operating lease receivables and billed sales-type and direct-financing lease receivables.
Includes billed operating lease receivables and billed and unbilled sales-type and direct-financing lease receivables.
Operating Leases
Operating lease assets included in Property, plant and equipment in the Consolidated Balance Sheets were as follows:
Equipment leased to customers
Accumulated depreciation
Total
As of October 31,
2020
2019
In millions
7,184 $
(3,157)
4,027 $
7,185
(3,101)
4,084
$
$
As of October 31, 2020, minimum future rentals on non-cancelable operating leases related to leased equipment were as
follows:
Fiscal year
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
Thereafter
Total
As of
October 31, 2020
In millions
$
1,798
1,049
440
78
7
2
$
3,374
If a lease is classified as an operating lease, the Company records lease revenue on a straight line basis over the lease term.
At commencement of an operating lease, initial direct costs are deferred and are expensed over the lease term on the same basis
as the lease revenue is recorded.
114
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
The following table presents amounts included in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings related to lessor activity:
Sales-type leases and direct financing leases:
Interest income
Lease income - operating leases
Total lease income
Variable Interest Entities
2020
As of October 31,
2019
In millions
2018
$
$
469 $
458 $
2,431
2,596
2,900 $
3,054 $
447
2,690
3,137
In June 2020, February 2020 and September 2019, the Company issued asset-backed debt securities under a fixed-term
securitization program to private investors. The asset-backed debt securities are collateralized by the U.S. fixed-term financing
receivables and leased equipment in the offering, which is held by a Special Purpose Entity ("SPE"). The SPE meets the
definition of a VIE and is consolidated, along with the associated debt, into the Consolidated Financial Statements as the
Company is the primary beneficiary of the VIE. The SPE is a bankruptcy-remote legal entity with separate assets and liabilities.
The purpose of the SPE is to facilitate the funding of customer receivables and leased equipment in the capital markets.
The Company's risk of loss related to securitized receivables and leased equipment is limited to the amount by which the
Company's right to receive collections for assets securitized exceeds the amount required to pay interest, principal, and fees and
expenses related to the asset-backed securities.
The following table presents the assets and liabilities held by the consolidated VIE as of October 31, 2020, which are
included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The assets in the table below includes those that can be used to settle the
obligations of the VIE. Additionally, general Creditors do not have recourse to the assets of the VIE.
Assets held by VIE
Other current assets
Financing receivables
Short-term
Long-term
Property, plant and equipment
Liabilities held by VIE
Notes payable and short-term borrowings, net of unamortized debt issuance costs
Long-term debt, net of unamortized debt issuance costs
As of October 31,
2020
2019
In millions
120 $
531 $
584 $
665 $
886 $
834 $
76
194
229
303
385
370
$
$
$
$
$
$
Financing receivables transferred via securitization through the SPE was $1.2 billion and $465 million for the fiscal year
ended October 31, 2020 and October 31, 2019, respectively. Leased equipment transferred via securitization through the SPE
was $675 million and $327 million for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2020 and October 31, 2019, respectively.
115
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Note 10: Acquisitions
Acquisitions in Fiscal 2020
The purchase price allocations for the acquisitions described below reflect various preliminary fair value estimates and
analysis, including preliminary work performed by third-party valuation specialists, of certain tangible assets and liabilities
acquired, the valuation of intangible assets acquired, certain legal matters, income and non-income based taxes, and residual
goodwill, which are subject to change within the measurement period as valuations are finalized. Measurement period
adjustments are recorded in the reporting period in which the estimates are finalized and adjustment amounts are determined.
Pro forma results of operations for these acquisitions have not been presented because they are not material to the Company's
consolidated results of operations, either individually or in the aggregate. Goodwill, which represents the excess of the purchase
price over the net tangible and intangible assets acquired, is not deductible for tax purposes.
During fiscal 2020, the Company completed two acquisitions. The following table presents the aggregate purchase price
allocation for the Company's acquisitions for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2020:
Goodwill
Amortizable intangible assets
Net tangible liabilities assumed
Total fair value consideration
In millions
$
$
572
354
(40)
886
On September 21, 2020, the Company completed the acquisition of Silver Peak, a Software-Defined Wide Area Network
leader. Silver Peak's results of operations are included within the Intelligent Edge segment. The acquisition date fair value
consideration of $879 million consisted of cash paid for outstanding common stock, amount attributable to pre-acquisition
service of the replacement awards, and vested in-the-money stock awards. In connection with this acquisition, the Company
recorded approximately $572 million of goodwill, and $348 million of intangible assets. The Company is amortizing the
intangible assets on a straight-line basis over an estimated weighted-average useful life of five years.
Acquisitions in Fiscal 2019
During fiscal 2019, the Company completed three acquisitions. The following table presents the aggregate purchase price
allocation for the Company's acquisitions for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2019:
Goodwill
Amortizable intangible assets
In-process research and development
Net tangible assets assumed
Total fair value consideration
In millions
$
771
465
141
235
$
1,612
On September 25, 2019, the Company completed the acquisition of Cray, a global supercomputer leader. Cray's results of
operations are included within the HPC & MCS segment. The acquisition date fair value consideration of $1.5 billion consisted
of cash paid for outstanding common stock, vested in-the-money stock awards and amount attributable to pre-acquisition
service of the replacement awards. In connection with this acquisition, the Company recorded approximately $702 million of
goodwill, $425 million of intangible assets and $141 million of in-process research and development. The Company is
amortizing the intangible assets on a straight-line basis over an estimated weighted-average useful life of four years.
Acquisitions in Fiscal 2018
During fiscal 2018, the Company completed three acquisitions, none of which were material, both individually and in the
aggregate, to the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.
116
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Note 11: Goodwill and Intangible Assets
Goodwill
Goodwill and related changes in the carrying amount by reportable segment were as follows:
Balance at October 31, 2018 (1)
Goodwill acquired during the period
Goodwill adjustments
Balance at October 31, 2019 (1)
Goodwill acquired during the period
Impairment of goodwill
Goodwill adjustments
Balance at October 31, 2020 (1)
Compute
HPC & MCS
Storage
Intelligent
Edge
Financial
Services
Total
$
$
7,530 $
—
2
7,532
—
—
—
7,532 $
3,779 $
699
—
4,478
—
(865)
3
3,616 $
In millions
4,090 $
68
—
4,158
—
—
1
4,159 $
1,994
—
—
1,994
572
—
—
2,566 $
144 $
—
—
144
—
—
—
144 $
17,537
767
2
18,306
572
(865)
4
18,017
(1) Goodwill is net of accumulated impairment losses of $953 million. Of this amount, $865 million related to HPC & MCS which was
recorded during the second quarter of 2020 and $88 million relates to the Corporate Investments segment which was recorded during the
fourth quarter of fiscal 2018. There is no remaining goodwill in the Corporate Investments segment.
Goodwill Impairments
Goodwill is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level. As of October 31, 2020, our reporting units with goodwill
are consistent with the reportable segments identified in Note 2 "Segment Information" to the Consolidated Financial
Statements.
On March 31, 2020, due to the macroeconomic impacts of COVID-19 on the Company's current and projected future
results of operations, the Company determined that an indicator of potential impairment existed to require an interim
quantitative goodwill impairment test for the reporting units.
Based on the results of this interim quantitative impairment test, the fair value of the HPC & MCS reporting unit was
below the carrying value of net assets assigned to HPC & MCS. The decline in the fair value of the HPC & MCS reporting unit
resulted from macroeconomic impacts of COVID-19 which lowered the projected revenue growth rates and profitability levels
of the reporting unit. The fair value of the HPC & MCS reporting unit was based on a weighting of fair values derived most
significantly from the income approach, and to a lesser extent, the market approach. Under the income approach, the Company
estimates the fair value of a reporting unit based on the present value of estimated future cash flows which the Company
considers to be a level 3 unobservable input in the fair value hierarchy. The Company prepares cash flow projections based on
management's estimates of revenue growth rates and operating margins, taking into consideration the historical performance
and the current macroeconomic industry and market conditions. The Company bases the discount rate on the weighted-average
cost of capital adjusted for the relevant risk associated with business-specific characteristics and the uncertainty related to the
reporting unit's ability to execute on the projected cash flows. Under the market approach, the Company estimates fair value
based on market multiple earnings derived from comparable publicly traded companies with similar operating and investment
characteristics as the reporting unit. The Company weights the fair value derived from the market approach commensurate with
the level of comparability of these publicly traded companies to the reporting unit.
Prior to the quantitative goodwill impairment test, the Company tested the recoverability of long-lived assets and other
assets of the HPC & MCS reporting unit and concluded that such assets were not impaired. The quantitative goodwill
impairment test indicated that the carrying value of the HPC & MCS reporting unit exceeded its fair value by $865 million. As
a result, the Company recorded a partial goodwill impairment charge of $865 million in the second quarter of fiscal 2020.
Based on the results of the Company's annual impairment test in fiscal 2020, performed at the beginning of the fourth
quarter, the Company determined that no further impairment of goodwill existed. While all reporting units were negatively
impacted by COVID-19, their fair values continued to exceed the carrying value of their net assets and did not result in
impairment. The excess of fair value over carrying amount for our reporting units ranged from approximately 7% to 31% of the
respective carrying amounts. In order to evaluate the sensitivity of the estimated fair value of our reporting units in the goodwill
impairment test, the Company applied a hypothetical 10% decrease to the fair value of each reporting unit. Based on the results
117
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
of this hypothetical 10% decrease all of the reporting units had an excess of fair value over carrying amount, with the exception
of HPC & MCS reporting unit.
As of the annual test date, subsequent to the impairment recognized in March, the HPC & MCS reporting unit has
goodwill of $3.6 billion and an excess of fair value over carrying value of net assets of 7%. The fair value of the HPC & MCS
reporting unit was based on the above described methodology used for the interim test, which was a weighting of fair values
derived most significantly from the income approach, and to a lesser extent, the market approach. The HPC & MCS business is
facing challenges as a result of the macroeconomic impacts of COVID-19 on the current and projected future results. If the
Company is not successful in addressing these challenges, the projected revenue growth rates or operating margins could
decline resulting in a decrease in the fair value of the HPC & MCS reporting unit. The fair value of the HPC & MCS reporting
unit could also be negatively impacted by changes in its weighted average cost of capital, changes in management's business
strategy or significant and sustained declines in the stock price, which could result in an indicator of impairment.
In addition, each of our reporting units has experienced a reduction of the excess of fair value over carrying value for the
reporting unit, primarily as a result of COVID-19 impacts on our current and projected future results. Should economic
conditions deteriorate further or remain depressed for a prolonged period of time, estimates of future cash flows for each of the
Company's reporting units may be insufficient to support the carrying value and the goodwill assigned to them, requiring
impairment charges, including additional impairment charges for the HPC & MCS reporting unit. Further impairment charges,
if any, may be material to the results of operations and financial position.
Based on the results of the Company's interim impairment tests in fiscal 2018 it was concluded that the fair value of CMS
was less than its carrying amount. Prior to calculating the goodwill impairment loss, the Company analyzed the recoverability
of CMS long-lived assets other than goodwill and concluded that those assets were not impaired. As a result, the Company
recorded a goodwill impairment charge of $88 million. There is no remaining goodwill in the CMS reporting unit as of October
31, 2018.
Intangible Assets
Intangible assets comprise:
As of October 31, 2020
As of October 31, 2019
Gross
Accumulated
Amortization
Net
Gross
In millions
Accumulated
Amortization
Net
Customer contracts, customer lists and distribution
agreements
$
429 $
(163) $
266 $
312 $
(96) $
Developed and core technology and patents
1,267
(627)
640
1,371
Trade name and trade marks
In-process research and development
141
106
(50)
—
91
106
163
141
(719)
(44)
—
216
652
119
141
Total intangible assets
$ 1,943 $
(840) $ 1,103 $ 1,987 $
(859) $ 1,128
For fiscal 2020, the decrease in gross intangible assets was due primarily to $363 million of intangible assets which
became fully amortized and were eliminated from gross intangible assets and accumulated amortization and the write-off of $35
million of abandoned in-process research and development, partially offset by $354 million of purchases related to acquisitions.
For fiscal 2019, the increase in gross intangible assets was due primarily to $606 million of purchases related to
acquisitions, partially offset by $117 million of intangible assets which became fully amortized and were eliminated from gross
intangible assets and accumulated amortization.
For fiscal 2020, no in-process research and development assets were completed. For fiscal 2019, the Company
reclassified in-process research and development assets acquired of $18 million to developed and core technology and patents
as the projects were completed, and began amortization.
118
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
As of October 31, 2020, the weighted-average remaining useful lives of the Company's finite-lived intangible assets were
as follows:
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets
Customer contracts, customer lists and distribution agreements
Developed and core technology and patents
Trade name and trade marks
Weighted-Average
Remaining
Useful Lives
In years
3
5
4
As of October 31, 2020, estimated future amortization expense related to finite-lived intangible assets was as follows:
Fiscal year
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
Thereafter
Total
Note 12: Fair Value
In millions
313
235
200
148
41
60
997
$
$
Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in an
orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.
Fair Value Hierarchy
The Company uses valuation techniques that are based upon observable and unobservable inputs. Observable inputs are
developed using market data such as publicly available information and reflect the assumptions market participants would use,
while unobservable inputs are developed using the best information available about the assumptions market participants would
use. Assets and liabilities are classified in the fair value hierarchy based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair
value measurement:
Level 1—Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2—Quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or
liabilities in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or
liability and market-corroborated inputs.
Level 3—Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability.
The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to observable inputs and lowest priority to unobservable inputs.
119
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
The following table presents the Company's assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis:
As of October 31, 2020
As of October 31, 2019
Fair Value
Measured Using
Fair Value
Measured Using
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
In millions
Assets
Cash Equivalents and
Investments:
Time deposits
$
— $
939 $
— $
939 $
— $
803 $
— $
Money market funds
1,167
—
125
—
220
290
—
—
—
21
—
—
—
1,167
125
21
220
290
—
859
7
—
—
—
—
—
126
—
73
392
3
—
—
32
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
803
859
133
32
73
392
3
$ 1,167 $ 1,574 $
21 $ 2,762 $
866 $ 1,397 $
32 $ 2,295
Foreign bonds
Other debt securities
Derivative Instruments:
Interest rate contracts
Foreign exchange contracts
Other derivatives
Total assets
Liabilities
Derivative Instruments:
Interest rate contracts
$
— $
2 $
— $
2 $
— $
11 $
— $
Foreign exchange contracts
Other derivatives
—
—
189
3
—
—
189
3
—
—
136
—
—
—
Total liabilities
$
— $
194 $
— $
194 $
— $
147 $
— $
11
136
—
147
For the fiscal years ended October 31, 2020 and 2019, there were no transfers between levels within the fair value
hierarchy.
Valuation Techniques
Cash Equivalents and Investments: The Company holds time deposits, money market funds, debt securities primarily
consisting of corporate and foreign government notes and bonds. The Company values cash equivalents using quoted market
prices, alternative pricing sources, including net asset value, or models utilizing market observable inputs. The fair value of debt
investments was based on quoted market prices or model-driven valuations using inputs primarily derived from or corroborated
by observable market data, and, in certain instances, valuation models that utilize assumptions which cannot be corroborated
with observable market data.
Derivative Instruments: The Company uses forward contracts, interest rate and total return swaps to hedge certain foreign
currency and interest rate exposures. The Company uses industry standard valuation models to measure fair value. Where
applicable, these models project future cash flows and discount the future amounts to present value using market-based
observable inputs, including interest rate curves, the Company and counterparties' credit risk, foreign currency exchange rates,
and forward and spot prices for currencies and interest rates. See Note 13, "Financial Instruments", for a further discussion of
the Company's use of derivative instruments.
Other Fair Value Disclosures
Short- and Long-Term Debt: The Company estimates the fair value of its debt primarily using an expected present value
technique, which is based on observable market inputs using interest rates currently available to companies of similar credit
standing for similar terms and remaining maturities, and considering its own credit risk. The portion of the Company's debt that
is hedged is reflected in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as an amount equal to the debt's carrying amount and a fair value
adjustment representing changes in the fair value of the hedged debt obligations arising from movements in benchmark interest
rates. At October 31, 2020, the estimated fair value of the Company's short-term and long-term debt was $17.1 billion and the
carrying value was $15.9 billion. As of October 31, 2019, the estimated fair value of the Company's short-term and long-term
120
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
debt was $14.6 billion and the carrying value was $13.8 billion. If measured at fair value in the Consolidated Balance Sheets,
short-term and long-term debt would be classified in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.
Other Financial Instruments: For the balance of the Company's financial instruments, primarily accounts receivable,
accounts payable and financial liabilities included in other accrued liabilities, the carrying amounts approximate fair value due
to their short maturities. If measured at fair value in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, these other financial instruments would
be classified in Level 2 or Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.
Non-Financial Assets and Equity Investments without readily determinable fair value: The Company's non-financial
assets, such as intangible assets, goodwill and property, plant and equipment, are recorded at cost. Fair value adjustments are
made to cost basis in the period an impairment charge is recognized.
In the second quarter of fiscal 2020, the Company recorded a goodwill impairment charge of $865 million associated
with the HPC & MCS reporting unit. The fair value of the Company's reporting units was classified in Level 3 of the fair value
hierarchy due to the significance of unobservable inputs developed using company-specific information. For more information
on the goodwill impairment, see Note 11 "Goodwill and Intangible Assets".
Equity investments without readily determinable fair value are recorded at cost and measured at fair value, when they are
deemed to be impaired or when there is an adjustment from observable price changes. For the years ended October 31, 2020,
2019 and 2018, there were no material impairment charges relating to equity investments. For year ended October 31, 2020, the
Company recognized a gain of $19 million in Interest and other, net in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings, based on
observable price changes for certain equity investments without readily determinable fair value. If measured at fair value in the
Consolidated Balance Sheets, these would generally be classified in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.
Note 13: Financial Instruments
Cash Equivalents and Available-for-Sale Investments
Cash equivalents and available-for-sale investments were as follows:
As of
October 31, 2020
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
Cost
Fair
Value
Cost
In millions
As of
October 31, 2019
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
Fair
Value
Cash Equivalents:
Time deposits
Money market funds
Total cash equivalents
Available-for-Sale Investments:
Foreign bonds
Other debt securities
Total available-for-sale investments
Total cash equivalents and available-
for-sale investments
$
939 $
1,167
2,106
108
20
128
— $
—
—
939 $
1,167
2,106
803 $
859
1,662
— $
—
—
803
859
1,662
17
1
18
125
21
146
110
32
142
23
—
23
133
32
165
$
2,234 $
18 $
2,252 $
1,804 $
23 $
1,827
All highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less at the date of acquisition are considered cash
equivalents. As of October 31, 2020 and 2019, the carrying amount of cash equivalents approximated fair value due to the short
period of time to maturity. Interest income related to cash, cash equivalents and debt securities was approximately $44 million
in fiscal 2020, $64 million in fiscal 2019 and $104 million in fiscal 2018. Time deposits were primarily issued by institutions
outside the U.S. as of October 31, 2020 and October 31, 2019. The estimated fair value of the available-for-sale investments
may not be representative of values that will be realized in the future.
121
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Contractual maturities of investments in available-for-sale debt securities were as follows:
Due in one year
Due in more than five years
As of
October 31, 2020
Amortized Cost
Fair Value
$
$
In millions
1 $
127
128 $
1
145
146
Equity securities investments in privately held companies are included in Long-term financing receivables and other
assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The carrying amount of those without readily determinable fair values amounted to
$295 million and $190 million at October 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Investments in equity securities that are accounted for using the equity method are included in Investments in equity
interests in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. These amounted to $2.2 billion and $2.3 billion at October 31, 2020 and 2019,
respectively. For additional information, see Note 20, "Equity Method Investments".
Derivative Instruments
The Company is a global company exposed to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations and interest rate changes in the
normal course of its business. As part of its risk management strategy, the Company uses derivative instruments, primarily
forward contracts, interest rate swaps and total return swaps to hedge certain foreign currency, interest rate and, to a lesser
extent, equity exposures. The Company's objective is to offset gains and losses resulting from these exposures with losses and
gains on the derivative contracts used to hedge them, thereby reducing volatility of earnings or protecting the fair value of assets
and liabilities. The Company does not have any leveraged derivatives and does not use derivative contracts for speculative
purposes. The Company may designate its derivative contracts as fair value hedges, cash flow hedges or hedges of the foreign
currency exposure of a net investment in a foreign operation ("net investment hedges"). Additionally, for derivatives not
designated as hedging instruments, the Company categorizes those economic hedges as other derivatives. Derivative
instruments are recognized at fair value in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The change in fair value of the derivative
instruments is recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings or Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
depending upon the type of hedge as further discussed below. The Company classifies cash flows from its derivative programs
with the activities that correspond to the underlying hedged items in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.
As a result of its use of derivative instruments, the Company is exposed to the risk that its counterparties will fail to meet
their contractual obligations. To mitigate counterparty credit risk, the Company has a policy of only entering into derivative
contracts with carefully selected major financial institutions based on their credit ratings and other factors, and the Company
maintains dollar risk limits that correspond to each financial institution's credit rating and other factors. The Company's
established policies and procedures for mitigating credit risk include reviewing and establishing limits for credit exposure and
periodically reassessing the creditworthiness of its counterparties. Master netting agreements also mitigate credit exposure to
counterparties by permitting the Company to net amounts due from the Company to a counterparty against amounts due to the
Company from the same counterparty under certain conditions.
To further mitigate credit exposure to counterparties, the Company has collateral security agreements, which allows the
Company to hold collateral from, or require the Company to post collateral to counterparties when aggregate derivative fair
values exceed contractually established thresholds which are generally based on the credit ratings of the Company and its
counterparties. If the Company's credit rating falls below a specified credit rating, the counterparty has the right to request full
collateralization of the derivatives' net liability position. Conversely, if the counterparty's credit rating falls below a specified
credit rating, the Company has the right to request full collateralization of the derivatives' net liability position. Collateral is
generally posted within two business days. The fair value of the Company's derivatives with credit contingent features in a net
liability position was $45 million and $18 million at October 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, all of which were fully
collateralized within two business days.
Under the Company's derivative contracts, the counterparty can terminate all outstanding trades following a covered
change of control event affecting the Company that results in the surviving entity being rated below a specified credit rating.
This credit contingent provision did not affect the Company's financial position or cash flows as of October 31, 2020 and 2019.
122
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Fair Value Hedges
The Company issues long-term debt in U.S. dollars based on market conditions at the time of financing. The Company
may enter into fair value hedges, such as interest rate swaps, to reduce the exposure of its debt portfolio to changes in fair value
resulting from changes in interest rates by achieving a primarily U.S. dollar LIBOR-based floating interest rate. The swap
transactions generally involve principal and interest obligations for U.S. dollar-denominated amounts. Alternatively, the
Company may choose not to swap fixed for floating interest payments or may terminate a previously executed swap if it
believes a larger proportion of fixed-rate debt would be beneficial. When investing in fixed-rate instruments, the Company may
enter into interest rate swaps that convert the fixed interest payments into variable interest payments and may designate these
swaps as fair value hedges.
For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as fair value hedges, the Company recognizes the change in fair
value of the derivative instrument, as well as the offsetting change in the fair value of the hedged item, in Interest and other, net
in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings in the period of change.
Cash Flow Hedges
The Company uses forward contracts designated as cash flow hedges to protect against the foreign currency exchange
rate risks inherent in its forecasted net revenue and, to a lesser extent, cost of sales, operating expenses, and intercompany loans
denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. The Company's foreign currency cash flow hedges mature generally
within twelve months; however, forward contracts associated with sales-type and direct-financing leases and intercompany
loans extend for the duration of the lease or loan term, which can extend up to five years.
The Company uses interest rate contracts designated as cash flow hedges to hedge the variability of cash flows in the
interest payments associated with its variable-rate debt due to changes in the U.S. dollar LIBOR-based floating interest rate.
The swap transactions generally involve principal and interest obligations for U.S. dollar-denominated amounts.
For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges, and as long as they remain highly
effective, the Company records the changes in fair value of the derivative instrument in Accumulated other comprehensive loss
as a separate component of equity in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and subsequently reclassifies these amounts into earnings
in the same financial statement line item when the hedged transaction is recognized.
Net Investment Hedges
The Company uses forward contracts designated as net investment hedges to hedge net investments in certain foreign
subsidiaries whose functional currency is the local currency. The Company records the changes in the fair value of the hedged
items in cumulative translation adjustment as a separate component of Equity in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Other Derivatives
Other derivatives not designated as hedging instruments consist primarily of forward contracts used to hedge foreign
currency-denominated balance sheet exposures. The Company also uses total return swaps, based on equity or fixed income
indices, to hedge its executive deferred compensation plan liability.
For derivative instruments not designated as hedging instruments, the Company recognizes changes in fair value of the
derivative instrument, as well as the offsetting change in the fair value of the hedged item, in Interest and other, net in the
Consolidated Statements of Earnings in the period of change.
Hedge Effectiveness
For interest rate swaps designated as fair value hedges, the Company measures hedge effectiveness by offsetting the
change in fair value of the hedged items with the change in fair value of the derivative. For forward contracts designated as cash
flow or net investment hedges, the Company measures hedge effectiveness by comparing the cumulative change in fair value of
the hedge contract with the cumulative change in fair value of the hedged item, both of which are based on forward rates.
123
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Fair Value of Derivative Instruments in the Consolidated Balance Sheets
The gross notional and fair value of derivative instruments in the Consolidated Balance Sheets was as follows:
As of
October 31, 2020
Fair Value
As of
October 31, 2019
Fair Value
Outstanding
Gross
Notional
Other
Current
Assets
Long-Term
Financing
Receivables
and Other
Assets
Other
Accrued
Liabilities
Long-
Term
Other
Liabilities
Outstanding
Gross
Notional
Other
Current
Assets
Long-Term
Financing
Receivables
and Other
Assets
Other
Accrued
Liabilities
Long-
Term
Other
Liabilities
In millions
Derivatives designated
as hedging instruments
Fair value hedges:
Interest rate contracts $
3,850 $ — $
220 $
— $
— $
6,850 $ — $
72 $
11 $
—
Cash flow hedges:
Foreign currency
contracts
7,652
75
Interest rate contracts
500
—
85
—
95
2
38
—
8,578
164
500
—
141
1
Net investment hedges:
Foreign currency
contracts
Total derivatives
designated as hedging
instruments
Derivatives not
designated as hedging
instruments
Foreign currency
contracts
Other derivatives
Total derivatives not
designated as hedging
instruments
1,804
34
44
11
9
1,766
31
36
13,806
109
349
108
47
17,694
195
250
6,157
43
105
—
6,262
43
9
—
9
35
3
38
1
—
1
6,398
97
17
3
6,495
20
3
—
3
45
—
18
74
33
—
33
Total derivatives
$
20,068 $ 152 $
358 $
146 $
48 $
24,189 $ 215 $
253 $
107 $
27
—
10
37
3
—
3
40
Offsetting of Derivative Instruments
The Company recognizes all derivative instruments on a gross basis in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company's
derivative instruments are subject to master netting arrangements and collateral security arrangements. The Company does not
offset the fair value of its derivative instruments against the fair value of cash collateral posted under collateral security
agreements. As of October 31, 2020 and 2019, information related to the potential effect of the Company's use of the master
netting agreements and collateral security agreements was as follows:
As of
October 31, 2020
(i)
In the Consolidated Balance Sheets
(iv)
(iii) = (i)–(ii)
(ii)
(v)
(vi) = (iii)–(iv)–(v)
Gross
Amount
Recognized
Gross
Amount
Offset
Net Amount
Presented
Gross Amounts
Not Offset
Financial
Collateral
Derivatives
In millions
Net Amount
Derivative assets
Derivative liabilities
$
$
510 $
194 $
— $
— $
510 $
194 $
137 $
137 $
321
55
(1)
(2)
$
$
52
2
124
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
As of
October 31, 2019
(i)
In the Consolidated Balance Sheets
(iv)
(iii) = (i)–(ii)
(ii)
(v)
(vi) = (iii)–(iv)–(v)
Gross
Amount
Recognized
Gross
Amount
Offset
Net Amount
Presented
Gross Amounts
Not Offset
Financial
Collateral
Derivatives
In millions
Net Amount
Derivative assets
Derivative liabilities
$
$
468 $
147 $
— $
— $
468 $
147 $
123 $
123 $
263
19
(1)
(2)
$
$
82
5
(1) Represents the cash collateral posted by counterparties as of the respective reporting date for the Company's asset position, net of
derivative amounts that could be offset, as of, generally, two business days prior to the respective reporting date.
(2) Represents the collateral posted by the Company in cash or through re-use of counterparty cash collateral as of the respective reporting
date for the Company's liability position, net of derivative amounts that could be offset, as of, generally, two business days prior to the
respective reporting date. As of October 31, 2020, $55 million of collateral posted was entirely by way of re-use of counterparty
collateral. As of October 31, 2019, $19 million of collateral posted was entirely by way of re-use of counterparty collateral.
The amounts recorded on the Consolidated Balance Sheets related to cumulative basis adjustments for fair value hedges
were as follows:
Carrying amount of the hedged assets/
(liabilities)
As of
Cumulative amount of fair value hedging
adjustment included in the carrying
amount of the hedged assets/ (liabilities)
As of
Balance Sheet Line Item of Hedged Item
October 31, 2020
October 31, 2019
October 31, 2020
October 31, 2019
Notes payable and short-term borrowings
Long-term debt
$
$
In millions
— $
(4,059) $
(2,987) $
(3,908) $
In millions
— $
(220) $
11
(72)
The pre-tax effect of derivative instruments in cash flow and net investment hedging relationships recognized in Other
Comprehensive Income ("OCI") were as follows:
Gains (Losses) Recognized in OCI on Derivatives
2019
In millions
2020
2018
Derivatives in Cash Flow Hedging relationship
Foreign exchange contracts
Interest rate contracts
Derivatives in Net Investment Hedging relationship
Foreign exchange contracts
Total
$
$
(34) $
(6)
56
16 $
307 $
1
2
310 $
169
—
81
250
As of October 31, 2020, the Company expects to reclassify an estimated net accumulated other comprehensive loss of
approximately $30 million, net of taxes, to earnings in the next twelve months along with the earnings effects of the related
forecasted transactions associated with cash flow hedges.
125
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Effect of Derivative Instruments on the Consolidated Statements of Earnings
The pre-tax effect of derivative instruments on the Consolidated Statements of Earnings were as follows:
Gains (Losses) Recognized in Income
2020
2019
2018
Net
revenue
Interest
and other,
net
Net
revenue
Interest
and other,
net
Net
revenue
Interest
and other,
net
In millions
$ 26,982 $
(215) $ 29,135 $
(177) $ 30,852 $
(274)
$
— $
—
(159) $
159
— $
—
(414) $
414
— $
—
211
(211)
38
(14)
233
138
(24)
16
—
(3)
—
—
—
—
—
—
38 $
44
(5)
22 $
—
—
233 $
(134)
8
12 $
—
—
(24) $
301
(6)
311
$
Total amounts of income and expense line items presented in
the Consolidated Statements of Earnings in which the effects
of fair value hedges, cash flow hedges and derivatives not
designated as hedging instruments are recorded
Gains (losses) on derivatives in fair value hedging
relationships
Interest rate contracts
Hedged items
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments
Gains (losses) on derivatives in cash flow hedging
relationships
Foreign exchange contracts
Amount of gains (losses) reclassified from accumulated
other comprehensive income into income
Interest rate contracts
Amount of gains (losses) reclassified from accumulated
other comprehensive income into income
Gains (losses) on derivatives not designated as hedging
instruments
Foreign exchange contracts
Other derivatives
Total gains (losses)
Note 14: Borrowings
Notes Payable and Short-Term Borrowings
Notes payable and short-term borrowings, including the current portion of long-term debt, were as follows:
As of October 31,
2020
2019
Amount
Outstanding
Weighted-
Average
Interest Rate
Amount
Outstanding
Weighted-
Average
Interest Rate
Current portion of long-term debt(1)
FS Commercial paper
Notes payable to banks, lines of credit and other(2)
Total notes payable and short-term borrowings
$
$
2,768
677
310
3,755
Dollars in millions
2.0 % $
3,441
— %
1.3 %
698
286
$
4,425
4.1 %
(0.1) %
2.7 %
(1) As of October 31, 2020, Current portion of long-term debt, net of discount and issuance costs, includes $886 million associated with the
Company issued asset-backed debt securities.
(2) Notes payable to banks, lines of credit and other includes $219 million and $204 million at October 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, of
borrowing- and funding-related activity associated with FS and its subsidiaries.
126
Table of Contents
Long-Term Debt
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
As of October 31,
2020
2019
In millions
Hewlett Packard Enterprise Unsecured Senior Notes
$1,000 issued at discount to par at a price of 99.883% in July 2020 at 1.45% due April 1, 2024, interest payable
semi-annually on April 1 and October 1 of each year
$
999 $
$750 issued at discount to par at a price of 99.820% in July 2020 at 1.75% due April 1, 2026, interest payable
semi-annually on April 1 and October 1 of each year
$1,250 issued at discount to par at a price of 99.956% in April 2020 at 4.45% due October 2, 2023, interest
payable semi-annually on April 2 and October 2 of each year
$1,000 issued at discount to par at a price of 99.817% in April 2020 at 4.65% due October 1, 2024, interest
payable semi-annually on April 1 and October 1 of each year
$3,000 issued at discount to par at a price of 99.972% in October 2015 at 3.6% paid August 17, 2020, interest
payable semi-annually on April 15 and October 15 of each year.
$500 issued at par in September 2019 at three-month USD LIBOR plus 0.68% due March 12, 2021, interest
payable quarterly on March 12, June 12, September 12 and December 12 of each year
$500 issued at discount to par at a price of 99.861% in September 2018 at 3.5%, due October 5, 2021, interest
payable semi-annually on April 5 and October 5 of each year
$800 issued at par in September 2018 at three-month USD LIBOR plus 0.72% due October 5, 2021, interest
payable quarterly on January 5, April 5, July 5 and October 5 of each year
$1,350 issued at discount to par at a price of 99.802% in October 2015 at 4.4%, due October 15, 2022, interest
payable semi-annually on April 15 and October 15 of each year
$1,000 issued at discount to par at a price of 99.979% in September 2019 at 2.25%, due April 1, 2023, interest
payable semi-annually on April 1 and October 1 of each year
$2,500 issued at discount to par at a price of 99.725% in October 2015 at 4.9%, due October 15, 2025, interest
payable semi-annually on April 15 and October 15 of each year
$750 issued at discount to par at a price of 99.942% in October 2015 at 6.2%, due October 15, 2035, interest
payable semi-annually on April 15 and October 15 of each year
$1,500 issued at discount to par at a price of 99.932% in October 2015 at 6.35%, due October 15, 2045, interest
payable semi-annually on April 15 and October 15 of each year
Hewlett Packard Enterprise Asset-Backed Debt Securities
$1,000 issued in June 2020, in six tranches at a weighted average price of 99.99% and a weighted average interest
rate of 1.19%, payable monthly from August 2020
$755 issued in February 2020 of in six tranches at a weighted average price of 99.99% and a weighted average
interest rate of 1.87%, payable monthly from April 2020
$763 issued in September 2019, in six tranches at a discount to par, at a weighted average price of 99.99% and a
weighted average interest rate of 2.31%, payable monthly from November 2019
Other, including capital lease obligations, at 0.00%-9.00%, due in calendar years 2020-2030(1)
749
1,250
998
—
500
500
800
1,349
1,000
2,497
750
1,499
822
519
385
171
Fair value adjustment related to hedged debt
Unamortized debt issuance costs
Less: current portion
Total long-term debt
220
(54)
(2,768)
$
12,186 $
—
—
—
—
3,000
500
500
800
1,349
1,000
2,495
750
1,499
—
—
763
166
61
(47)
(3,441)
9,395
(1) Other, including capital lease obligations includes $98 million and $80 million as of October 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, of
borrowing- and funding-related activity associated with FS and its subsidiaries that are collateralized by receivables and underlying
assets associated with the related capital and operating leases. For both the periods presented, the carrying amount of the assets
approximated the carrying amount of the borrowings.
Interest expense on borrowings recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings was as follows:
127
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Expense
Location
2020
Fiscal years ended October 31,
2019
In millions
2018
Financing interest
Interest expense
Total interest expense
Financing interest
Interest and other, net
$
$
271 $
332
603 $
297 $
311
608 $
278
353
631
Hewlett Packard Enterprise Unsecured Senior Notes
On August 17, 2020, the Company redeemed $3.0 billion of 3.60% Senior Notes with an original maturity date of October
15, 2020. These notes were fully hedged with interest rate swaps. As part of the transaction, the Company terminated and
settled the related hedges and incurred make-whole premium provision charges of $7 million.
On July 17, 2020, the Company completed its offering of $1.0 billion of 1.45% Senior Notes due April 1, 2024 and
$750 million of 1.75% Senior Notes due April 1, 2026. The net proceeds from this offerings, together with the cash on hand,
were used to fund the redemption of the $3.0 billion outstanding principal amount of the 3.60% Notes due October 15, 2020.
On April 9, 2020, the Company completed its offering of $1.3 billion of 4.45% Senior Notes due October 2, 2023 and
$1.0 billion of 4.65% Senior Notes due October 1, 2024. The net proceeds of the offering were used for general corporate
purposes, including repayment of existing debt.
On September 13, 2019, the Company completed its offering of $1.0 billion of 2.25% Senior Notes due April 1, 2023 and
$500 million floating rate Note at three month USD LIBOR plus 0.68% due March 12, 2021. The net proceeds from this
offering were used to fund the repayment of the $1.1 billion outstanding principal amount of the 2.10% Senior Notes due in
October 2019 and to fund the Company's acquisition of Cray Inc.
Asset-Backed Debt Securities
On June 30, 2020, the Company completed it offering of $1.0 billion of asset-backed debt securities in six tranches at a
weighted average price of 99.99% and a weighted average interest rate of 1.19%, payable monthly from August 2020 with a
stated final maturity date of July 2030.
On February 20, 2020, the Company completed its offering of $755 million of asset-backed debt securities in six tranches
at a weighted average price of 99.99% and a weighted average interest rate of 1.87%, payable monthly from April 2020 with a
stated final maturity date of February 2030.
On September 20, 2019, the Company completed its offering of $763 million asset-backed debt securities in six tranches
at a weighted average price of 99.99% and a weighted average interest rate of 2.31%, payable monthly from November 2019
with a stated final maturity date of September 2029.
As disclosed in Note 13, "Financial Instruments", the Company uses interest rate swaps to mitigate the exposure of its
fixed rate debt to changes in fair value resulting from changes in interest rates, or hedge the variability of cash flows in the
interest payments associated with its variable-rate debt. Interest rates on long-term debt in the table above have not been
adjusted to reflect the impact of any interest rate swaps.
Commercial Paper
Hewlett Packard Enterprise maintains two commercial paper programs, "the Parent Programs," and a wholly-owned
subsidiary maintains a third program. Hewlett Packard Enterprise's U.S. program provides for the issuance of U.S. dollar-
denominated commercial paper up to a maximum aggregate principal amount of $4.75 billion which was increased from
$4.0 billion in March 2020. Hewlett Packard Enterprise's euro commercial paper program provides for the issuance of
commercial paper outside of the U.S. denominated in U.S. dollars, euros or British pounds up to a maximum aggregate
principal amount of $3.0 billion or the equivalent in those alternative currencies. The combined aggregate principal amount of
commercial paper outstanding under those programs at any one time cannot exceed the $4.75 billion as authorized by Hewlett
Packard Enterprise's Board of Directors. In addition, the Hewlett Packard Enterprise subsidiary's euro Commercial Paper/
Certificate of Deposit Program provides for the issuance of commercial paper in various currencies of up to a maximum
aggregate principal amount of $1.0 billion, which was increased from $500 million, by way of an amendment in April 2019. As
of October 31, 2020 and 2019, no borrowings were outstanding under the Parent Programs, and $677 million and $698 million,
respectively, were outstanding under the subsidiary's program.
128
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Revolving Credit Facility
We maintain a $4.75 billion five year senior unsecured committed credit facility that was entered into in August 2019.
Loans under the revolving credit facility may be used for general corporate purposes, including support of the commercial
paper program. Commitments under the Credit Agreement are available for a period of five years, which period may be
extended, subject to satisfaction of certain conditions, by up to two one-year periods. Commitment fees, interest rates and other
terms of borrowing under the credit facility vary based on Hewlett Packard Enterprise's external credit rating. As of October
31, 2020 and 2019, no borrowings were outstanding under the Credit Agreement.
Future Maturities of Long-term Debt
As of October 31, 2020, aggregate future maturities of the Company's long-term debt at face value (excluding a fair value
adjustment related to hedged debt of $220 million and a net discount on debt issuance of $9 million), including capital lease
obligations were as follows:
Fiscal year
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
Thereafter
Total
$
In millions
2,776
1,962
2,509
2,010
2,507
3,033
$
14,797
Note 15: Stockholders' Equity
Taxes related to Other Comprehensive Loss
Fiscal years ended October 31,
2020
2019
In millions
2018
Taxes on change in net unrealized gains (losses) on cash flow hedges:
Tax (provision) benefit on net unrealized gains (losses) arising during the period
(10)
(33)
Tax provision (benefit) on net (gains) losses reclassified into earnings
Taxes on change in unrealized components of defined benefit plans:
Tax (provision) benefit on net unrealized gains (losses) arising during the period
Tax provision on amortization of net actuarial loss and prior service benefit
Tax provision on curtailments, settlements and other
Taxes on change in cumulative translation adjustment:
Tax (provision) benefit on cumulative translation adjustment arising during the
period
21
11
10
(17)
(1)
(8)
5
5
43
10
40
(13)
(1)
26
—
—
(22)
(1)
(23)
2
(14)
(10)
(22)
3
3
Tax (provision) benefit on other comprehensive loss
$
8 $
36 $
(42)
129
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Changes and reclassifications related to Other Comprehensive Loss, net of taxes
Other comprehensive loss, net of taxes:
Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities:
Net unrealized gains (losses) arising during the period
$
(Gains) losses reclassified into earnings
Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on cash flow hedges:
Net unrealized gains (losses) arising during the period
Net (gains) losses reclassified into earnings
Change in unrealized components of defined benefit plans:
Net unrealized gains (losses) arising during the period
Amortization of net actuarial loss and prior service benefit
Curtailments, settlements and other
Change in cumulative translation adjustment:
Cumulative translation adjustment arising during the period
Release of cumulative translation adjustment as a result of divestitures and
country exits
Fiscal years ended October 31,
2020
2019
In millions
2018
(1) $
(4)
(5)
(50)
—
(50)
9 $
(3)
6
275
(328)
(53)
(348)
(661)
232
9
203
14
(107)
(444)
(7)
(18)
—
(7)
—
(18)
(3)
(9)
(12)
147
7
154
(421)
177
12
(232)
(67)
20
(47)
Other comprehensive loss, net of taxes
$
(169) $
(509) $
(137)
The components of accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of taxes as of October 31, 2020 and changes during fiscal
2020 were as follows:
Balance at beginning of period
Effect of change in accounting
principle (1)
Other comprehensive income (loss)
before reclassifications
Reclassifications of (gains) losses into
earnings
Balance at end of period
$
Net unrealized
gains (losses) on
available-for-sale
securities
Net unrealized
gains (losses)
on cash
flow hedges
Unrealized
components
of defined
benefit plans
In millions
Cumulative
translation
adjustment
Accumulated
other
comprehensive
loss
$
23 $
53 $
(3,366) $
(437) $
(3,727)
—
(1)
(4)
18 $
(10)
(50)
—
—
(33)
(43)
(348)
(7)
(406)
241
—
237
(7) $
(3,473) $
(477) $
(3,939)
(1) Reflects the adoption of the FASB guidance on stranded tax effects. For more information, see Note 1 "Overview and Summary of
Significant Accounting Policies".
Dividends
The stockholders of HPE common stock are entitled to receive dividends when and as declared by HPE's Board of
Directors. On February 23, 2019, the Company announced an increase to the regular quarterly dividend from $0.1125 per share
130
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
to $0.12 per share, which was effective in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019. Dividends declared were $0.36 per common share in
fiscal 2020 and $0.4575 per common share in fiscal 2019.
On December 1, 2020, the Company declared a regular cash dividend of $0.12 per share on the Company's common
stock, payable on January 6, 2021, to the stockholders of record as of the close of business on December 9, 2020.
Share Repurchase Program
On October 13, 2015, the Company's Board of Directors approved a share repurchase program with a $3.0 billion
authorization, which was refreshed with additional share repurchase authorizations of $3.0 billion, $5.0 billion and $2.5 billion
on May 24, 2016, October 16, 2017 and February 21, 2018, respectively. This program, which does not have a specific
expiration date, authorizes repurchases in the open market or in private transactions. On April 6, 2020, the Company announced
that it suspended purchases under its share repurchase program in response to the global economic uncertainty that resulted
from the worldwide spread of COVID-19.
For fiscal 2020, the Company repurchased and settled a total of 25.3 million shares under its share repurchase program
through open market repurchases, which included 0.5 million shares that were unsettled open market purchase as of October 31,
2019. As of October 31, 2020, the Company had no unsettled open market repurchases of shares. Shares repurchased during the
fiscal 2020 were recorded as a $346 million reduction to stockholders' equity. As of October 31, 2020, the Company had a
remaining authorization of $2.1 billion for future share repurchases.
For fiscal 2019, the Company repurchased and settled a total of 150 million shares under its share repurchase program
through open market repurchases, which included 2.4 million shares that were unsettled open market purchase as of October 31,
2018. Additionally, the Company had unsettled open market repurchases of 0.5 million shares as of October 31, 2019. Shares
repurchased during fiscal 2019 were recorded as a $2.2 billion reduction to stockholders' equity. As of October 31, 2019, the
Company had a remaining authorization of $2.5 billion for future share repurchases.
Note 16: Net Earnings (Loss) Per Share
The Company calculates basic net earnings (loss) per share ("EPS") using net earnings or loss and the weighted-average
number of shares outstanding during the reporting period. Diluted net EPS includes the weighted-average dilutive effect of
restricted stock units, stock options, and performance-based awards.
131
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
The reconciliations of the numerators and denominators of each of the basic and diluted net EPS calculations were as
follows:
Numerator:
Net earnings (loss) from continuing operations
Net loss from discontinued operations
Net earnings (loss)
Denominator:
Weighted-average shares used to compute basic net EPS
Dilutive effect of employee stock plans
Weighted-average shares used to compute diluted net EPS
Basic net earnings (loss) per share:
Continuing operations
Discontinued operations
Basic net earnings (loss) per share
Diluted net earnings (loss) per share:
Continuing operations
Discontinued operations
Diluted net earnings (loss) per share
Anti-dilutive weighted-average stock awards(1)
Fiscal years ended October 31,
2020
2019
2018
In millions, except per share amounts
$
$
$
$
$
$
(322) $
1,049 $
—
—
(322) $
1,049 $
1,294
—
1,294
1,353
13
1,366
(0.25) $
0.78 $
—
—
(0.25) $
0.78 $
(0.25) $
0.77 $
—
—
(0.25) $
0.77 $
49
4
2,012
(104)
1,908
1,529
24
1,553
1.32
(0.07)
1.25
1.30
(0.07)
1.23
2
(1) The Company excludes shares potentially issuable under employee stock plans that could dilute basic net EPS in the future from the
calculation of diluted net earnings (loss) per share, as their effect, if included, would have been anti-dilutive for the periods presented.
Note 17: Litigation and Contingencies
Hewlett Packard Enterprise is involved in various lawsuits, claims, investigations and proceedings including those
consisting of intellectual property, commercial, securities, employment, employee benefits and environmental matters, which
arise in the ordinary course of business. In addition, as part of the Separation and Distribution Agreement, Hewlett Packard
Enterprise and HP Inc. (formerly known as "Hewlett-Packard Company") agreed to cooperate with each other in managing
certain existing litigation related to both parties' businesses. The Separation and Distribution Agreement included provisions
that allocate liability and financial responsibility for pending litigation involving the parties, as well as provide for cross-
indemnification of the parties against liabilities to one party arising out of liabilities allocated to the other party. The Separation
and Distribution Agreement also included provisions that assign to the parties responsibility for managing pending and future
litigation related to the general corporate matters of HP Inc. arising prior to the Separation. Hewlett Packard Enterprise records
a liability when it believes that it is both probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably
estimated. Significant judgment is required to determine both the probability of having incurred a liability and the estimated
amount of the liability. Hewlett Packard Enterprise reviews these matters at least quarterly and adjusts these liabilities to reflect
the impact of negotiations, settlements, rulings, advice of legal counsel and other updated information and events pertaining to a
particular matter. Litigation is inherently unpredictable. However, Hewlett Packard Enterprise believes it has valid defenses
with respect to legal matters pending against us. Nevertheless, cash flows or results of operations could be materially affected in
any particular period by the resolution of one or more of these contingencies. Hewlett Packard Enterprise believes it has
recorded adequate provisions for any such matters and, as of October 31, 2020, it was not reasonably possible that a material
loss had been incurred in connection with such matters in excess of the amounts recognized in its financial statements.
Litigation, Proceedings and Investigations
Ross and Rogus v. Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company. On November 8, 2018, a putative class action complaint was
filed in the Superior Court of California, County of Santa Clara alleging that HPE pays its California-based female employees
"systemically lower compensation" than HPE pays male employees performing substantially similar work. The complaint
132
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
alleges various California state law claims, including California's Equal Pay Act, Fair Employment and Housing Act, and
Unfair Competition Law, and seeks certification of a California-only class of female employees employed in certain "Covered
Positions." The complaint seeks damages, statutory and civil penalties, attorneys' fees and costs. On April 2, 2019, HPE filed a
demurrer to all causes of action and an alternative motion to strike portions of the complaint. On July 2, 2019, the court denied
HPE’s demurrer as to the claims of the putative class and granted HPE's demurrer as to the claims of the individual plaintiffs.
India Directorate of Revenue Intelligence Proceedings. On April 30 and May 10, 2010, the India Directorate of Revenue
Intelligence (the "DRI") issued show cause notices to Hewlett-Packard India Sales Private Ltd ("HP India"), a subsidiary of
HP Inc., seven HP India employees and one former HP India employee alleging that HP India underpaid customs duties while
importing products and spare parts into India and seeking to recover an aggregate of approximately $370 million, plus penalties.
Prior to the issuance of the show cause notices, HP India deposited approximately $16 million with the DRI and agreed to post
a provisional bond in exchange for the DRI's agreement to not seize HP India products and spare parts and to not interrupt the
transaction of business by HP India.
On April 11, 2012, the Bangalore Commissioner of Customs issued an order on the products-related show cause notice
affirming certain duties and penalties against HP India and the named individuals of approximately $386 million, of which HP
India had already deposited $9 million. On December 11, 2012, HP India voluntarily deposited an additional $10 million in
connection with the products-related show cause notice. On April 20, 2012, the Commissioner issued an order on the parts-
related show cause notice affirming certain duties and penalties against HP India and certain of the named individuals of
approximately $17 million, of which HP India had already deposited $7 million. After the order, HP India deposited an
additional $3 million in connection with the parts-related show cause notice so as to avoid certain penalties.
HP India filed appeals of the Commissioner's orders before the Customs Tribunal along with applications for waiver of
the pre-deposit of remaining demand amounts as a condition for hearing the appeals. The Customs Department has also filed
cross-appeals before the Customs Tribunal. On January 24, 2013, the Customs Tribunal ordered HP India to deposit an
additional $24 million against the products order, which HP India deposited in March 2013. The Customs Tribunal did not
order any additional deposit to be made under the parts order. In December 2013, HP India filed applications before the
Customs Tribunal seeking early hearing of the appeals as well as an extension of the stay of deposit as to HP India and the
individuals already granted until final disposition of the appeals. On February 7, 2014, the application for extension of the stay
of deposit was granted by the Customs Tribunal until disposal of the appeals. On October 27, 2014, the Customs Tribunal
commenced hearings on the cross-appeals of the Commissioner's orders. The Customs Tribunal rejected HP India's request to
remand the matter to the Commissioner on procedural grounds. The hearings were scheduled to reconvene on April 6, 2015,
and again on November 3, 2015 and April 11, 2016, but were canceled at the request of the Customs Tribunal. The hearing was
rescheduled for January 15, 2019 but was postponed and has not yet been rescheduled.
ECT Proceedings. In January 2011, the postal service of Brazil, Empresa Brasileira de Correios e Telégrafos ("ECT"),
notified a former subsidiary of HP Inc. in Brazil ("HP Brazil") that it had initiated administrative proceedings to consider
whether to suspend HP Brazil's right to bid and contract with ECT related to alleged improprieties in the bidding and
contracting processes whereby employees of HP Brazil and employees of several other companies allegedly coordinated their
bids and fixed results for three ECT contracts in 2007 and 2008. In late July 2011, ECT notified HP Brazil it had decided to
apply the penalties against HP Brazil and suspend HP Brazil's right to bid and contract with ECT for five years, based upon the
evidence before it. In August 2011, HP Brazil appealed ECT's decision. In April 2013, ECT rejected HP Brazil's appeal, and the
administrative proceedings were closed with the penalties against HP Brazil remaining in place. In parallel, in September 2011,
HP Brazil filed a civil action against ECT seeking to have ECT's decision revoked. HP Brazil also requested an injunction
suspending the application of the penalties until a final ruling on the merits of the case. The court of first instance has not issued
a decision on the merits of the case, but it has denied HP Brazil's request for injunctive relief. HP Brazil appealed the denial of
its request for injunctive relief to the intermediate appellate court, which issued a preliminary ruling denying the request for
injunctive relief but reducing the length of the sanctions from five to two years. HP Brazil appealed that decision and, in
December 2011, obtained a ruling staying enforcement of ECT's sanctions until a final ruling on the merits of the case. HP
Brazil expects the decision to be issued in 2021 and any subsequent appeal on the merits to last several years.
Forsyth, et al. vs. HP Inc. and Hewlett Packard Enterprise. This purported class and collective action was filed on August
18, 2016 and an amended complaint was filed on December 19, 2016 in the United States District Court for the Northern
District of California, against HP Inc. and Hewlett Packard Enterprise alleging defendants violated the Federal Age
Discrimination in Employment Act ("ADEA"), the California Fair Employment and Housing Act, California public policy and
the California Business and Professions Code by terminating older workers and replacing them with younger workers.
Plaintiffs seek to certify a nationwide collective action under the ADEA comprised of all individuals aged 40 and older who had
their employment terminated by an HP entity pursuant to a work force reduction ("WFR") plan on or after December 9, 2014
133
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
for individuals terminated in deferral states and on or after April 8, 2015 in non-deferral states. Plaintiffs also seek to certify a
Rule 23 class under California law comprised of all persons 40 years or older employed by defendants in the state of California
and terminated pursuant to a WFR plan on or after August 18, 2012. On September 20, 2017, the court granted the defendants'
motion to compel arbitration and administratively closed the case pending resolution of the arbitration proceedings. On
November 30, 2017, three named plaintiffs filed a single arbitration demand. Thirteen additional plaintiffs later joined the
arbitration. On December 22, 2017, defendants filed a motion to (1) stay the case pending arbitrations and (2) enjoin the
demanded arbitration and require each plaintiff to file a separate arbitration demand. On February 6, 2018, the court granted the
motion to stay and denied the motion to enjoin. The claims of these sixteen arbitration named plaintiffs have been resolved.
Additional opt-in plaintiffs were added to the litigation and these claims also were resolved as part of the arbitration process.
The stay of the Forsyth class action has been lifted and a Third Amended Complaint was filed on January 7, 2020. Defendants
filed a motion to dismiss the Third Amended Complaint on February 6, 2020. On May 18, 2020, the court issued an order
granting in part and denying in part Defendants' motion to dismiss. The court granted Plaintiffs leave to amend their complaint.
On July 9, 2020, Plaintiffs filed a Fourth Amended Complaint. On October 15, 2020, Defendants' motion to dismiss the Fourth
Amended Complaint was denied.
Wall v. Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company and HP Inc. This certified California class action and Private Attorney
General Act action was filed against Hewlett-Packard Company on January 17, 2012 and the fifth amended (and operative)
complaint was filed against HP Inc. and Hewlett Packard Enterprise on June 28, 2016 in the Superior Court of California,
County of Orange. The complaint alleges that the defendants paid earned incentive compensation late and failed to timely pay
final wages in violation of the California Labor Code. On August 9, 2016, the court ordered the class certified without prejudice
to a future motion to amend or modify the class certification order or to decertify. The scheduled January 22, 2018 trial date
was vacated following the parties' notification to the court that they had reached a preliminary agreement to resolve the dispute.
The parties subsequently finalized and executed a settlement agreement and, on May 9, 2018, plaintiff filed a motion seeking
preliminary approval of the settlement. On July 2, 2018, the court issued an order granting preliminary approval of the
settlement. On December 21, 2018, the court issued an order granting final approval. A Qualified Settlement Fund has been
fully funded and distributed to class members. On March 5, 2020, the Court signed an Amendment to Final Approval Order and
Judgment, directing that the matter be closed.
Jackson, et al. v. HP Inc. and Hewlett Packard Enterprise. This putative nationwide class action was filed on July 24,
2017 in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California, San Jose Division. Plaintiffs purport to bring the
lawsuit on behalf of themselves and other similarly situated African-Americans and individuals over the age of forty. Plaintiffs
allege that defendants engaged in a pattern and practice of racial and age discrimination in lay-offs and promotions. Plaintiffs
filed an amended complaint on September 29, 2017. Plaintiffs seek damages, attorneys' fees and costs, and declaratory and
injunctive relief. On January 12, 2018, defendants moved to transfer the matter to the federal district court in the Northern
District of Georgia. Defendants also moved to dismiss the claims on various grounds and to strike certain aspects of the
proposed class definition. On July 11, 2018, the court granted defendants' motion to dismiss this action for improper venue, and
also partially dismissed and struck certain claims without prejudice to re-filing in the appropriate venue. On July 23, 2018,
plaintiffs re-filed their lawsuit in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Georgia. On August 9, 2018,
Plaintiffs filed a notice of appeal of the dismissal of the Northern District of California action with the Ninth Circuit Court of
Appeals. On August 15, 2018, Plaintiffs filed a motion to stay their lawsuit in the Northern District of Georgia, which was
granted by the court. On February 7, 2020, Defendants resolved the claims of the individual plaintiffs and the matters were
dismissed.
Hewlett-Packard Company v. Oracle (Itanium). On June 15, 2011, HP Inc. filed suit against Oracle in the Superior Court
of California, County of Santa Clara in connection with Oracle's March 2011 announcement that it was discontinuing software
support for HP Inc.'s Itanium-based line of mission critical servers. HP Inc. asserted, among other things, that Oracle's actions
breached the contract that was signed by the parties as part of the settlement of the litigation relating to Oracle's hiring of Mark
Hurd. Trial was bifurcated into two phases. HP Inc. prevailed in the first phase of the trial, in which the court ruled that the
contract at issue required Oracle to continue to offer its software products on HP Inc.'s Itanium-based servers for as long as HP
Inc. decided to sell such servers. Phase 2 of the trial was then postponed by Oracle's appeal of the trial court's denial of Oracle's
"anti-SLAPP" motion, in which Oracle argued that HP Inc.'s damages claim infringed on Oracle's First Amendment rights. On
August 27, 2015, the California Court of Appeal rejected Oracle's appeal. The matter was remanded to the trial court for Phase
2 of the trial, which began on May 23, 2016, and was submitted to the jury on June 29, 2016. On June 30, 2016, the jury
returned a verdict in favor of HP Inc., awarding HP Inc. approximately $3.0 billion in damages: $1.7 billion for past lost profits
and $1.3 billion for future lost profits. On October 20, 2016, the court entered judgment for this amount with interest accruing
until the judgment is paid. Oracle's motion for a new trial was denied on December 19, 2016, and Oracle filed its notice of
appeal from the trial court's judgment on January 17, 2017. On February 2, 2017, HP Inc. filed a notice of cross-appeal
challenging the trial court's denial of prejudgment interest. On May 16, 2019, HP Inc. filed its application to renew the
134
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
judgment. As of May 16, 2019, the renewed judgment is approximately $3.8 billion. Daily interest on the renewed judgment is
now accruing at $1 million and will be recorded upon receipt. The parties have completed appellate briefing in the California
Court of Appeal and are awaiting the scheduling of oral argument. Pursuant to the terms of the Separation and Distribution
Agreement, HP Inc. and Hewlett Packard Enterprise will share equally in any recovery from Oracle once Hewlett Packard
Enterprise has been reimbursed for all costs incurred in the prosecution of the action prior to the HP Inc./Hewlett Packard
Enterprise separation on November 1, 2015.
Oracle America, Inc., et al. v. Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company (Terix copyright matter). On March 22, 2016, Oracle
filed a complaint against HPE in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California, alleging copyright
infringement, interference with contract, intentional interference with prospective economic relations, and unfair competition.
Oracle’s claims arise out of HPE's prior use of a third-party maintenance provider named Terix Computer Company, Inc.
("Terix"). Oracle contends that in connection with HPE's use of Terix as a subcontractor for certain customers of HPE's
multivendor support business, Oracle's copyrights were infringed, and HPE is liable for vicarious and contributory infringement
and related claims. The lawsuit against HPE follows a prior lawsuit brought by Oracle against Terix in 2013 relating to Terix's
alleged unauthorized provision of Solaris patches to customers on Oracle hardware. On June 14, 2018, the court heard oral
argument on HPE's and Oracle's cross-motions for summary judgment. On January 29, 2019, the court granted HPE's Motion
for Summary Judgment as to all of Oracle's claims and vacated the trial date. On February 20, 2019, the court entered judgment
in favor of HPE, dismissing Oracle's claims in their entirety. Oracle has appealed the trial court's ruling to the United States
Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit. On August 20, 2020, the United States Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit issued its
ruling, affirming in part and reversing in part the trial court's decision granting summary judgment in favor of HPE. On October
6, 2020, the matter was remanded to the United States District Court for the Northern District of California for further
proceedings consistent with the ruling from the United States Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit.
Network-1 Technologies, Inc. v. Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc., et al. This patent infringement action was filed on September
15, 2011 in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Texas, alleging that various Hewlett Packard Enterprise
switches and access points infringe Network-1's patent relating to the 802.3af and 802.3at "Power over Ethernet" standards.
Network-1 seeks damages, attorneys' fees and costs, and declaratory and injunctive relief. A jury trial was conducted beginning
on November 6, 2017. On November 13, 2017, the jury returned a verdict in favor of HPE, finding that HPE did not infringe
Network-1's patent and that the patent was invalid. On August 29, 2018, the court denied Network-1's motion for a new trial on
infringement and entered the jury's verdict finding that HPE does not infringe the relevant Network-1 patent. The court also
granted Network-1's motion for Judgment as a Matter of Law on validity. Network-1 has appealed the jury verdict of non-
infringement to the United States Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit. HPE has cross-appealed the court's decision to grant
Network-1's motion for Judgment as a Matter of Law on validity. Appellate briefing has been completed. The Federal Circuit
Court of Appeal held oral argument on November 4, 2019. On September 24, 2020, the Federal Circuit issued its ruling,
affirming-in-part and reversing-in-part the jury's verdict, and finding that an erroneous claim construction was presented to the
jury that prejudiced Network-1. HPE filed a petition for rehearing with the Federal Circuit that was denied on November 20,
2020. The matter will be remanded back to United States District Court for the Eastern District of Texas for further proceedings
consistent with the Federal Circuit's ruling.
Shared Litigation with HP Inc., DXC and Micro Focus
As part of the Separation and Distribution Agreements between Hewlett Packard Enterprise and HP Inc., Hewlett Packard
Enterprise and DXC, and Hewlett Packard Enterprise and Seattle SpinCo, the parties to each agreement agreed to cooperate
with each other in managing certain existing litigation related to both parties' businesses. The Separation and Distribution
Agreements also included provisions that assign to the parties responsibility for managing pending and future litigation related
to the general corporate matters of HP Inc. (in the case of the separation of Hewlett Packard Enterprise from HP Inc.) or of
Hewlett Packard Enterprise (in the case of the separation of DXC from Hewlett Packard Enterprise and the separation of Seattle
SpinCo from Hewlett Packard Enterprise), in each case arising prior to the applicable separation.
Environmental
The Company's operations and products are or may in the future become subject to various federal, state, local and
foreign laws and regulations concerning environmental protection, including laws addressing the discharge of pollutants into
the air and water, the management and disposal of hazardous substances and wastes, the clean-up of contaminated sites, the
substances and materials used in the Company's products, the energy consumption of products, services and operations and the
operational or financial responsibility for recycling, treatment and disposal of those products. This includes legislation that
makes producers of electrical goods, including servers and networking equipment, financially responsible for specified
collection, recycling, treatment and disposal of past and future covered products (sometimes referred to as "product take-back
legislation"). The Company could incur substantial costs, its products could be restricted from entering certain jurisdictions, and
135
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
it could face other sanctions, if it were to violate or become liable under environmental laws or if its products become non-
compliant with environmental laws. The Company's potential exposure includes impacts on revenue, fines and civil or criminal
sanctions, third-party property damage or personal injury claims and clean-up costs. The amount and timing of costs to comply
with environmental laws are difficult to predict.
In particular, the Company may become a party to, or otherwise involved in, proceedings brought by U.S. or state
environmental agencies under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act ("CERCLA"),
known as "Superfund," or other federal, state or foreign laws and regulations addressing the clean-up of contaminated sites, and
may become a party to, or otherwise involved in, proceedings brought by private parties for contribution towards clean-up
costs. The Company is also contractually obligated to make financial contributions to address actions related to certain
environmental liabilities, both ongoing and arising in the future, pursuant to its Separation and Distribution Agreement with
HP Inc.
Note 18: Guarantees, Indemnifications and Warranties
Guarantees
In the ordinary course of business, the Company may issue performance guarantees to certain of its clients, customers and
other parties pursuant to which the Company has guaranteed the performance obligations of third parties. Some of those
guarantees may be backed by standby letters of credit or surety bonds. In general, the Company would be obligated to perform
over the term of the guarantee in the event a specified triggering event occurs as defined by the guarantee. The Company
believes the likelihood of having to perform under a material guarantee is remote.
The Company has entered into service contracts with certain of its clients that are supported by financing arrangements. If
a service contract is terminated as a result of the Company's non-performance under the contract or failure to comply with the
terms of the financing arrangement, the Company could, under certain circumstances, be required to acquire certain assets
related to the service contract. The Company believes the likelihood of having to acquire a material amount of assets under
these arrangements is remote.
Indemnifications
In the ordinary course of business, the Company enters into contractual arrangements under which the Company may
agree to indemnify a third party to such arrangement from any losses incurred relating to the services they perform on behalf of
the Company or for losses arising from certain events as defined within the particular contract, which may include, for example,
litigation or claims relating to past performance. The Company also provides indemnifications to certain vendors and customers
against claims of IP infringement made by third parties arising from the use by such vendors and customers of the Company's
software products and support services and certain other matters. Some indemnifications may not be subject to maximum loss
clauses. Historically, payments made related to these indemnifications have been immaterial.
General Cross-indemnification
In connection with the Separation, Everett and Seattle transactions, the Company entered into a Separation and
Distribution Agreement with HP Inc., DXC and Micro Focus respectively, whereby the Company agreed to indemnify HP Inc.,
DXC and Micro Focus, each of its subsidiaries and each of their respective directors, officers and employees from and against
all liabilities relating to, arising out of or resulting from, among other matters, the liabilities allocated to the Company as part of
the Separation, Everett and Seattle transactions. Similarly, HP Inc., DXC and Micro Focus agreed to indemnify the Company,
each of its subsidiaries and each of their respective directors, officers and employees from and against all claims and liabilities
relating to, arising out of or resulting from, among other matters, the liabilities allocated to HP Inc., DXC and Micro Focus as
part of the Separation, Everett and Seattle transactions.
Tax Matters Agreement with DXC/Micro Focus and Other Income Tax Matters
In connection with the Everett Transaction and the Seattle Transaction, the Company entered into a Tax Matters
Agreement with DXC and Micro Focus respectively (the "DXC Tax Matters Agreement" and the "Micro Focus Tax Matters
Agreement"). The DXC Tax Matters Agreement and the Micro Focus Tax Matters Agreement govern the rights and
obligations of the Company and DXC/Micro Focus for certain pre-divestiture tax liabilities and tax receivables. The DXC Tax
Matters Agreement and the Micro Focus Tax Matters Agreement generally provide that the Company will be responsible for
pre-divestiture tax liabilities and will be entitled to pre-divestiture tax receivables that arise from adjustments made by tax
authorities to the Company's and DXC's, or Micro Focus', as applicable, U.S. and certain non-U.S. tax returns. In certain
136
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
jurisdictions, the Company and DXC/Micro Focus have joint and several liability for past tax liabilities and accordingly, the
Company could be legally liable under applicable tax law for such liabilities and required to make additional tax payments.
In addition, if the distribution of Everett's or Seattle's common shares to Hewlett Packard Enterprise's stockholders is
determined to be taxable, the Company would generally bear the tax liability, unless the taxability of the distribution is the
direct result of actions taken by DXC/Micro Focus, in which case DXC/Micro Focus would be responsible for any taxes
imposed on the distribution.
As of October 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company's receivable and payable balances related to indemnified litigation
matters and other contingencies, and income tax-related indemnification covered by these agreements were as follows:
Litigation matters and other contingencies
Receivable
Payable
Income tax-related indemnification(1)
Net indemnification receivable - long-term
Net indemnification receivable - short-term
Net indemnification payable - long-term
As of October 31,
2020
2019
In millions
$
$
$
$
$
70 $
53 $
62 $
65 $
15 $
85
55
202
63
9
(1) The actual amount that the Company may receive or pay could vary depending upon the outcome of certain unresolved tax matters,
which may not be resolved for several years.
Warranties
The Company's aggregate product warranty liabilities and changes therein were as follows:
Balance at beginning of year
Accruals for warranties issued
Adjustments related to pre-existing warranties
Settlements made
Balance at end of year(1)
Fiscal years ended October 31,
2020
2019
$
In millions
400 $
238
(3)
(250)
$
385 $
430
239
6
(275)
400
(1) The Company includes the current portion in Other accrued liabilities, and amounts due after one year in Other non-current liabilities in
the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Note 19: Commitments
Unconditional Purchase Obligations
At October 31, 2020, the Company had unconditional purchase obligations of approximately $544 million. These
unconditional purchase obligations include agreements to purchase goods or services that are enforceable and legally binding
on the Company and that specify all significant terms, including fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased, fixed, minimum
or variable price provisions and the approximate timing of the transaction, as well as settlements that the Company has reached
with third parties, requiring it to pay determined amounts over a specified period of time. These unconditional purchase
obligations are related principally to inventory purchase, software maintenance and support services and other items.
Unconditional purchase obligations exclude agreements that are cancellable without penalty.
137
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
As of October 31, 2020, future unconditional purchase obligations were as follows:
Fiscal Year
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
Thereafter
Total
In millions
231
195
69
8
9
32
544
$
$
Note 20: Equity Method Investments
The Company includes investments which are accounted for using the equity method, under Investments in equity
interests on the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets. As of October 31, 2020 and October 31, 2019, the Company's
Investments in equity interests were $2.2 billion and $2.3 billion, respectively, primarily related to a 49% equity interest in H3C
Technologies ("H3C").
Investment in H3C
In the periods presented, the Company recorded its interest in the net earnings of H3C along with an adjustment to
eliminate unrealized profits on intra-entity sales, and the amortization of basis difference, within Earnings from equity interests
in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings.
During fiscals 2020 and 2019, the Company received a cash dividend of $165 million and $156 million, respectively,
from H3C. This amount was accounted for as a return on investment and reflected as a reduction in the carrying balance of the
Company's Investments in equity interests in its Consolidated Balance Sheets.
The difference between the sale date carrying value of the Company's investment in H3C and its proportionate share of
the net assets fair value of H3C, created a basis difference of $2.5 billion, which was allocated as follows:
Equity method goodwill
Intangible assets
In-process research and development
Deferred tax liabilities
Other
Basis difference
In millions
$
1,674
749
188
(152)
75
2,534
$
The Company recorded earnings from equity interests of $67 million, $20 million and $38 million in fiscal 2020, 2019
and 2018, respectively, in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings, the components of which are as follows:
Earnings from equity interests, net of taxes
Basis difference amortization
Elimination of profit on intra-entity sales adjustment
Earnings from equity interests
Fiscal years ended October 31,
2020
2019
In millions
2018
$
$
211 $
(145)
1
67 $
167 $
(152)
5
20 $
192
(151)
(3)
38
The Company amortizes the basis difference over the estimated useful lives of the assets that gave rise to this difference.
The weighted-average life of the H3C intangible assets is five years and is being amortized using the straight-line method. As
of October 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company determined that no impairment of its equity method investments existed.
138
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
The Company also has commercial arrangements with H3C to buy and sell HPE branded servers, storage and networking
products and HPE Pointnext services. During fiscals 2020, 2019 and 2018, HPE recorded approximately $737 million, $897
million and $1.3 billion of sales to H3C and $215 million, $202 million and $273 million of purchases from H3C, respectively.
Payables due to H3C as of October 31, 2020 and 2019 were approximately $29 million and $39 million, respectively.
Receivables due from H3C as of October 31, 2020 and 2019 were approximately $19 million and $32 million, respectively.
139
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Quarterly Summary
(Unaudited)
(In millions, except per share amounts)
Net revenue
Cost of sales
Earnings (loss) from operations
Net earnings (loss)
Net earnings (loss) per share - basic
Net earnings (loss) per share - diluted
Net revenue
Cost of sales
Earnings (loss) from operations
Net earnings (loss)
Net earnings (loss) per share - basic
Net earnings (loss) per share - diluted
For the three-month periods
ended in fiscal 2020
January 31
April 30
July 31
October 31
$
$
$
$
$
$
6,949 $
4,667 $
348 $
333 $
0.26 $
0.25 $
6,009 $
4,095 $
(834) $
(821) $
(0.64) $
(0.64) $
6,816 $
4,749 $
12 $
9 $
0.01 $
0.01 $
7,208
5,002
145
157
0.12
0.12
For the three-month periods
ended in fiscal 2019
January 31
April 30
July 31
October 31
$
$
$
$
$
$
7,553 $
5,207 $
456 $
177 $
0.13 $
0.13 $
7,150 $
4,845 $
434 $
419 $
0.31 $
0.30 $
7,217 $
4,768 $
(76) $
(27) $
(0.02) $
(0.02) $
7,215
4,822
460
480
0.37
0.36
140
Table of Contents
ITEM 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.
None.
ITEM 9A. Controls and Procedures.
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officer and
principal financial officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure
controls and procedures, as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act as of the end of the period
covered by this report (the "Evaluation Date"). Based on this evaluation, our principal executive officer and principal financial
officer concluded as of the Evaluation Date that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective such that the information
relating to the Company, including our consolidated subsidiaries, required to be disclosed in our SEC reports (i) is recorded,
processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms, and (ii) is accumulated and
communicated to the Company's management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, as
appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
See Management's Report of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting and the Report of Independent Registered Public
Accounting Firm on our internal control over financial reporting in Item 8, which are incorporated herein by reference.
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officer and
principal financial officer, we conducted an evaluation of any changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as such
term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that occurred during our most recently completed
fiscal quarter. Based on that evaluation, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that there has
not been any change in our internal control over financial reporting during that quarter that has materially affected, or is
reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. We have not experienced any material
impact to our internal controls over financial reporting even though our global workforce continues to primarily work-from-
home due to COVID-19. We are continually monitoring and assessing the COVID-19 situation and its impact on our internal
controls.
ITEM 9B. Other Information.
None.
141
Table of Contents
ITEM 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.
PART III
The names of the executive officers of Hewlett Packard Enterprise and their ages, titles and biographies as of the date
hereof are incorporated by reference from Part I, Item 1, above.
The following information is included in Hewlett Packard Enterprise's Proxy Statement related to its 2021 Annual
Meeting of Stockholders to be filed within 120 days after Hewlett Packard Enterprise's fiscal year end of October 31, 2020 (the
"Proxy Statement") and is incorporated herein by reference:
•
•
•
Information regarding directors of Hewlett Packard Enterprise including those who are standing for reelection and any
persons nominated to become directors of Hewlett Packard Enterprise is set forth under "Corporate Governance—
Board Leadership Structure" and/or "Proposals to be Voted On—Proposal No. 1—Election of Directors".
Information regarding Hewlett Packard Enterprise's Audit Committee and designated "audit committee financial
experts" is set forth under "Board Structure and Committee Composition—Audit Committee".
Information on Hewlett Packard Enterprise's code of business conduct and ethics for directors, officers and employees,
also known as the "Standards of Business Conduct," and on Hewlett Packard Enterprise's Corporate Governance
Guidelines is set forth under "Corporate Governance Principles and Board Matters".
ITEM 11. Executive Compensation.
The following information is included in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference:
•
•
•
Information regarding Hewlett Packard Enterprise's compensation of its named executive officers is set forth under
"Executive Compensation".
Information regarding Hewlett Packard Enterprise's compensation of its directors is set forth under "Director
Compensation and Stock Ownership Guidelines".
The report of Hewlett Packard Enterprise's HR and Compensation Committee is set forth under "HR and
Compensation Committee Report on Executive Compensation".
ITEM 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.
The following information is included in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference:
•
•
Information regarding security ownership of certain beneficial owners, directors and executive officers is set forth
under "Common Stock Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management".
Information regarding Hewlett Packard Enterprise's equity compensation plans, including both stockholder approved
plans and non-stockholder approved plans, is set forth in the section entitled "Equity Compensation Plan Information".
ITEM 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.
The following information is included in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference:
•
•
Information regarding transactions with related persons is set forth under "Transactions with Related Persons".
Information regarding director independence is set forth under "Corporate Governance Principles and Board Matters—
Director Independence".
ITEM 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services.
Information regarding principal accounting fees and services is set forth under "Principal Accounting Fees and Services"
in the Proxy Statement, which information is incorporated herein by reference.
142
Table of Contents
PART IV
ITEM 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules.
(a) The following documents are filed as part of this report:
1. All Financial Statements:
The following financial statements are filed as part of this report under Item 8—"Financial Statements and
Supplementary Data."
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Statements of Earnings
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
Consolidated Balance Sheets
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Quarterly Summary
2. Financial Statement Schedules:
65
69
70
71
72
74
76
140
All schedules are omitted as the required information is not applicable or the information is presented in the Consolidated
Financial Statements and notes thereto in Item 8 above.
3. Exhibits:
A list of exhibits filed or furnished with this Annual Report on Form 10-K (or incorporated by reference to exhibits
previously filed or furnished by Hewlett Packard Enterprise) is provided in the accompanying Exhibit Index. Hewlett Packard
Enterprise will furnish copies of exhibits for a reasonable fee (covering the expense of furnishing copies) upon request.
Stockholders may request exhibits copies by contacting:
Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company
Attn: Investor Relations
11445 Compaq Center West Drive
Houston, Texas 77070
143
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
EXHIBIT INDEX
Exhibit
Number
Exhibit Description
2.1 Separation and Distribution Agreement, dated as of
October 31, 2015, by and among Hewlett-Packard
Company, Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company and
the Other Parties Thereto
2.2 Transition Services Agreement, dated as of
November 1, 2015, by and between Hewlett-Packard
Company and Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company
2.3 Employee Matters Agreement, dated as of October 31,
2015, by and between Hewlett-Packard Company and
Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company
Incorporated by Reference
Form
8-K
File No.
001-37483
Exhibit
(s)
2.1
Filing Date
November 5, 2015
8-K
001-37483
2.2
November 5, 2015
8-K
001-37483
2.4
November 5, 2015
2.4 Real Estate Matters Agreement, dated as of October 31,
8-K
001-37483
2.5
November 5, 2015
2015, by and between Hewlett-Packard Company and
Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company
2.5 Master Commercial Agreement, dated as of
November 1, 2015, by and between Hewlett-Packard
Company and Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company
2.6
Information Technology Service Agreement, dated as of
November 1, 2015, by and between Hewlett-Packard
Company and HP Enterprise Services, LLC
2.7 Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of May 24,
2016, among Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company,
Computer Sciences Corporation, Everett SpinCo, Inc.
and Everett Merger Sub, Inc.
2.8 Separation and Distribution Agreement, dated as of
May 24, 2016, between Hewlett Packard Enterprise
Company and Everett SpinCo, Inc.
2.9 Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of September
7, 2016, by and among Hewlett Packard Enterprise
Company, Micro Focus International plc, Seattle
SpinCo, Inc., Seattle Holdings, Inc. and Seattle
MergerSub, Inc.
8-K
001-37483
2.6
November 5, 2015
8-K
001-37483
2.7
November 5, 2015
8-K
001-37483
2.1
May 26, 2016
8-K
001-37483
2.2
May 26, 2016
8-K
001-37483
2.1
September 7, 2016
2.10 Separation and Distribution Agreement, dated as of
8-K
001-37483
2.2
September 7, 2016
September 7, 2016, by and between Hewlett Packard
Enterprise Company and Seattle SpinCo, Inc.
2.11 Employee Matters Agreement, dated as of September 7,
2016, by and among Hewlett Packard Enterprise
Company, Seattle SpinCo, Inc. and Micro Focus
International plc
2.12 First Amendment to the Agreement and Plan of Merger,
dated as of November 2, 2016, among Hewlett Packard
Enterprise Company, Computer Sciences Corporation,
Everett SpinCo, Inc., New Everett Merger Sub Inc., and
Everett Merger Sub, Inc.
2.13 First Amendment to the Separation and Distribution
Agreement, dated as of November 2, 2016, between
Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company and Everett
SpinCo, Inc.
2.14 Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of March 6,
2017, by and among Hewlett Packard Enterprise
Company, Nimble Storage, Inc. and Nebraska Merger
Sub, Inc.
2.15 Tender and Support Agreement, dated as of March 6,
2017, by and among Hewlett Packard Enterprise
Company, Nebraska Merger Sub, Inc. and each of the
persons set forth on Schedule A thereto
144
8-K
001-37483
2.3
September 7, 2016
8-K
001-37483
2.1
November 2, 2016
8-K
001-37483
2.2
November 2, 2016
8-K
001-37483
99.1
March 7, 2017
8-K
001-37483
99.2
March 7, 2017
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Exhibit
Number
Exhibit Description
2.16 Employee Matters Agreement, dated March 31, 2017,
by and among Computer Sciences Corporation,
Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company and Everett
SpinCo, Inc.
2.17 Tax Matters Agreement, dated March 31, 2017, by and
among Computer Sciences Corporation, Hewlett
Packard Enterprise Company and Everett SpinCo, Inc.
IP Matters Agreement, dated March 31, 2017, by and
among Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company, Hewlett
Packard Enterprise Development LP and Everett
SpinCo, Inc.
2.18
Incorporated by Reference
Form
8-K
File No.
001-38033
Exhibit
(s)
2.1
Filing Date
April 6, 2017
8-K
001-38033
2.2
April 6, 2017
8-K
001-38033
2.3
April 6, 2017
2.19 Transition Services Agreement, dated March 31, 2017,
8-K
001-38033
2.4
April 6, 2017
between Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company and
Everett SpinCo, Inc.
2.20 Real Estate Matters Agreement, dated March 31, 2017,
8-K
001-38033
2.5
April 6, 2017
between Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company and
Everett SpinCo, Inc.
2.21 Fourth Amendment to the Separation and Distribution
8-K
001-38033
2.6
April 6, 2017
Agreement, dated March 31, 2017, by and between
Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company and Everett
SpinCo, Inc.
2.22
2.23
Tax Matters Agreement, dated September 1, 2017, by
and among Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company,
Seattle SpinCo, Inc., and Micro Focus International plc
Intellectual Property Matters Agreement, dated
September 1, 2017, by and among Hewlett Packard
Enterprise Company, Hewlett Packard Enterprise
Development LP, and Seattle SpinCo, Inc.
8-K
001-37483
2.1
September 1, 2017
8-K
001-37483
2.2
September 1, 2017
2.24 Transition Services Agreement, dated September 1,
8-K
001-37483
2.3
September 1, 2017
2017, by and among Hewlett Packard Enterprise
Company and Seattle SpinCo, Inc.
2.25 Real Estate Matters Agreement, dated September 1,
8-K
001-37483
2.4
September 1, 2017
2017, by and among Hewlett Packard Enterprise
Company and Seattle SpinCo, Inc.
2.26 Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of May 16,
2019, by and among Hewlett Packard Enterprise
Company, Cray Inc. and Canopy Merger Sub, Inc.
2.27 Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of July 11,
2020, by and among Hewlett Packard Enterprise
Company, Santorini Merger Sub, Inc., Silver Peak
Systems, Inc., and certain other parties thereto
3.1 Registrant's Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation
3.2 Registrant's Amended and Restated Bylaws effective
October 31, 2015
3.3 Certificate of Designation of Series A Junior
Participating Redeemable Preferred Stock of Hewlett
Packard Enterprise Company
8-K
8-K
8-K
8-K
8-K
001-37483
001-37483
001-37483
001-37483
001-37483
2.1
2.1
3.1
3.2
3.1
May 17, 2019
July 13, 2020
November 5, 2015
November 5, 2015
March 20, 2017
3.4 Certificate of Designation of Series B Junior
8-K
001-37483
3.2
March 20, 2017
4.1
Participating Redeemable Preferred Stock of Hewlett
Packard Enterprise Company
Indenture, dated as of October 9, 2015, between Hewlett
Packard Enterprise Company and The Bank of New
York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee
8-K
001-37483
4.1
October 13, 2015
145
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Exhibit
Number
Exhibit Description
4.2 Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 9,
2015, between Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company
and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company,
N.A., as Trustee, relating to Hewlett Packard Enterprise
Company's 4.400% notes due 2022
4.3 Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 9,
2015, between Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company
and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company,
N.A., as Trustee, relating to Hewlett Packard Enterprise
Company's 4.900% notes due 2025
4.4 Sixth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 9,
2015, between Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company
and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company,
N.A., as Trustee, relating to Hewlett Packard Enterprise
Company's 6.200% notes due 2035
Incorporated by Reference
Form
8-K
File No.
001-37483
Exhibit
(s)
4.5
Filing Date
October 13, 2015
8-K
001-37483
4.6
October 13, 2015
8-K
001-37483
4.7
October 13, 2015
4.5 Seventh Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 9,
8-K
001-37483
4.8
October 13, 2015
2015, between Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company
and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company,
N.A., as Trustee, relating to Hewlett Packard Enterprise
Company's 6.350% notes due 2045
4.6 Eleventh Supplemental Indenture, dated as of
September 19, 2018, between Hewlett Packard
Enterprise Company and The Bank of New York
Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee, relating to
Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company's 3.500% notes
due 2021
8-K
001-37483
4.2
September 19, 2018
4.7 Twelfth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September
8-K
001-37483
4.3
September 19, 2018
19, 2018, between Hewlett Packard Enterprise
Company and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust
Company, N.A., as Trustee, relating to Hewlett Packard
Enterprise Company's floating rate notes due 2021
4.8 Thirteenth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of
September 13, 2019, between Hewlett Packard
Enterprise Company and The Bank of New York
Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee, relating to
Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company's 2.250% notes
due 2023
4.9 Fourteenth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of
September 13, 2019, between Hewlett Packard
Enterprise Company and The Bank of New York
Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee, relating to
Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company's floating rate
Notes due 2021
4.10 Fifteenth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 9,
2020, between Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company
and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company,
N.A., as Trustee, relating to Hewlett Packard Enterprise
Company's 4.450% notes due 2023
8-K
001-37483
4.2
September 13, 2019
8-K
001-37483
4.3
September 13, 2019
8-K
001-37483
4.2
April 9, 2020
4.11 Sixteenth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 9,
8-K
001-37483
4.3
April 9, 2020
2020, between Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company
and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company,
N.A., as Trustee, relating to Hewlett Packard Enterprise
Company's 4.650% notes due 2024
4.12 Seventeenth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July
17, 2020, between Hewlett Packard Enterprise
Company and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust
Company, N.A., as Trustee, relating to Hewlett Packard
Enterprise Company's 1.450% notes due 2024
146
8-K
001-37483
4.2
July 17, 2020
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Exhibit
Number
Exhibit Description
4.13 Eighteenth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 17,
2020, between Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company
and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company,
N.A., as Trustee, relating to Hewlett Packard Enterprise
Company''s 1.750% notes due 2026
4.14 Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October 9,
2015, among Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company,
Hewlett-Packard Company, and the representatives of
the initial purchasers of the Notes
Incorporated by Reference
Form
8-K
File No.
001-37483
Exhibit
(s)
4.3
Filing Date
July 17, 2020
8-K
001-37483
4.12
October 13, 2015
4.15 Form of Indenture between Hewlett Packard Enterprise
S-3ASR 333-222102
4.5
December 15, 2017
Company and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust
Company, N.A., as Trustee
4.16 Description of the Registrant's Securities Registered
Pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934‡
10.1 Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company 2015 Stock
Incentive Plan (amended and restated January 25,
2017)*
8-K
001-37483
10.1
January 30, 2017
10.2 Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company Severance and
Long-Term Incentive Change in Control Plan for
Executive Officers*
10-12B/
A
001-37483
10.4
September 28, 2015
10.3 Hewlett Packard Enterprise Grandfathered Executive
S-8
333-207679
4.4
October 30, 2015
Deferred Compensation Plan*
10.4 Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Grant Agreement*
10.5
Form of Restricted Stock Units Grant Agreement*
10.6 Form of Performance-Contingent Non-Qualified Stock
Option Grant Agreement*
10.7 Form of Non-Employee Director Stock Options Grant
Agreement*
10.8 Form of Non-Employee Director Restricted Stock Unit
Grant Agreement*
10.9 Form of Restricted Stock Units Grant Agreement, as
amended and restated effective January 1, 2016*
10.10 Form of Performance-Adjusted Restricted Stock Units
Grant Agreement, as amended and restated effective
January 1, 2016*
8-K
8-K
8-K
8-K
8-K
001-37483
001-37483
10.4
10.7
November 5, 2015
November 5, 2015
001-37483
10.8
November 5, 2015
001-37483
10.9
November 5, 2015
001-37483
10.10 November 5, 2015
10-Q
001-37483
10.14
March 10, 2016
10-Q
001-37483
10.15
March 10, 2016
10.11 Description of Amendment to Equity Awards
8-K
001-37483
10.1
May 26, 2016
(incorporated by reference to Item 5.02 of the 8-K filed
on May 26, 2016)*
10.12 Niara, Inc. 2013 Equity Incentive Plan*
10.13 Nimble Storage, Inc. 2008 Equity Incentive Plan, as
amended*
10.14 Nimble Storage, Inc. 2013 Equity Incentive Plan
(Amended and Restated May 23, 2014)*
10.15 SimpliVity Corporation 2009 Stock Plan*
10.16 Silicon Graphics International Corp. 2005 Equity
Incentive Plan, as amended*
10.17 Cloud Technology Partners, Inc. 2011 Equity Incentive
Plan*
10.18 Amendment to the Cloud Technology Partners, Inc.
2011 Equity Incentive Plan*
10.19 Plexxi Inc. 2011 Stock Plan*
S-8
S-8
S-8
S-8
10-K
S-8
S-8
S-8
333-216481
333-217349
333-217349
333-217438
4.3
4.3
4.4
4.3
March 6, 2017
April 18, 2017
April 18, 2017
April 24, 2017
000-51333
10.3
September 10, 2012
333-221254
4.3
November 1, 2017
333-221254
4.4
November 1, 2017
333-226181
4.3
July 16, 2018
147
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Exhibit
Number
Exhibit Description
10.20 Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company 2015 Employee
Stock Purchase Plan (as amended and restated on July
18, 2018, effective as of October 8, 2015)
10.21 Form of Restricted Stock Units Grant Agreement
10.22 Hewlett Packard Enterprise Executive Deferred
Compensation Plan (as amended and restated December
1, 2018)*
Incorporated by Reference
Form
10-Q
File No.
001-37483
Exhibit
(s)
10.29
Filing Date
September 4, 2018
10-Q
10-K
001-37483
10.30
September 4, 2018
001-37483
10.27 December 12, 2018
10.23 First Amendment to the Hewlett Packard Enterprise
10-K
001-37483
10.29 December 12, 2018
Company Severance and Long-Term Incentive Change
in Control Plan for Executive Officers*
10.24 BlueData Software Inc. 2012 Stock Incentive Plan*
S-8
333-229449
4.3
January 31, 2019
10.25 Aircraft Time Sharing Agreement, dated as of
10-Q
001-37483
10.32
March 9, 2020
December 13, 2019, by and between Hewlett Packard
Enterprise and Antonio Neri*
10.26 Five-Year Credit Agreement dated as of August 16,
8-K
001-37483
10.1
August 20, 2019
2019, by and among Hewlett Packard Enterprise
Company, the lenders Party thereto, JPMorgan Chase
Bank, N.A., as Administrative Processing Agent and
Co-Administrative Agent and Citibank, N.A., as Co-
Administrative Agent
10.27 Cray Inc. 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (as amended and
S-8
333-234033
4.3
October 1, 2019
restated June 11, 2019)*
10.28 Termination and Mutual Release Agreement dated as of
10-K
001-37483
10.31 December 13, 2019
October 30, 2019 by and between Hewlett Packard
Enterprise Company and HP Inc.
10.29 Silver Peak Systems, Inc. (fka Cheyenne Networks,
Inc.) 2004 Stock Plan, as amended*
10.30 Silver Peak Systems, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan,
S-8
S-8
333-249731
333-249731
4.3
4.4
October 29, 2020
October 29, 2020
as amended*
21 Subsidiaries of Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company‡
23.1 Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting
Firm‡
24 Power of Attorney (included on the signature page)
31.1 Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to
Rule 13a- 14(a) and Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended‡
31.2 Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to
Rule 13a- 14(a) and Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended‡
32 Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief
Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as
adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley
Act of 2002†
101.INS Inline XBRL Instance Document‡
101.SCH Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document‡
101.CAL Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation
Linkbase Document‡
101.DEF Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase
Document‡
101.LAB Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase
Document‡
101.PRE Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation
Linkbase Document‡
148
Table of Contents
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Exhibit
Number
Exhibit Description
104 The cover page from the Company’s Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2020,
formatted in Inline XBRL (included within the Exhibit
101 attachments)
Incorporated by Reference
Form
File No.
Exhibit
(s)
Filing Date
* Indicates management contract or compensation plan, contract or arrangement
‡ Filed herewith
† Furnished herewith
The registrant agrees to furnish to the Commission supplementally upon request a copy of any instrument with respect to
long-term debt not filed herewith as to which the total amount of securities authorized thereunder does not exceed 10% of the
total assets of the registrant and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.
149
Table of Contents
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused
this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
Date: December 10, 2020
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY
By:
/s/ Tarek A. Robbiati
Tarek A. Robbiati
Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and
appoints Tarek A. Robbiati, John F. Schultz and Rishi Varma, or any of them, his or her attorneys-in-fact, for such person in
any and all capacities, to sign any amendments to this report and to file the same, with exhibits thereto, and other documents in
connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that either of said
attorneys-in-fact, or substitute or substitutes, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following
persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated
Signature
Title(s)
Date
/s/ Antonio F. Neri
Antonio F. Neri
/s/ Tarek A. Robbiati
Tarek A. Robbiati
/s/ Jeff T. Ricci
Jeff T. Ricci
/s/ Patricia F. Russo
Patricia F. Russo
/s/ Daniel L. Ammann
Daniel L. Ammann
/s/ Pamela L. Carter
Pamela L. Carter
/s/ Jean M. Hobby
Jean M. Hobby
/s/ George R. Kurtz
George R. Kurtz
/s/ Raymond J. Lane
Raymond J. Lane
/s/ Ann M. Livermore
Ann M. Livermore
President, Chief Executive Officer and
Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
Executive Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
December 10, 2020
December 10, 2020
Senior Vice President and Controller
(Principal Accounting Officer)
December 10, 2020
Chairman
December 10, 2020
December 10, 2020
December 10, 2020
December 10, 2020
December 10, 2020
December 10, 2020
December 10, 2020
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
150
Table of Contents
/s/ Charles H. Noski
Charles H. Noski
/s/ Raymond E. Ozzie
Raymond E. Ozzie
/s/ Gary M. Reiner
Gary M. Reiner
/s/ Lip-Bu Tan
Lip-Bu Tan
/s/ Mary Agnes Wilderotter
Mary Agnes Wilderotter
December 10, 2020
December 10, 2020
December 10, 2020
December 10, 2020
December 10, 2020
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
151